Catálogo Jeiotech 2014 by ERT Lda

Best Products for Reliable Results

JEIOTECH

was established in 1988 with the goal of delivering the best laboratory equipments for the reliable results. We always strive to develop high technology with ergonomic design for better products. We are eager to take on new challenges in developing a product the best suits you! Our reliable instruments will offer you analytical solutions in the field of biology, chemistry, medicine, pharmacology and so forth. We are driven by innovation and our extensive product lines are at the cutting-edge globally in both scientific and industrial research instrument markets. While continuously focusing on human resources and technology development, we strive to make a significant difference in various research areas. Our top priority is to provide the worldâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s best products and services through outstanding quality and customer satisfaction at affordable prices.

JEIOTECH

1988 to 1990 Company founded Establishment of Jeio Tech Co., Ltd.

about us

1991 to 1999 Growth and Consolidation ISO 9001 Certification 18 technology patents awarded in Korea and the USA Establishment of Jeio Tech R&D Center

2000 to Now

Launching of the Lab Companion brand

Becoming a Global Player CE and UL Certifications (Acquisition of CE marks by 2013: 58 products, 220 models) Participation in international exhibitions (ACHEMA, Pittcon, Arab Lab, Analytica, MEDICA etc.) Strong worldwide network t Lab Companion overseas branches in China, the UK, Malaysia, and the USA t More than 300 distributors and dealers worldwide Annual technical seminar and service training Leading manufacturer of scientific and industrial instruments t Leader of the Korean market and average 20% annual growth t Wide range of laboratory and industrial products (thermal, refrigerating, pressurizing, humidity control, and cleaning conditions) t One-step solution for all your laboratory needs t Perfect simulation of environmental conditions for scientific and industrial R&D purposes t The second high-tech manufacturing facility built in 2011 in Daejeon Techno Valley, Korea

BEST PRODUCTS for RELIABLE RESULTS Immaculate service

We also endeavor to enhance the customer value through immaculate service in order to be the first choice of our customers.

One step solution

Jeio Tech’s products are put under strict quality control from the most basic metal processing to final inspections. Also, our highly integrated engineering team strives to deliver outstanding quality to our clients based on over 26 years of technical experience in instrument manufacturing. Our professorial know-how will always never cease to live up to its reputation as ‘the primary partner for the customers’ research needs.

Global leader ‘Lab Companion’

In the first place, our ergonomically designed products minimize the maintenance problems and mechanical troubles. And our worldwide service teams with highly trained service engineers are ready to provide tailored customer service.

Lab Companion is Jeio Tech’s laboratory instrument brand. It has grown into an international brand thanks to its quality and service since 1989. Our Ultimate goal is we keep on striving to continue to provide our clients with safe, high quality, and user-friendly products aiming at setting new standards for the global market.

Standard certificates

In addition to CE, UL, CSA, RoHS, GD(Good Design Award), Jeio Tech(Lab Companion) obtained ISO 9001:2008

CLS-Safety Control System Custom Logical Safe Control System Thanks to our technical know-how accumulated for over two decades, we developed a versatile safety control system equipped with adjustable warning and safety functions for user safety and convenience. All of our instruments are equipped with this patented safety devices and circuits which operate independently in case of electric or electronic system malfunction.

CFC-Fee refrigerant Protect the Global Environment All Jeio Tech products use HFC refrigerant which causes NO damage to the ozone layer complying with the Montreal Protocol.

BDBC2-Fuzzy Control System Balanced Dehumidifying and Bath Cooling Fuzzy Control Our patented BDBC2 Fuzzy Control System allows our temperature and humidity chambers very low temperature with automatic control adjustment. In addition, our patented Cascading Refrigeration and Heating System for optimal humidity control significantly increase the energy efficiency of our chambers.

RS-232 Communication Interface PC Control Software Temperature values and effective heating and cooling capacity are displayed on PC. Time parameters and individual temperature profiles can be programmed and recorded by the PC.

TABLE of CONTENTS The contents of this catalogue are based on the following conditions unless otherwise specified:

1) Products without refrigerators t Under room temperature of 25Ⳅ and no load t "QQMJDBCMF PQFSBUJPO UFNQFSBUVSF

3) All specifications may be changed without prior notice subject to our performance improvement.

range: 15 to 40Ⳅ.

2) Products with refrigerators t 6OEFS SPPN UFNQFSBUVSF PG Ⳅ and no load t "QQMJDBCMF PQFSBUJPO UFNQFSBUVSF range: 18 to 35Ⳅ. (excellent for Temperature Chambers or Temperature & Humidity Chambers,

4) Our website includes detailed information of all Jeio Tech products with up-to-date technical data.

see P. 160-225.)

Autoclaves

008

Hoods

010

044 048 051 052 053 054

008 Autoclaves (Vertical Type)

Baths & Circulators 012 015 016 017 018 020

Heating Baths Shaking & Heating Baths Viscometer Heating Baths Heating Bath Circulators Refrigerated & Heating Bath Circulators Cold Trap Bath

Desiccators

032 Tall Cabinets 035 Base Cabinets 038 Gas Cylinder Cabinets

042

Clean Benches Ductless Fume Hoods Bench Top Fume Hoods Arm Hoods PCR Workstations UV Sterilization Cabinets

Incubators

056

058 Incubators 062 Low Temperature Incubators 068 Incubated & Refrigerated & Illuminated Shakers 074 Mini Incubator 075 Hybridization Oven

024

Ovens

025 Vacuum Desiccators 028 Desiccators

Furniture

www.jeiotech.com

080

082 Forced Convection Ovens 089 Natural Convection Ovens 091 Vacuum Ovens

030

Pumps 094 Electrical Aspirator Pumps 095 Rotary Vacuum Pumps

094

Recirculating Coolers (Chillers)

096

098 Recirculating Coolers (General Models) 100 Recirculating Coolers (Low Temp. Models) 102 Recirculating Coolers (Advanced Low Temp. Models)

Temperature Chambers 160 162 Heating Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

168 Heating & Cooling Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

184 Heating & Cooling Chambers (Tabletop Models)

104 Recirculating Coolers (High Temp. Models) 106 Recirculating Coolers (Compact Model)

Refrigerators & Freezers 110 112 114 116 117 118 119

Laboratory Refrigerators Laboratory Freezers Blood Bank Refrigerators Plasma Freezers Pharmacy Refrigerators Pharmacy Freezers

Shakers 126 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135

194 Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

206 Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Tabletop Models)

213 Fingerprint Development Chamber 216 Clean Temp. & Humid. Chamber 222 Plant Growth Chambers

122

Advanced Orbital Shakers Dual-action Shakers Economy Shakers Mini Shaker Microplate Shaker Rocking Shaker Waving Shaker Heating Shaker Separatory Funnel Shaker

Heating & Cooling Blocks

Temperature & Humidity Chambers 192

Pipettes 226 Mechanical Pipettes 226 Electronic Pipettes 226 Pipette Controller / Aid

Plasticware 140

141 Heating & Cooling Block 142 Heating Blocks

230 231 232 233

146 147 150 152

144

Hotplates Hotplate Stirrers Magnetic Stirrers Overhead Stirrers

Vortex Mixers 158 Vortex Mixers

230

Ice Pan & On-Ice rack Carboys Flask Supports Tube Racks

Ultrasonic Cleaners Hotplates & Stirrers

226

234

234 Ultrasonic Cleaners

Other Products

236

236 Electrophoresis Systems 238 Magnetic Drives 239 Clamp Holders

158

Appendixes 240 Index

240

Autoclaves (vertical type) Microprocessor control with reliable safety functions guarantees optimum sterilization temperature.

ST-65G Included Accessories

t Baskets(2ea), Heater Cover, Exhaust Tank, Drain Bucket

Optional Accessories

t Pressure Sensor, Recorder

Features t Microprocessor controller and temperature calibration function allows for high precision temperature control. - Sterilization temperature at 110 to 123째C - Melting* temperature at 60 to 100째C * liquefaction of coagulated agar media. t Automatic sterilization system for unattended operation. - Heating > Check Safe > Sterilization > Sterilization Safe > Exhausting > End

t Conveniently monitored by an independent control display, sterilization process display, and pressure gauge. - VFD for visualization of temp, pressure (optional), timer, warning alert checks. - LED lamps for sterilization process check. - Easy pressure check with the standard gauge attached to the front. t Temperature calibration function.

t Convenient operation modes for various uses. - Standard modes and program modes are listed in detail as below tables. Standard Modes

Temp. (째C)

Time (min)

Program Modes

Temp. (째C)

Time (min)

Decontamination

121

Sterilization 1

110 to 123

1 to 999

Solids Sterilization

121

Sterilization 2

110 to 123

1 to 999

Liquids Sterilization

121

Liquid Sterilization

110 to 123

1 to 999

Melting

100

Melting

60 to 100

1 to 999

Safety Features

Constructional Features

t Mechanical Safety Devices - Over current protection. - Over temperature protection by automatic power cutoff. - Over pressure protection by automatic and manual safety valve.

t Vertical type autoclaves which allow for top loading are suitable for high volume sterilization. - Baskets are stackable two high or even more levels, which secure inside the chamber space requirements.

t Safety Warning Systems - Over temperature warning, Low temperature warning. - Low heat warning if the temperature does not reach the sterilization or melting temperature. - Sterilization fail warning if the operation is unexpectedly stopped during sterilization process.

t Slide opening door with plastic cover of low thermal conductivity prevents burns from the contact. t Low-maintenance - The chamber is constructed of stainless steel which is superiorly resistant to corrosion. - Easy to replace silicone gasket. t Convenient documentation with the optional data recorder. - Thermal line type recorder(2 channels) allows for precise documentation.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

ST-50G

Control Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Temperature 1)

50 / 1.8

ST-85G

65 / 2.3

Sterilization Temp. (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

110 to 123 / 198 to 221.4

Melting Temp. (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

60 to 100 / 108 to 180

85 / 3.0

Over Temperature Protector / Pressure Safety Valve / Over Current Protector

Safety

Warning Alert (Over Temp. / Low Temp. / Low Heat / Sterilization Fail)

Timer

0 to 999 min Standard modes (Decontamination, Solids Sterilization, Liquids Sterilization, Melting)

Programs

Dimension

ST-65G

Microprocessor PID Control

Program modes (Sterilization 1, Sterilization 2, Liquid Sterilization, Melting) No. of Baskets (Standard / Max.)

2/2

Load per Baskets (Kg / lbs)

10 / 22.0

2/2

Basket (Ă&#x2DC;xH) (mm / inch) Interior (WxH) (mm / inch)

380x180 / 14.9x7.1

380x230 / 14.9x9.1

380x330 / 14.9x13.0

400x458 / 15.7x18.0

400x558 / 15.7x21.9

400x758 / 15.7x29.8

Exterior 2) (WĂ&#x2014;DĂ&#x2014;H) (mm / inch)

624x672x870 / 24.6x26.5x34.2

624x672x971 / 24.6x26.5x38.2

624x672x1083 / 24.6x26.5x42.6

Net Weight (Kg / lbs)

94.5 / 208.3

99.5 / 219.4

104 / 229.3

Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60 Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60 Hz) Cat. No.

14.3A

AAHL1015K

AAHL1025K

AAHL1035K

27.4A

AAHL1013U

AAHL1023U

AAHL1033U

1) Technical data according to EN 554 / BS EN 285:1997. 2) Exterior size is measured without the size of exhaust tank. * Permissible environmental conditions: temperature âł&#x201E; and relative humidity ).

Accessories & Options Cat. No.

Description

ST-50G

ST-65G

ST-85G

AAAL1501

Recorder set (dot type, 6 point)

AAAL1511

Pressure Sensor (0~3.5 bar)

ATC0002

Basket (Stainless steel, Ă&#x2DC;380x180mm)

ATC0003

Basket (Stainless steel, Ă&#x2DC;380x230mm)

ATC0004

Basket (Stainless steel, Ă&#x2DC;380x330mm)

Baths & Circulators SELECTION GUIDE

Heating Baths Analog Models (Economy)

Heating Baths Shaking & Heating Baths Viscometer Heating Baths Heating Bath Circulators Refrigerated & Heating Bath Circulators Cold Trap Bath

Working Temp. Range [Ⳅ/ⳅ]

Description

Digital Models (Economy)

Dual Models (Economy)

General Purpose

Shaking & Heating Viscometer

BW-05B BW-10B BW-20B BW-05H BW-10H BW-20H BW-0505H BW-0510H BW-1010H BW-1020H BW-05G BW-10G BW-20G BS-06 BS-11 BS-21 BS-31 VB-25G VB-40G

Bath Volume [L/cu ft]

3.5 / 0.1 Amb. +7 to 100 11.5 / 0.4 / Amb. +12.6 to 212 20 / 0.7 3.5 / 0.1 Amb. +5 to 100 11.5 / 0.4 / Amb. +9 to 212 20 / 0.7 3.5 & 3.5 / 0.1 & 0.1 3.5 & 11.5 / 0.1& 0.4 Amb. +5 to 100 / Amb. +9 to 212 11.5 & 11.5 / 0.4& 0.4 11.5 & 20 / 0.4 & 0.7 5 / 0.2 Amb. +5 to 100 10 / 0.4 / Amb. +9 to 212 20 / 0.7 17 / 0.6 25 / 0.9 Amb. +5 to 100 / Amb. +9 to 212 37 / 1.3 55 / 1.9 25 / 0.9 Amb. +5 to 150 / Amb. +9 to 302 40 / 1.4

Temperature Page Stability [±Ⳅ/ⳅ] 0.5 / 0.9

0.1 / 0.18

0.2 / 0.36

0.05 / 0.09 0.1 / 0.18

Bath Circulators Working Temp. Bath Volume Temperature Page [L/cu ft] Range [Ⳅ/ⳅ] Stability [±Ⳅ/ⳅ]

Description CW-05G CW-10G CW-20G CW-30G RW-0525G RW-1025G RW-2025G RW-3025G RW-0540G RW-1040G RW-2040G RW-3040G

Heating

Refrigerated & Heating (to -25Ⳅ)

Refrigerated & Heating (to -35Ⳅ)

Amb. +5 to 150 / Amb. +9 to 302

-25 to 150 / -13 to 302

-35 to 150 / -31 to 302

5 / 0.2 10 / 0.4 20 / 0.7 30 / 1.1 5 / 0.2 10 / 0.4 20 / 0.7 30 / 1.1 5 / 0.2 10 / 0.4 20 / 0.7 30 / 1.1

0.05 / 0.09 0.05 / 0.09 0.1 / 0.18 0.1 / 0.18 0.05 / 0.09 0.05 / 0.09 0.05 / 0.09 0.08 / 0.14 0.05 / 0.09 0.05 / 0.09 0.05 / 0.09 0.08 / 0.14

Cold Trap Bath Description Cold Trap

CTB-10

Working Temp. Range [Ⳅ/ⳅ] Bath Volume [L/cu ft] Down to -40 / -40

4.8 / 0.17

Page 20

Accessories & Options Description for Baths & Circulators for Viscometer Heating Baths for Shaking & Heating Baths

Page 22-23 23 21

GENERAL APPLICATIONS

General Applications

BW Models

Bacteriological Examinations Coagulation Tests Coliform Determinations Crude Oil Research Cytochemistry Examinations Demulsibility Research Enzyme Studies Food Processing QC Genetic Studies Hormone Studies Immunological Research Incubation for Microbiological Assays Molecular Biology Protein Studies Serological Tests Thawing Cryopreservation Vials Tissue Culture Studies Virology Research Warming Reagents Water Quality Research

t t

Baths & Circulators BS Models CW - RW Models t t

t t t

t t t t t t

t t t t

t t t t t t t t

t t t

t t t t

Additional Applications of Heating Bath Circulators - Clinical chemistry and analytics, external temperature control applications for measuring cells, photometers, refractometers, polarimeters, viscometers, metrology, etc.

Additional Applications of Refrigerated and Heating Bath Circulators - Routine laboratory temperature control applications, external temperature control applications for measuring cells, photometers, refractometers, polarimeters, viscometers, fermentors, electrophoresis chambers, chromatography columns, rotary evaporators, rheometers, etc. * Above listed applications are for general and storage purpose use.

TECHNICAL BENEFITS Safety Features 1) Built-in power cutoff circuit with audible and visual alarms: - Automatic power cutoff to the heater and controller before the unit shuts down in case of overheating. - Two separate fuses. 2) Time setting functions for both Automated Run and Off. (except for BW-B and BW-H Models):

- Integrated time setting function for Delayed ON/OFF. - Operation mode selection function between Automated Run and Manual Run. 3) Protection against low fluid level and dry running. (except for BW-B and BW-H Models): - Intermittent alert sounds along with a visual alarm on the control panel. - Automatic shut down of the heater following the alarms to protect users and samples.

User-friendly Control Features 1) Advanced electronic and program controls. (except for BW-B Models): - Microprocessor PID temperature control with easy-to-use calibration and auto tuning features. - Preset three most commonly used temp. settings provided. - Simple conversion between Celsius and Fahrenheit. 2) Intuitive control display based on HMI (Human Machine Interface) design concept. (except for BW-B and BW-H Models): - Similar key arrangements for entire products. - Splash-proof and easy-to-clean keypad and bright LED displays. - A quick lock button preventing accidental resetting of parameters.

Constructional Features 1) High-quality 304 grade stainless steel interior bath and dirt-repellent powder coating for all external surface. 2) Corrosion-resistant stainless steel construction of all wetted parts allowing other bath fluids as well as water. 3) Corrosion-resistant, seamless, leak-proof, round-cornered, and easy-to-clean stain less steel reservoir.

Baths & Circulators Heating Baths (Economy)

Economical water baths for optimal temperature control. A wide range of available water baths (Analog, Digital, or even Dual Models) is ideal for both your needs and budget.

Operating Features of BW-B (Analog Models) t +7âł&#x201E; above room temperature to 100âł&#x201E;. t On / Off temperature control. t Over-temperature protection with alarm. t Analog knob with fine adjustment.

BW-10B

with an optional Gable Cover

Operating features of BW-H (Digital & Dual Models) t +5âł&#x201E; above room temperature to 100âł&#x201E; t Microprocessor PID temperature control. t Over-temperature protection with alarm. t Digital LED displays of temperature readouts and set. temperature values to 0.1âł&#x201E; or 1âł&#x201E;

Constructional Features t Low-profile design with sloped control panel for easier access and better safety

BW-10H

with an optional Gable Cover

t Additional inner circulation system using our patented agitator. (for Digital & Dual Models) t Individually programmable and temperature controllable dual reservoirs. (for Dual Models) t Various optional accessories: gable and flat covers, test tube racks, spring wire racks, half-shelf adjusters, etc. * See BW-H or BW-B accessories depending on their respective bath sizes.

BW-0510H 12

with an optional Open-rings Cover

Optional Accessories t Transparent Polypropylene Gable Covers, Open-ring Cover, Stainless Steel Flat Covers t Test Tube Racks, Spring Wire Racks, Half-shelf Adjusters see page 22-23

Baths & Circulators

Heating Baths (Economy)

Specifications & Ordering Information Analog Models Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Working Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Stability (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) 1)

Bath Opening / Depth (W×L, D) (mm / inch)

Dimension

Overall (W×L×H, H) (mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No.

BW-05B

BW-10B

BW-20B

3.5 / 0.1 11.5 / 0.4 Amb. +7 to 100 / Amb. +12.6 to 212 0.5 / 0.9

20 / 0.7

240×136, 115 / 9.4×5.4, 4.5

300×240, 165 / 11.8×9.5, 6.5

498×300, 165 / 19.6×11.8, 6.5

303×242×245 / 11.9×9.5×9.6

357×330×290 / 14.1×13×11.4

564×392×290 / 22.2×15.4×11.6

6.5 / 14.3 60Hz, 3 A 50Hz, 3 A AAH46011K AAH46012K 60Hz, 5.8A AAH46013U

10 / 22 60Hz, 4.3A 50Hz, 4.3A AAH46021K AAH46022K 60Hz, 8.3A AAH46023U

18.5 / 40.8 60Hz, 8.7A 50Hz, 8.7A AAH46031K AAH46032K 60Hz, 8.3A AAH46033U

1) Technical data according to DIN 12876.

Specifications & Ordering Information Digital Models Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Working Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Stability 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Bath Opening / Depth (W×L, D) (mm / inch)

Dimension

Overall (W×L×H) (mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

BW-05H

BW-10H

BW-20H

3.5 / 0.1 Amb. +5 to 100 / Amb. +9 to 212 ±0.1 / 0.18

11.5 / 0.4

20 / 0.7

240×136, 150 / 9.4×5.4, 5.9

300×240, 200 / 11.8×9.5, 7.9

498×300, 200 / 19.6×11.8, 7.9

307×216×266 / 12.1×8.5×10.5

364×316×318 / 14.3×14.4×12.5

564×372×318 / 22.2×14.6×12.5

6.5 / 14.3

9.5 / 21

15.5 / 34.2

3.0A AAH45115K 5.8A AAH45113U

4.3A AAH45125K 8.3A AAH45123U

8.7A AAH45135K 8.3A AAH45133U

1) Technical data according to DIN 12876.

Specifications & Ordering Information Dual Models Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Working Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Stability 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)

BW-0505H

BW-0510H

BW-1010H

BW-1020H

3.5 & 3.5 / 0.1 & 0.1 3.5 & 11.5 / 0.1 &0.4 Amb. +5 to 100 / Amb. +9 to 212 ±0.1 / 0.18

11.5 & 11.5 / 0.4 & 0.4

11.5 & 20 / 0.4 & 0.7

240×136, 150 Per chamber

240×136, 150 & 300×240, 200

300×240, 200 Per chamber

300×240, 200 & 498×300, 200

(W×L, D & W×L, D) (mm / inch)

9.4×5.4, 5.9 Per chamber

9.4×5.4, 5.9 & 11.8×9.5, 7.9

11.8×9.5, 7.9 Per chamber

11.8×9.5, 7.9 & 19.6×11.8, 7.9

Overall

590×200×265 / 23.2×7.8×10.4

544×300×318 / 21.4×11.8×12.5

706×300×318/ 27.8×11.8×12.5

844×356×318 / 33.2×14.6×12.5

9.7 / 21.3 3 & 3A AAH47115K 5.8A & 5.8A AAH47113U

12.4 / 27.3 3 & 4.3A AAH47125K 5.8A & 8.3A AAH47123U

14 / 30.8 4.3A & 4.3A AAH47135K 8.3A & 8.3A AAH47133U

17.6 / 38.7 4.3A & 8.7A AAH47145K 8.3A & 8.3A AAH47143U

Bath Opening / Depth Dimension (W×L, D & W×L, D) (mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12876.

Baths & Circulators Heating Baths (General)

Outstanding temperature control water baths for diverse applications. Microprocessor PID controller guarantees all BW-G Models precise temperature control. In addition, the built-in digital timer and programming functions are ideal for critical research, quality control, and regulatory tests.

Operating Features t +5âł&#x201E; above room temperature to 100âł&#x201E; t Microprocessor PID control / Automatic tuning / Calibration t Digital timer for delayed ON / OFF. (from 1 min to 99 hr 59 min) t Protection aga inst over-temperature and low fluid level t Convenient memory function of up to three frequently used temperature settings t Digital LED display. (0.1âł&#x201E; resolution) t Splash-proof keypad

Constructional Features t Corrosion-resistant stainless steel construction of all wetted parts allowing other bath fluids as well as water and silicone fluids

BW-05G with the included SUS Cover Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 22-23

t Stainless Steel Flat Type Cover t Open-rings Covers t Test Tube Racks, Spring Wire Racks, Half-shelf Adjusters

t Low-profile reservoir design with easy-to-use digital controller with dual LED displays t Protection against low fluid level and dry-running with audible and visual alarms t Automatic shut down of the heater following the alarms t Isolated design of heater, and sensor by a baffle plate to protect users and samples against direct contact

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Working Temperature Range (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;) Temperature Stability (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;) 1)

Bath Opening / Depth (WĂ&#x2014;L, D) (mm / inch)

Dimension

Overall / with Gable Cover (WĂ&#x2014;LĂ&#x2014;H) (mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12876.

BW-05G 5 / 0.2 Amb. +5 to 100 / Amb. +9 to 212 0.2 / 0.36 231Ă&#x2014;150, 160 / 9.1Ă&#x2014;5.9, 6.3 355Ă&#x2014;260Ă&#x2014;334 / 14Ă&#x2014;10.2Ă&#x2014;13.1 10 / 22 3A AAH41405K 5.8A AAH41406U

BW-10G

BW-20G

10 / 0.4

20 / 0.7

285Ă&#x2014;211, 180 / 11.2Ă&#x2014;8.3, 7.1

345Ă&#x2014;290, 200 / 13.6Ă&#x2014;11.4, 7.9

410Ă&#x2014;311Ă&#x2014;354 / 16.1Ă&#x2014;12.2Ă&#x2014;14 14 / 31 4.4A AAH41415K 8.3A AAH41416U

471Ă&#x2014;390Ă&#x2014;374 / 18.5Ă&#x2014;15.4Ă&#x2014;14.7 18 / 40 8.7A AAH41425K 8.3A AAH41426U

Baths & Circulators

Shaking & Heating Baths

Reciprocal shaking & heating baths. All BS Models feature rapid and accurate shaking by adopting silent and anti-vibration BLDC (Brushless DC) motors. And their precise and constant temperature control provides ideal sample incubation conditions suitable for DNA, tissue, or cell culture applications.

Operating Features t +5âł&#x201E; above room temperature to 100âł&#x201E;. t Microprocessor PID control / auto tuning / calibration t Digital timer for delayed ON / OFF. (from 1 min to 99 hr 59 min) t Protection against over-temperature t Digital LED display. (0.1âł&#x201E; and 1 rpm resolution) t Splash-proof keypad

Constructional Features t Separate control keys for shaker mechanism allowing the unit also to be used as a constant temperature bath t Minimal shock to the samples thanks to the shakerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s gentle start feature t Multiple LED displays for setting various values t Isolated design of agitator, heater, and sensor by a baffle plate to minimize the turbulence in the bath fluid and also to protect users and samples against direct contact

BS-31 with the included Gable Cover and Spring Wire Rack

t Removable shaking carriage designed for external assembly avoiding direct contact with the bath fluid

Included Accessories t Stainless steel Gable Cover t Spring Wire Rack Optional Accessories t Universal Platform, Dedicated Platform, Flask Clamps, etc t Test Tube Racks see page 21

t Minimization of the liquid loss and dripping of the bath liquid into the samples thanks to the included gable cover t Included SUS 304 spring wire rack with double-two-tier providing various ways of glassware settings

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Working Temperature Range (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;) Temperature Stability 1) (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;) Motion / Speed Range (RPM) Shaking System Recip Stroke Length (mm / inch) Bath Opening /Depth (WĂ&#x2014;L, D) (mm / inch)

Dimension

Overall (WĂ&#x2014;LĂ&#x2014;H) (mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

BS-06

BS-11

BS-21

BS-31

17 / 0.6 25 / 0.9 Amb. +5 to 100 / Amb. +9 to 212 0.2 / 0.36 Reciprocating / 20 to 180 25, 30, 35 / 1.0, 1.2, 1.4 Available - Standard 30 / 1.2 199x300, 235 319x300, 235 / 7.8x11.8, 9.3 / 12.6x11.8, 9.3

37 / 1.3

55 / 1.9

479x300, 235 / 18.9x11.8, 9.3

629x350, 235 / 24.8x13.8, 9.3

430Ă&#x2014;440Ă&#x2014;355 / 16.9Ă&#x2014;17.3Ă&#x2014;14 26 / 57 3.7A AAH44061K 3.7A AAH44062K 7.1A AAH44063U

710Ă&#x2014;440Ă&#x2014;355 / 28Ă&#x2014;17.3Ă&#x2014;14.3 35 / 77 8.9A AAH44211K 8.9A AAH44212K

860Ă&#x2014;490Ă&#x2014;355 / 33.9Ă&#x2014;19.3Ă&#x2014;14 42 / 93 8.9A AAH44311K 8.9A AAH44312K

550Ă&#x2014;440Ă&#x2014;355 / 21.7Ă&#x2014;17.3Ă&#x2014;14 30 / 66 4.6A AAH44111K 4.6A AAH44112K 8.8A AAH44113U

â˛ź BS-21 and BS-31 Models are available ONLY for 230V. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12876.

Baths & Circulators Viscometer Heating Baths

Ultra precise temperature control with excellent visibility. VB-G Models provide superb temperature stability as well as crystal-clear visibility required for kinematic viscosity measurement using glass capillary viscometers.

Operating Features t +5âł&#x201E; above room temperature to 150âł&#x201E; t Microprocessor PID control / Automatic tuning / Calibration t Digital timer for delayed ON/OFF. (from 1 min to 99 hr 59 min) t Protection against over-temperature and low fluid level t Convenient memory function of up to three frequently used temperature settings t Digital LED displays. (0.01âł&#x201E; resolution at 0~99.9âł&#x201E; and 0.1âł&#x201E; resolution at 100~150âł&#x201E;)

t Splash-proof keypad t Simple conversion between Celsius and Fahrenheit t RS-232 interface

Constructional Features t Crystal-clear visibility provided by double tempered safety glass windows in front and rear sides

VB-40G with the included SUS Covers

t Isolated design of agitator, heater, and sensor by a baffle plate to minimize the turbulence in the bath fluid and also to protect users and samples against direct contact

Included Accessories t Stainless steel Covers for holes on the Top t Cooling Coil Optional Accessories t Tube Holders for U-shaped Viscometer Glass Tubes

t Optimal temperature equilibrium achieved by a vane type stirrer with strong circulation power

(Up to 5 holders for VB-25G and up to 8 holders for VB-40G)

see page 23

t Operations at below or slightly above ambient temperature allowed by the included stainless steel cooling coil.

t Cooling Circulators

(for operations from 10âł&#x201E;/50âł&#x2026;, use an optional cooling circulator)

t Ă&#x2DC; 51mm holes (for glass capillary viscometer tubes) and a Ă&#x2DC;12.6 mm hole. (for a thermometer)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Working Temperature Range 2) (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;) Temperature Stability 1) (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;) Bath Opening / Depth (WĂ&#x2014;L, D) (mm / inch) Cover Lids / Hole for Thermometer (mm) Dimension Overall (WĂ&#x2014;LĂ&#x2014;H) (mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No.

VB-25G 25 / 0.9 Amb. +5 to 150 / Amb. +9 to 302 0.05 / 0.09 145Ă&#x2014;265, 330 / 5.7Ă&#x2014;10.4, 13 5ea / Ă&#x2DC; 51, 1ea / Ă&#x2DC;12.6 492Ă&#x2014;374Ă&#x2014;547 / 19.4Ă&#x2014;14.7Ă&#x2014;21.5 28 / 61.7 60Hz, 13 A 50Hz, 13 A AAH43301K AAH43302K

* VB-25G and VB-40G Models are available ONLY for 230V. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12876. 2) If you want to operate the unit below Amb. + 5âł&#x201E; (Amb. + 9âł&#x2026;), an optional cooling circulator is required. The lowest temperature when using an optional cooling circulator is +10âł&#x201E; (+50âł&#x2026;). For ordering information, see page 17.

VB-40G 40 / 1.4 0.1 / 0.18 295Ă&#x2014;265, 330 / 11.6Ă&#x2014;10.4, 13 8ea / Ă&#x2DC;51, 1ea / Ă&#x2DC;12.6 642Ă&#x2014;374Ă&#x2014;547 / 25.3Ă&#x2014;14.7Ă&#x2014;21.5 37 / 81.6 60Hz, 13 A 50Hz, 13 A AAH43401K AAH43402K

Baths & Circulators

Heating Bath Circulators

External and internal circulation with powerful pumping capability CW-G Models are specially designed for precise temperature control of external instruments or for immersion purposes using a powerful pump with five adjustable pressure steps.

Operating Features

t +5âł&#x201E; above room temperature to 150âł&#x201E;

t Microprocessor PID control / Automatic tuning / Calibration

t Digital timer for delayed ON / OFF. (from 1 min to 99 hr 59 min)

t Protection against low fluid level and dry-running

t Convenient memory function of up to three frequently used temperature settings

t Digital LED display. (0.1âł&#x201E; resolution)

t Splash-proof keypad

t RS-232 interface

Constructional Features

t Accurate, stable, and efficient temperature management by using a powerful variable-speed pump. (1 to 3 steps of pump for

t Powerful pressure and suction pumps provide contrast pressure and flow rate throughout the whole temperature range.

t Isolated design of agitator, heater, and sensor by a baffle plate to minimize the turbulence in the bath fluid and also to protect users and samples against direct contact

t Protection against low fluid level and dry running by automatic shut down of the heater together with audible and visual alarms

internal circulation and 4 and 5 steps for external circulation)

t Corrosion-resistant, seamless, leak-proof, round-cornered, and easy-to-clean stainless steel bath with a drain valve

t Compact footprints ideal for cramped lab space

CW-05G with the icluded SUS Covers Included Accessorie

Optional Accessories see page 22-23

t Stainless Steel Flat Type Cover t One 30cm (1 ft) Length and Ă&#x2DC;12mm of Silicone Rubber Tubing t Suction Function for Pump t Test Tube Racks, Spring Wire Racks

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Working Temperature Range 2) (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;) Temperature Stability 1) (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;) Max. Pressure, Max. Flow Rate Pump Max. Suction Flow Rate Bath Opening / Depth (WĂ&#x2014;L, D) (mm / inch)

Dimension

Overall (WĂ&#x2014;LĂ&#x2014;H) (mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60 Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60 Hz) Cat. No.

CW-05G

Certification without CW-30G

CW-10G

CW-20G

CW-30G

5 / 0.2 10 / 0.4 Amb. +5 to 150 / Amb. +9 to 302 0.05 / 0.09 0.05 / 0.09 5.9 PSI (406.8 millibar), 7.4 gallons / minute (28 liters / minute) 2.6 gallons / minute (10 liters / minute) 150Ă&#x2014;99, 160 211Ă&#x2014;154, 180 / 5.9Ă&#x2014;3.9, 6.3 / 8.3Ă&#x2014;6.1, 7.1

20 / 0.7

30 / 1.1

0.1 / 0.18

290Ă&#x2014;214, 200 / 11.4Ă&#x2014;8.4, 7.9

300Ă&#x2014;264, 230 / 11.8Ă&#x2014;10.4, 9

220Ă&#x2014;395Ă&#x2014;424 / 8.7Ă&#x2014;15.6Ă&#x2014;16.7 12.5 / 27.6 4.5A AAH52305K 8.6A AAH52306U

360Ă&#x2014;510Ă&#x2014;464 / 14.2Ă&#x2014;20.1Ă&#x2014;18.3 17.5 / 38.6 8.8A AAH52325K 8.6A AAH52326U

370Ă&#x2014;560Ă&#x2014;494 / 14.6Ă&#x2014;22Ă&#x2014;19.4 19.5 / 43 8.8A AAH52335K 8.6A AAH52336U

281Ă&#x2014;450Ă&#x2014;444 / 11.1Ă&#x2014;17.7Ă&#x2014;17.5 15 / 33 6.7A AAH52315K 8.6A AAH52316U

1) Technical data according to DIN 12876. 2) If you operate the unit in 1 to 3 steps of pump, the temperature range can be from Amb. +5âł&#x201E; but in 4 and 5 steps, the range will be from Amb. +15âł&#x201E;

Baths & Circulators

Refrigerated & Heating Bath Circulators

Rapid heating and cooling throughout the entire temperature range. Specially designed to be used with Refractometers and Viscometers, RW-G Models feature accurate and stable temperature control capability even at very low temperatures (as low as -35âł&#x201E;) by adopting a powerful pump for both external and internal circulation.

Operating Features t Temp. range: from -35âł&#x201E; to 150âł&#x201E; for RW-40G Models. from -25âł&#x201E; to 150âł&#x201E; for RW-25G Models t Microprocessor PID control / automatic tuning / calibration t Digital timer for delayed ON / OFF. (from 1 min to 99 hr 59 min) t Protection against over-temperature and low fluid level t Convenient memory function of up to three frequently used temperature settings t Digital LED display. (0.1âł&#x201E; resolution) t Splash-proof keypad t RS-232 interface

Constructional Features t Suitable for both internal and external bath environment due to reduced turbulence by using five-speed duplex pump and built-in cooling coil. (1 to 3 steps of the pump for internal circulation and 4 and 5 steps for external circulation)

t Isolated design of agitator, heater, and sensor by a baffle plate to minimize the turbulence in the bath fluid and also to protect users and samples against direct contact t Protection against low fluid level and dry running by automatic shut down of the heater together with audible and visual alarms t Corrosion-resistant, seamless, leak-proof, round-cornered, and easy-to-clean stainless steel reservoir with a drain valve t Usage of CFC-free refrigerant (R-507, R-404A) and a double service valve for leakage prevention t Quick-release front grille for easy cleaning of the condenser t Compact footprints ideal for cramped lab space

RW-0525G with the included SUS Cover Included Accessories t Stainless steel Flat Cover t 30 cm (1 ft) long and Ă&#x2DC;12 mm Silicone Rubber Tubing Optional Accessories t Additional Suction Pumps see page 22-23 t Test Tube Racks and Spring Wire Racks

* Applicable for CW-G, RW-25G, and RW-40G Models * Bath fluid: water (at the normal Temperature)

Baths & Circulators

Refrigerated & Heating Bath Circulators

Specifications & Ordering Information RW - 25G Models (for temperature range from -25Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ) Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Working Temperature Range 2) (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Stability 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at -20Ⳅ (-4ⳅ), W at 0Ⳅ (+32ⳅ), W Cooling Capacity at +20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), W Refrigerator Max. Pressure, Max. Flow rate Pump Max. Suction Flow Rate 3) Bath Opening / Depth (W×L, D) (mm / inch)

Dimension

Overall (W×L×H) (mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

RW-0525G

RW-1025G

RW-2025G

RW-3025G

5 / 0.2 10 / 0.4 -25 to 150 / -13 to 302 0.05 / 0.09 0.05 / 0.09 30 50 230 250 320 380 1 / 3 LBP, R-507 1 / 3 LBP, R-507 5.9 PSI (406.8 millibar), 7.4 gallons / minute (28 liters / minute) 2.6 gallons / minute (10 liters / minute)

20 / 0.7

30 / 1.1

0.05 / 0.09 260 410 560 1 / 2 LBP, R-404A

0.08 / 0.14 390 570 680 3 / 4 LBP, R-404A

150×99, 160 / 5.9×3.9, 6.3

211×154, 180 / 8.3×6.1, 7.1

290×214, 200 / 11.4×8.4, 7.9

300×264, 230 / 11.8×10.4, 9

302×438×690 / 11.9×17.2×27.2

360×490×780 / 14.2×19.3×30.7

380×560×825 / 15×22×32.5

440×620×895 / 17.3×24.4×35.2

37 / 81.6

44 / 97

60 / 132.2 12.8A AAH57021K 12.8A AAH57022K

70 / 147.7 13.8A AAH57031K 13.8A AAH57032K

7A AAH57001K 7A AAH57002K 12.6A AAH57003U

9.2A AAH57011K 9.2A AAH57012K 12.6A AAH57013U

* RW-2025G and RW-3025G Models are available ONLY for 230V. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12876. 2) The cooling capacity is measured on a 230V / 60Hz electrical condition. 3) The additional suction function is optional.

Specifications & Ordering Information RW - 40G Models (for temperature range from -35Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ) Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Working Temperature Range 2) (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Stability 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at -20Ⳅ (-4ⳅ), W at 0Ⳅ (+32ⳅ), W Cooling Capacity at +20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), W Refrigerator Max. Pressure, Max. Flow rate Pump Max. Suction Flow Rate 3) Bath Opening /Depth (W×L, D) (mm / inch)

Dimension

Overall (W×L×H) (mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

RW-0540G

RW-1040G

RW-2040G

RW-3040G

5 / 0.2 10 / 0.4 -35 to 150 / -31 to 302 0.05 / 0.09 0.05 / 0.09 80 150 150 330 280 450 1 / 2 LBP, R-404A 1 / 2 LBP, R-404A 5.9 PSI (406.8 millibar), 7.4 gallons / minute (28 liters / minute) 2.6 gallons / minute (10 liters / minute)

20 / 0.7

30 / 1.1

0.05 / 0.09 400 660 800 3 / 4 LBP, R-404A

0.08 / 0.14 440 700 880 1 LBP, R-404A

150×99, 160 / 5.9×3.9, 6.3

211×154, 180 / 8.3×6.1, 7.1

290×214, 200 / 11.4×8.4, 7.9

300×264, 230 / 11.8×10.4, 9

302×438×690 / 11.9×17.2×27.2

360×490×780 / 14.2×19.3×30.7

380×560×825 / 15×22×32.5

440×620×895 / 17.3×24.4×35.2

38 / 83.8

44 / 97

60 / 132.2 13.8A AAH57121K 13.8A AAH57122K

67 / 147.7 14.8A AAH57131K 14.8A AAH57132K

8.5A AAH57101K 8.5A AAH57102K

10.7A AAH57111K 10.7A AAH57112K

* RW-40G Models are available ONLY for 230V. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12876. 2) The cooling capacity is measured under 230V / 60Hz electrical condition. 3) Additional suction pump is optional.

Baths & Circulators Cold Trap Bath

Digital temperature display. Effective capture of moisture or condensate. Also useful as quick cooling baths.

Features t LED temperature display. t Protection against over-current. t Easy installation and maintenance of glass traps. (Two glass traps included)

t Quick-release front grille for easy cleaning of the condenser. t Compact size and little noise. t Built-in dissolving system to easily remove ice or solid matter stuck on the bath. t Durable stainless steel bath. t Transparent acrylic lids on top of the glass trap to check condensate level in the trap.

Standard Accessories

CTB-10

CTB-10 with the included U-type Glass Traps (2EA)

Model

Cat. No.

Description

Related accessory

FCA1110

U-type Glass Trap(1ea)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

Material

Dimension

Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

CTB -10 Down to - 40 / - 40

Bath External Bath Up Desk Insulation Refrigerator Volume (L / cu ft) Bath (Ø×H, mm) Overall (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / lbs)

Stainless steel, 1.2t, Double painted & baked Stainless steel, 1.5t Polyurethane foam (30mm) 1 / 2 HP, R-404A (LBP) 4.8 / 0.17 Dia, 210×204 / 8.3×8 360×465×555 / 14.1×18.3×21.9 46 / 101.4 4.5 A AAH62011K 4.5 A AAH62012K

Baths & Circulators

Accessories & Options

for Shaking & Heating Baths

Universal Platforms

Flask Clamps

Dedicated Platforms

Test Tube Racks

Universal Platforms & Flask Clamps The universal platforms provide flexibility for mixing different size test tubes and glassware on a single platform. Various clamps or racks can be interchanged or added easily using mounting holes on the platform. (only for BS Models) Model Universal Platform

Flask Clamps

Cat. No. AAA23550 AAA23551 AAA23552 AAA23556 AAA23553 AAA23554 AAA23555 AAA23557

Erlenmeyer Flask Size for 50mL for 100mL for 250ml for 300mL for 500ml for 1L for 2L ◊ for 2.8L ◊

BS-06

BS-11

BS-21

BS-31

AAA44521

AAA44522

AAA44523

AAA44524

Max. mountable flask clamps 9 12 3 9 2 4 2 4 2 4 1 2 1 1

20 15 8 8 6 4 2 1

32 24 12 12 12 6 3 2

◊ 2 and 2.8L flasks must be used due to height restrictions, respectively. * Flask clamps for universal platforms are sold separately.

Dedicated Platforms When using glassware of the same size, dedicated platforms with preinstalled 250 mL or 500 mL clamps provide maximum capacity for each platform size. If you need to use different size glassware, purchase other suitable clamps separately. (only for BS Models) Cat. No. AAA44531 AAA44532 AAA44541 AAA44542 AAA44551 AAA44552 AAA44561 AAA44562

Description

Suitable for

Universal Platform with mL flask clamps ea Universal Platform with mL flask clamps ea Universal Platform with mL flask clamps ea Universal Platform with mL flask clamps ea Universal Platform with mL flask clamps ea Universal Platform with mL flask clamps ea Universal Platform with mL flask clamps ea Universal Platform with mL flask clamps ea

BS- BS- BS- BS-

Ⲽ Dedicated platforms are sold with maximum number of flask clamps preinstalled.

Test Tube Racks Highly durable stainless steel test tube racks feature adjustable angle and tube height support without requiring any base plate. You can easily mount and release test tube racks. Cat. No. AAA44581 AAA44582 AAA44583 AAA44585 AAA44586

Description for 86 Test Tubes for 86 Test Tubes for 58 Test Tubes for 32 Test Tubes for 19 Test Tubes

Ø8mm / Ø0.3˝ Ø10mm / Ø0.4˝ Ø12mm / Ø0.5˝ Ø16mm / Ø0.6˝ Ø25mm / Ø1.0˝

BS-06 1EA

Insert Capacity of Racks* BS-11 BS-21 2EA

3EA

BS-31 4EA

* No declination. Ⲽ Customized accessories to meet your specific requirements can be also provided. For inquiries, please contact your dealer.

Baths & Circulators Accessories & Options

for Baths & Bath Circulators

Transparent Polypropylene Gable Covers

Stainless Steel Flat Covers

Open-rings Covers

Transparent Polypropylene Gable Covers

Stainless Steel Flat Covers

Designed to protect samples from contamination due to direct dripping of the bath liquid. (only for BW-H and BW-B Models)

Made of stainless steel to prevent corrosion and rust.

Cat. No. AAA45531 AAA45532 AAA45533

(only for BW-H and BW-B Models)

Suitable for

Cat. No.

BW-05H / BW-05B BW-10H / BW-10B BW-20H / BW-20B

AAA45541 AAA45542 AAA45543

Suitable for BW-05H / BW-05B BW-10H / BW-05B BW-20H / BW-05B

Open-rings Covers Beakers or Erlenmeyer flasks can be placed directly onto the perforated stainless steel half-shelf adjuster or water tank bottom. By adjusting ring size for each glassware, liquid loss due to evaporation is minimized. (only for BW-H, B8-B, BW-G Models) Cat. No. AAA45521 AAA45524 AAA45522 AAA45525 AAA45526 AAA45523 AAA45527 AAA45528 AAA41561 AAA41564 AAA41562 AAA41565 AAA41566 AAA41563 AAA41567 AAA41568

Description with 2 openings with 1 opening with 4 openings with 2 openings with 1 opening with 8 openings with 6 openings with 2 openings with 2 openings with 1 opening with 4 openings with 2 openings with 1 opening with 6 openings with 4 openings with 1 opening

Suitable for

Ø80mm / Ø3.1˝ Ø110mm / Ø4.3˝ Ø80mm / Ø3.1˝ Ø110mm / Ø4.3˝ Ø185mm / Ø7.3˝ Ø80mm / Ø3.1˝ Ø110mm / Ø4.3˝ Ø185mm / Ø7.3˝ Ø80mm / Ø3.1˝ Ø110mm / Ø4.3˝ Ø80mm / Ø3.1˝ Ø110mm / Ø4.3˝ Ø185mm / Ø7.3˝ Ø80mm / Ø3.1˝ Ø110mm / Ø4.3˝ Ø185mm / Ø7.3˝

BW-05H / BW-05B BW-10H / BW-10B BW-20H / BW-20B BW-05G BW-10G BW-20G

* No declination.

Description for 86 Test Tubes for 86 Test Tubes for 58 Test Tubes for 32 Test Tubes for 19 Test Tubes for 50 Test Tubes for 50 Test Tubes for 33 Test Tubes for 16 Test Tubes for 10 Test Tubes for 176 Test Tubes for 176 Test Tubes for 84 Test Tubes for 68 Test Tubes for 33 Test Tubes

Ø8mm / Ø0.3˝ Ø10mm / Ø0.4˝ Ø12mm / Ø0.5˝ Ø16mm / Ø0.6˝ Ø25mm / Ø1.0˝ Ø8mm / Ø0.3˝ Ø10mm / Ø0.4˝ Ø12mm / Ø0.5˝ Ø16mm / Ø0.6˝ Ø25mm / Ø1.0˝ Ø8mm / Ø0.3˝ Ø10mm / Ø0.4˝ Ø12mm / Ø0.5˝ Ø16mm / Ø0.6˝ Ø25mm / Ø1.0˝

Insert Capacity of Racks* BW-10G CW-20G, 30G RW-2025G, 2040G RW-3025G, 3040G 2EA BW-05H BW-05B BW-05G

BW-20G 3EA RW-1025G RW-1040G CW-10G

1EA BW-10H BW-10B

BW-20H BW-20B

1EA

2EA

Baths & Circulators

Accessories & Options

for Baths & Bath Circulators

Spring Wire Racks

Half-shelf Adjusters

Additional Suction Pumps

Spring Wire Racks

Additional Suction Pumps*

Ideal for holding a wide variety of tubes, flasks, and other glassware. All components are made of stainless steel.

Additional suction device for more powerful external and internal circulation. Maximum suction flow rate is 10.0 liters per minute. (only for CW-G and RW-G Models)

(for all models)

Cat. No. AAA45502 AAA45503 AAA41502 AAA41503 AAA51522 AAA51523

Suitable for BW-10H / BW-10B BW-20H / BW-20B BW-10G BW-20G CW-20G / RW-2025G, 2040G CW-30G / RW-3025G, 3040G

Cat. No. 52503 52513 52523 52533

Suitable for CW-05G / RW-0525G, 0540G CW-10G / RW-1025G, 1040G CW-20G / RW-2025G, 2040G CW-30G / RW-3025G, 3040G

* Adding this additional suction function after your purchase is timeconsuming and costly. Prior request is highly recommended.

Half-shelf Adjusters Stainless steel perforated sample tray shelves with adjustable height support prevent leaks and guard against rust and contamination. (only for BW-H, BW-B, and BW-G Models)

Cat. No. AAA45511 AAA45512 AAA45513 AAA41551 AAA41552 AAA41553

Suitable for BW-05H / BW-05B BW-10H / BW-10B BW-20H / BW-20B BW-05G BW-10G BW-20G

for Viscometer Heating Baths Viscometer Tube Holders Specially designed to hold a two-opening viscometer glass tube and made of Bakelite, renowned for its high thermal endurance. (only for VB Models) Cat. No. AAA43501

Suitable for VB-25G (need Max. 5 holders) VB-40G (need Max. 8 holders)

Viscometer Tube Holders

Cooling Circulators The temperature range of viscometer heating baths can be lowered up to +10âł&#x201E; (+50âł&#x2026;) when used with an optional cooling circulator. (only for VB Models)

Cat. No. AAH57011K AAH57012K AAH57021K AAH57022K

Description RW-1025G (230V, 60Hz) RW-1025G (230V, 50Hz) RW-2025G (230V, 60Hz) RW-2025G (230V, 50Hz)

Suitable for VB-25G (230V, 60Hz) VB-25G (230V, 50Hz) VB-40G (230V, 60Hz) VB-40G (230V, 50Hz)

* Refer to p.16-17 for more information on the cooling circulators.

Desiccators Offering a wide selection of desiccators including UV-blocking models with outstanding drying capability to suit your specific requirements.

Vacuum Desiccators

SELECTION GUIDE Vacuum Desiccators Desiccators

Desiccators

Vacuum Desiccators Description

Cubic Models

Round Models Cylindrical Models

Internal Volume (L / cu ft)

VDC-11/11U

11 / 0.4

VDC-21/21U

23 / 0.8

VDC-31/31U

35 / 1.2

VDC-41/41U

45 / 1.6

VDR-20 / 20U / 20G /20UG

6 / 0.2

VDR-25 / 25U / 25G / 25UG

10 / 0.4

VDR-30 / 30U / 30G / 30UG

20 / 0.7

VDP-25 / 25U / 25G / 25UG

16 / 0.6

VDP-30 / 30U / 30G / 30UG

25 / 0.9

Vacuum Range (MPa)

Body Material

1.33 Ă&#x2014; 10- 4 Mpa

(Analog)

(Polycarbonate)

Desiccators Description Cubic Models

Body Material

Internal Volume (L / cu ft)

SDC-30/30U

35 / 1.2

SDC-45/45U

50 / 1.8

(Polycarbonate)

Desiccators

Vacuum Desiccators (Cubic Models) Integrally molded cubic box design enabling outstanding vacuum capability with virtually no leakage and exceptional durability. Various models available with respect to sizes and UV-blocking effect.

Features t Maximum vacuum of 1 Torr(1.33×10-4 Mpa) for more than 72 hours. t High quality silicone gasket ensures greaseless airtight seal for the clean and cost effective test environment. t Highly transparent, shatterproof, non-corrosive, and easy to clean polycarbonate construction. t Three-way stopcock provides great convenience for consistent and uniform vacuum draw, vacuum release, or gas exchange. The barbed fitting on each side secures attachment of tubing. t Maximized utilization of internal space using maximum four to six shelves depending on product sizes. t Stackable space-saving design allowing efficient usage of cramped lab space. t Easy vacuum level checking with the standard vacuum gauge attached to the front door.

VDC-31

t Minimizing damages or discoloration of light-sensitive samples.

t Vacuum Gauge t Drying Agent Tray t Perforated Sample Trays

Included Accessories see page 29

(only for U models)

t Four built-in ports allowing easy attachment of tubing.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model 1)

VDC-11/11U

Internal Volume (L / cu ft)

11 / 0.4

Gauge Range (Mpa)

0 to - 0.1

Nozzle (mm / inch, Ø)

9.5 / 0.37

Max. Permissible Vacuum (bodies)

1.33×10- 4 Mpa

Max. Load (kg / lbs) per Shelf

3 / 6.6

Number of Shelves (included / max.)

2/4

Body Material

Dimension (W×D×H)

Perforated Sample Tray

VDC-31/31U

VDC-41/41U

35 / 1.2

45 / 1.6

3/5

3/6

5 / 11

Polycarbonate

Drying Agent Tray / Locker

Polypropylene

Vacuum Seal

Silicone Rubber

Internal (mm / inch)

248x254x238 / 9.8x10x9.4

346x365x246 / 13.6x14.4x9.7

355x375x345 / 14 x 14.8 x 13.6

355x374x445 / 14x14.7x17.5

Exterior (mm / inch)

322x285x271 / 12.7x11.2x10.7

420x397x281 / 16.5x15.6x11.1

420x397x381 / 16.5x15.6x15

420x397x491 / 16.5x15.6x19.3

4.2 / 9.3

8.2 / 18.1

10.8 / 23.8

12.2 / 26.9

Net Weight (kg / lbs) Cat. No.

VDC-21/21U 23 / 0.8

Without UV Block Effect

AAAD4001

AAAD4021

AAAD4011

AAAD4031

With UV Block Effect (U)

AAAD4101

AAAD4121

AAAD4111

AAAD4131

1) U models are translucent(amber-colored) vaccum desiccators with ultraviolet block effect.

Desiccators

Vacuum Desiccators (Round Models)

Round design featuring light weight yet high tensile strength. High-quality silicone O-ring and specially designed ‘Locking Clip’ allowing outstanding vacuum capability with virtually no leakage.

Features t Maximum vacuum of 1 Torr (1.33×10-4 Mpa) for more than 72 hours. t High quality silicone gasket ensures greaseless airtight seal for the clean and cost effective test environment. t Highly transparent, shatterproof, non-corrosive, and easy to clean polycarbonate construction. t Three-way stopcock provides great convenience for consistent and uniform vacuum draw, vacuum release, or gas exchange. The barbed fitting on each side secures attachment of tubing. t Flange lock holding the top and the bottom together during non-vacuum conditions. t Various models available with respect to sizes and UVblocking effect. t Minimizing damages or discoloration of light-sensitive samples (only for U/UG models).

VDR-25G

t A vacuum gauge attachable at the center of the lid for easy vacuum level checking (only for G/UG models).

Included Accessories t Drying Agent Tray see page 29 t Perforated Sample Trays t Flange Locker

t The top and bottom of round vacuum desiccators and cylindrical vacuum desiccators are compatible with each other for diverse use.

Specifications & Ordering Information VDR-20/20G VDR-20U/20UG

Model 1) Internal Volume (L / cu ft)

6 / 0.2

Gauge Range (Mpa)

0 to -0.1

Nozzle (mm / inch, Ø)

9.5 / 0.37

Max. Permissible Vacuum (Bodies) Lid / Bottom Perforated Sample Tray Material

Drying Agent Tray

Cat. No.

20 / 0.7

Ø242×279(354) / Ø9.5×11(13.9)

Ø308×325(400) / Ø12.1×12.8(15.7)

Ø385×399(475) / Ø15.2×15.7(18.7)

1.5 / 3.3

2.5 / 5.5

4.2 / 9.3

1.33×10-4 Mpa Polycarbonate Polypropylene Polypropylene

Vacuum Seal

Silicone Rubber

Net Weight (kg / lbs) Clear body

AAAD2011

AAAD2111

AAAD2211

Clear body with Vacuum gauge (G)

AAAD2021

AAAD2121

AAAD2221

UV block effect body(U)

AAAD2031

AAAD2131

AAAD2231

UV block effect body with Vacuum gauge(UG)

AAAD2041

AAAD2141

AAAD2241

1) G models come standard with a vacuum gauge U models are translucent(amber-colored) vaccum desiccators with ultraviolet block effect.

VDR-30/30G VDR-30U/30UG

10 / 0.4

Locker

Dimension Exterior (mm / inch) (I.D. × H)

VDR-25/25G VDR-25U/25UG

Desiccators

Heating(Cylindrical Baths (Economic) Vacuum Desiccators Models) Newly designed cylindrical desiccators are used by ideal for Storing tall equipment, gas substitution, general drying and preserving. Features t Maximum vacuum of 1 Torr (1.33×10-4 Mpa) for more than 72 hours. t High quality silicone gasket ensures greaseless airtight seal for the clean and cost effective test environment.

t Highly transparent, shatterproof, non-corrosive, and easy to clean polycarbonate construction. t Three-way stopcock provides great convenience for consistent and uniform vacuum draw, vacuum release, or gas exchange. The barbed fitting on each side secures attachment of tubing. t Flange lock holding the top and the bottom together during non-vacuum conditions. t Various models available with respect to sizes and UVblocking effect. t Minimizing damages or discoloration of light-sensitive samples (only for U/UG models). t A vacuum gauge attachable at the center of the lid for easy vacuum level checking (only for G/UG models).

VDP-30 Included Accessories t Perforated Sample Trays see page 29 t Flange Locker

t The top and bottom of cylindrical vacuum desiccators and round vacuum desiccators are compatible with each other for diverse use.

Specifications & Ordering Information VDP-25/25G VDP-25U/25UG

Model 1) Internal Volume (L / cu ft)

16 / 0.6

Gauge Range (Mpa)

0 to -0.1

Nozzle (mm / inch, Ø)

9.5 / 0.37

Max. Permissible Vacuum (Bodies)

1.33×10-4 Mpa

Body / Base Material

Perforated Sample Tray

(I.D. × H)

Polypropylene

Vacuum Seal

Silicone Rubber

Cat. No.

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

25 / 0.9

Polycarbonate

Locker

Dimension Exterior (mm / inch)

VDP-30/30G VDP-30U/30UG

Ø308×374(449) / Ø12.1×14.7(17.7)

Ø385×384(459) / Ø15.2×15.1(18.1)

2.7 / 5.9

4.0 / 8.8

Clear body

AAAD3011

Clear body with Vacuum gauge (G)

AAAD3111

AAAD3021 AAAD3121

UV block effect body(U)

AAAD3211

AAAD3221

UV block effect body with Vacuum gauge(UG)

AAAD3311

AAAD3321

1) G models come standard with a vacuum gauge U models are translucent(amber-colored) vaccum desiccators with ultraviolet block effect.

Desiccators

Desiccators (Cubic Models)

Also stackable unit design provides space efficiency in daily use. Transparent polycarbonate desiccators are designed for easy viewing of desiccant and vessels.

Features t One molded design enables virtually no leakage and exceptional durability. t High quality silicone gasket ensures greaseless airtight seal for the clean and cost effective test environment. t Highly transparent, shatterproof, non-corrosive, and easy to clean polycarbonate construction. t Maximized utilization of internal space using maximum three to five shelves depending on product sizes. t Stackable space-saving design allowing efficient usage of cramped lab space. t Easy humidity level checking with the hygrometer attached to the front door. t Minimizing damages or discoloration of light-sensitive samples. (only for U models)

SDC-30U / SDC-30 Included Accessories see page 29

t Hygrometer t Drying Agent Tray t Perforated Sample Tray t Perforated Sample Drawer

Specifications & Ordering Information Model 1)

SDC-30/30U

Internal Volume (L / cu ft)

35 / 1.2

SDC-45/45U 50 / 1.8

Max. Load (kg / lbs) per Shelf or Drawer

5 / 11

Number of Shelves (included / max.)

1/3

2/5

Number of drawers (included / max.)

1/3

1/5

Body Perforated Sample Tray Material

Dimension (W×D×H)

Drying Agent Tray / Locker

Polypropylene / Stainless Steel

Seal

Silicone Rubber

Internal (mm / inch)

322x367x302 / 12.7x14.4x11.9

322x367x422 / 12.7x14.4x16.6

Exterior (mm / inch)

360×410×326 / 14.1×16.1×12.8

360×410×447 / 14.1×16.1×17.6

Net Weight (kg / lbs) Cat. No.

Polycarbonate

Perforated Sample Drawer

4.9 / 10.8

6.2 / 13.7

Without UV Block Effect

AAAD5011

AAAD5021

With UV Block Effect (U)

AAAD5111

AAAD5121

1) U models are translucent(amber-colored) vaccum desiccators with ultraviolet block effect.

Desiccators

Accessories & Options

Drying Agent Tray for VDC

Perforated Sample Tray for VDC

Drying Agent Tray for VDR

Perforated Sample Trays for VDR

For Vacuum Desiccators (Cubic Models) Cat. No. VDC0035 VDC0003 VDC0037 VDC0005

Accessories

VDC-11/11U

VDC-21/21U

VDC-31/31U

Perforated Sample Tray Drying Agent Tray

VDC-41/41U

VDC0032

VDC0033

VDC0015

Vacuum seal

VDC0034 AAAD4501

Stopcock

EDA4301

Vacuum gauge

VDR0004

Silicagel (20g)

VDR0005

Silicagel (40g)

For Vacuum Desiccators (Round & Sylindrical Models) Cat. No.

Accessories

AAAD1501

VDR-20/20G VDR-25/25G VDR-30/30G VDP-25/25G VDP-30/30G VDR-20U/20UG VDR-25U/25UG VDR-30U/30UG VDP-25U/25UG VDP-30U/30UG t

AAAD1503

AAAD1511

AAAD1512

AAAD1502

AAAD1513

Drying Agent Tray

Perforated Sample Tray

AAAD3511 AAAD3512

VDR0001

VDR0003

VDR0015

VDR0002

VDR0016

Vacuum seal

Flange Locker

VDR0017

AAAD1521

AAAD3501

Stopcock

EDA4302

Vacuum gauge

VDR0004

Silicagel (20g)

VDR0005

Silicagel (40g)

Furniture SELECTION GUIDE

Tall Cabinets Stand Type (DS-SL)

Stand Type (DS-S)

Tall Cabinets Base Cabinets Gas Cylinder Cabinets

Width(mm) Height(mm) Depth(mm) Model Depth(mm) Model

476 2400 700 24047-D6 -

560

644

24056-D6

24064-D6

476 1800 700 18047-D4 550 18047-N4

560

644

686

938

18056-D4

18064-D4

18068-D6

18093-D6

18056-N4

18064-N4

18068-N6

18093-N6

Combi Type (DS-C)

Width(mm) Height(mm) Depth(mm) Model Depth(mm) Model

476 1800 700 18047-D4 550 18047-N4

Window Type (DS-OW)

560

18047-D5

18056-D4

18056-D5

18047-N5

18056-N4

18056-N5

472 1800 550 18047-N1

Open Rack Type (DS-OR)

Width(mm) Height(mm) Depth(mm) Model

472 1800 550 18047-N1

556

915

1083

18055-N1

18091-N2

18108-N2

Gas Cylinder Type (DS-GC)

556

915

1083

18055-N1

18091-N2

18108-N2

740 1800 550 18074-N2

1070

18107-N2

Base Cabinets Tabletop Type (DS-TT)

Width(mm) Height(mm) Depth(mm) Model Depth(mm) Model

476 900 700 09047-D2 550 09047-N2

560

644

09056-D2

09064-D2

09056-N2

09064-N2

Tabletop Type (DS-TW)

472 900 550 09047-N1

Under Table Type (DS-UT)

Width(mm) Height(mm) Depth(mm) Model Depth(mm) Model

476 650 700 06047-D2 550 06047-N2

560

644

06056-D2

06064-D2

06056-N2

06064-N2

556

915

1083

09055-N1

09091-N2

09108-N2

Under Table Type (DS-UD)

476 650 700 06047-D2 550 06047-N2

560

06047-D3

06056-D2

06056-D3

06047-N3

06056-N2

06056-N3

Impressive range of cabinet Models to choose from for creating the most ideal lab environments. (65 Duco - Slide storage cabinet Models)

Manufactured with PP trays and dividers

Easily removable name plates

Gas cylinder storage

- 8 different tray dimensions.

- Convenient and useful for keeping track of inventory.

- Gas cylinder constructed for storage of gas cylinders inside building

- 3 different sizes.

- DS-GC Models.

- Impact resistant, durable, and excellent chemical resistance rating. - Adjustable trays can be placed at different heights. - The tray divider keeps stuff tidy and organized.

Locking mechanism

Epoxy powder coated. - High-grade steel constructed completely with galvanized and power coated surface for high protection against corrosion, and chemicals.

3 types of color choices.

: Essentially convenient and standard safety functions are incorporated in the cabinets.

Ventilation system - Hexagonal or trapezoidal ventilation space is formed between the innovatively designed cabinet side structures.

Persian Blue Yellow Light gray - Adopted self-lock handle convenient for keeping things secure, comes standard with lock for protection against unauthorized users. - Comes standard with lock for protection against unauthorized personnel.

Anchoring kit - All tall cabinets include anchoring kits to fix the cabinet to the floor to prevent the cabinet from tipping over.

The world professional organization for providing leadership in issues involving the design, specification and utilization of laboratory furniture and equipment.

Furniture Tall Cabinets

Tall cabinet models are useful for storing large amounts of liquid and solid substances.

The fully extendable drawers can be accessed from either left or right side of the cabinets.

Hidden wheels under the lower drawer for DS-SL and DS-S series easily support 60kg / 145.5Ibs.

Connect multiple cabinets side by side to make the cabinets sturdy and balanced.

The removable name plates come included for keeping track of inventory.

The air and vapor vented through both sides of the cabinet vent slits.

35mm /1.38inch

Adjustable bracket mounts in the cabinet, designed for placing PP trays at any height.

4 tray dividers comes included with each tray.

Quantity of Trays (Standard / Max.) DS-SL

DS-S

DS-C

Upper

3/3

3/4

Mid

3/3

Lower

4/6

1/1

â˛źThe distance is 135mm(5.31inch) between each bottoms of tray, when Max. tray setting in drawer.

DS-OW Each Vertical Compartment 6 / 11

DS-OR Each Vertical Compartment 11 / 11

Furniture Tall Cabinets

Stand Type Cabinets (DS-SL, DS-S Models)

DS-SL Models - Large and tall dimensions with a 3 tier pull-out storage drawers. Height : 2400mm / 94.49inch, Depth : 700mm / 27.56inch Model

Body

Width (mm / inch) Each Narrow Drawer Left Right

Cat. No.

DS-SL-24047D6

476 / 18.74

194 / 7.64

AAAF1080

DS-SL-24056D6

560 / 22.04

194 / 7.64

278 / 10.94

AAAF1081

DS-SL-24064D6

644 / 26.14

278 / 10.94

AAAF1082

DS-S Models - General height with a 2 tier pull-out storage drawers. Height : 1800mm / 70.87inch, Depth : 700mm / 27.56inch Model

Body

Width (mm / inch) Each Narrow Drawer Left Middle Right

Cat. No.

DS-S-18047D4

476 / 18.74

194 / 7.64

DS-S-18056D4

560 / 22.05

194 / 7.64

278 / 10.94

AAAF1000 AAAF1001

DS-S-18064D4

644 / 25.35

278 / 10.94

AAAF1002

DS-S-18068D6

686 / 27

194 / 7.64

AAAF1003

DS-S-18093D6

938 / 36.93

278 / 10.94

AAAF1004

Height : 1800mm / 70.87nch, Depth : 550mm / 21.65inch Model

Body

Width (mm / inch) Each Narrow Drawer Left Middle Right

Cat. No.

DS-S-18047N4

476 / 18.74

194 / 7.64

AAAF1005

DS-S-18056N4

560 / 22.05

194 / 7.64

278 / 10.94

AAAF1006

DS-S-18064N4

644 / 25.35

278 / 10.94

AAAF1007

DS-S-18068N6

686 / 27

194 / 7.64

AAAF1008

DS-S-18093N6

938 / 36.93

278 / 10.94

AAAF1009

Furniture Tall Cabinets

Combi Type Cabinets (DS-C Models) DS-C Models - Variety of different size drawers, narrow and wide. Height : 1800mm / 70.87inch, Depth : 700mm / 27.56inch Model

Width (mm / inch) Each Narrow Drawer Left Right

Body

Quantity of Drawer

Cat. No.

DS-C-18047D4

476 / 18.74

194 / 7.64

AAAF1030

DS-C-18047D5

476 / 18.74

194 / 7.64

AAAF1031

DS-C-18056D4

560 / 22.05

194 / 7.64

278 / 10.94

AAAF1032

DS-C-18056D5

560 / 22.05

194 / 7.64

278 / 10.94

AAAF1033

Height : 1800mm / 70.87inch, Depth : 550mm / 21.65inch Model

Width (mm / inch) Each Narrow Drawer Left Right

Body

Quantity of Drawer

Cat. No.

DS-C-18047N4

476 / 18.74

194 / 7.64

AAAF1034

DS-C-18047N5

476 / 18.74

194 / 7.64

AAAF1035

DS-C-18056N4

560 / 22.05

194 / 7.64

278 / 10.94

AAAF1036

DS-C-18056N5

560 / 22.05

194 / 7.64

278 / 10.94

AAAF1037

Open Window Type Cabinets (DS-OW Models) DS-OW Models - Tempered glass cabinet door allow for easy viewing. Height : 1800mm / 70.87inch, Depth : 550mm / 21.65inch Model

Body

Width (mm / inch) Each Compartment

Cat. No.

DS-OW-18047N1

472 / 18.58

418 / 16.46

DS-OW-18055N1

556 / 21.89

502 / 19.76

AAAF1050 AAAF1051

DS-OW-18091N2

915 / 36.02

418 / 16.46

AAAF1052

DS-OW-18108N2

1083 / 42.64

502 / 19.76

AAAF1053

Open Rack Type Cabinets (DS-OR Models) DS-OR Models - Multipurpose and stationary storage units. Height : 1800mm / 70.87inch, Depth : 550mm / 21.65inch Model

Body

Width (mm / inch) Each Compartment

DS-OR-18047N1

472 / 18.58

418 / 16.46

DS-OR-18055N1

556 / 21.89

502 / 19.76

AAAF1091

DS-OR-18091N2

915 / 36.02

418 / 16.46

AAAF1092

DS-OR-18108N2

1083 / 42.64

502 / 19.76

AAAF1093

â˛ź Available customized depth 700mm / 27.56 inch cabinets.

Cat. No. AAAF1090

Furniture Base Cabinets

Steel base cabinets are ideally convenient on top or underneath the lab benches. Also, these cabinets come with basic exhaust structures for safe storage of routinely used laboratory items. Fully-extendable slide out drawers useful for getting at stored lab items placed in the back of the drawer.

Comes included with 4 tray dividers.

The moveable cabinets (DS-UT/ are designed to fit under the lab bench, counter, fume hood, or widow.

Superiorly chemical resistant PP trays included with the drawers keep lab material safely tidy and organized.

Inner air and vapor from the two connected cabinets vents using. Maximum load capacity per each drawer 30kg / 66.1Ibs.

The removable name plate comes included with the cabinet to keep track of inventory.

DS-UD Models)

ADA Solutions - DS-UT and DS-UD Models (only depth 550mm / 21.65inch models) are made cognizant by the Americans With Disabilities Act.

Quantity of Trays (Standard / Max.) DS -TT Each Narrow Drawer 3/4

DS -UT Each Narrow Drawer 3/3

DS -UD 1/1

DS -TW Each Vertical Compartment 3/5

â˛źThe distance is 135mm(5.31inch) between each bottoms of tray, when Max. tray setting in drawer.

Furniture Base Cabinets

Table Top Type Cabinets (DS-TT, DS-TW Models) - Glass door cabinets and pull-out drawers can also be used as a table top storage unit.

DS-TT Models Height : 900mm / 35.43inch, Depth : 700mm / 27.56inch Model

Width (mm / inch) Each Narrow Drawer Left Right

Body

Cat. No.

DS-TT-09047D2

476 / 18.74

194 / 7.64

AAAF1020

DS-TT-09056D2

560 / 22.05

194 / 7.64

278 / 10.94

AAAF1021

DS-TT-09064D2

644 / 25.35

278 / 10.94

AAAF1022

Height : 900mm / 35.43inch, Depth : 550mm / 21.65inch Model

Width (mm / inch) Each Narrow Drawer Left Right

Body

Cat. No.

DS-TT-09047N2

476 / 18.74

194 / 7.64

AAAF1023

DS-TT-09056N2

560 / 22.05

194 / 7.64

278 / 10.94

AAAF1024

DS-TT-09064N2

644 / 25.35

278 / 10.94

AAAF1025

DS-TW Models Height : 900mm / 35.43inch, Depth : 550mm / 21.65inch Model

Body

Width (mm / inch) Compartment Each

Cat. No.

DS-TW-09047N1

472 / 18.58

418 / 16.46

DS-TW-09055N1

556 / 21.89

502 / 19.76

AAAF1054 AAAF1055

DS-TW-09091N2

915 / 36.02

418 / 16.46

AAAF1056

DS-TW-09108N2

1083 / 42.64

502 / 19.76

AAAF1057

Furniture Base Cabinets

Under Table Type Cabinets (DS-UT, DS-UD Models) - Movable and compact storage units useful for underneath the lab bench.

DS-UT Models Height : 650mm / 25.6inch, Depth : 700mm / 27.56inch Model

Width (mm / inch) Each Narrow Drawer Left Right

Body

Cat. No.

DS-UT-06047D2

476 / 18.74

194 / 7.64

DS-UT-06056D2

560 / 22.05

194 / 7.64

278 / 10.94

AAAF1010 AAAF1011

DS-UT-06064D2

644 / 25.35

278 / 10.94

AAAF1012

Height : 650mm / 25.6inch, Depth : 550mm / 21.65inch Model

Width (mm / inch) Each Narrow Drawer Left Right

Body

Cat. No.

DS-UT-06047N2

476 / 18.74

194 / 7.64

DS-UT-06056N2

560 / 22.05

194 / 7.64

278 / 10.94

AAAF1013 AAAF1014

DS-UT-06064N2

644 / 25.35

278 / 10.94

AAAF1015

DS-UD Models Height : 650mm / 25.6inch, Depth : 700mm / 27.56inch Model

Body

Width (mm / inch) Compartment Each

Cat. No.

DS-UD-06047D2

476 / 18.74

AAAF1040

DS-UD-06047D3

476 / 18.74

AAAF1041

DS-UD-06056D2

560 / 22.05

AAAF1042

DS-UD-06056D3

560 / 22.05

AAAF1043

Height : 650mm / 25.6inch, Depth : 550mm / 21.65inch Model

Body

Width (mm / inch) Compartment Each

Cat. No.

DS-UD-06047N2

476 / 18.74

AAAF1044

DS-UD-06047N3

476 / 18.74

AAAF1045

DS-UD-06056N2

560 / 22.05

AAAF1046

DS-UD-06056N3

560 / 22.05

AAAF1047

Furniture

Gas Cylinder Cabinets

Constructed progressively strong, and for storage of Gas Cylinders inside of buildings. Essentially convenient and standard safety functions are incorporated in the cabinets.

Spark proof plastic chains convenient for securing gas cylinders in place, prevents gas cylinders from getting scratched.

Large Interior - Wide fold down ramp, safe and easy to maneuver gas cylinders in and out of the cabinet, easy to install gas fittings and pipes.

Front and both side vent slits vents the cabinet effectively disperses the gas leak out of the cabinet in case there is damage to one of the gas cylinders.

DS-GC Models Height : 1800mm / 70.87inch, Depth : 550mm / 21.65inch Model

Width (mm / inch)

Number of Gas Cylinder

DS-GC-18074N2

740 / 29.13

AAAF1070

DS-GC-18107N2

1070 / 42.13

AAAF1071

â˛ź Measured Gas Cylinder size is Ă¸ 230mm / 9.06inch.

Cat. No.

Furniture

470mm

620mm

DBX 6216

DBX 4716

DB X4 725 DB X6 225

DB X6 23 7

DB X

62 45

DB X

DB X4 73 7

47 45

Accessories & Options

450mm 370mm

250mm

B1 160mm

Trays Cat. No.

Description

Dimension

Using Models

(W × D × H) (mm / inch)

DS-S-18047N4, DS-S-18056N4, DS-S-18068N6 CBN0008

DBX 4716

160 × 470 × 80 / 6.3 × 18.5 × 3.1

DS-C-18047N4, DS-C-18047N5, DS-C-18056N4, DS-C-18056N5 DS-TT-09047N2, DS-TT-09056N2 DS-UT-06047N2, DS-UT-06056N2 DS-S-18056N4, DS-S-18064N4, DS-S-18093N6 DS-C-18056N4, DS-C-18056N5

DBX 4725

250 × 470 × 90 / 9.8 × 18.5 × 3.5

CBN0010

DBX 4737

370 × 470 × 100 / 14.6 × 18.5 × 3.9

DS-C-18047N4, DS-C-18047N5

CBN0011

DBX 4745

450 × 470 × 110 / 17.7 × 18.5 × 4.3

DS-C-18056N4, DS-C-18056N5

CBN0009

DS-TT-09056N2, DS-TT-09064N2 DS-UT-06056N2, DS-UT-06064N2 DS-UD-06047N2, DS-UD-06047N3 DS-UD-06056N2, DS-UD-06056N3 DS-S-18047D4, DS-S-18056D4, DS-S-18068D6

CBN0014

DBX 6216

160 × 620 × 80 / 6.3 × 24.4 × 3.1

DS-SL-24047D6, DS-SL-24056D6 DS-C-18047D4, DS-C-18047D5, DS-C-18056D4, DS-C-18056D5 DS-TT-09047D2, DS-TT-09056D2 DS-UT-06047D2, DS-UT-06056D2 DS-S-18056D4, DS-S-18064D4, DS-S-18093D6

CBN0015

DBX 6225

250 × 620 × 90 / 9.8 × 24.4 × 3.5

DS-SL-24056D6, DS-SL-24064D6 DS-C-18056D4, DS-C-18056D5 DS-TT-09056D2, DS-TT-09064D2 DS-UT-06056D2, DS-UT-06064D2

CBN0012 CBN0013

DBX 6237

370 × 620 × 100 / 14.6 × 24.4 × 3.9

DS-C-18047D4, DS-C-18047D5

DBX 6245

450 × 620 × 110 / 17.7 × 24.4 × 4.3

DS-C-18056D4, DS-C-18056D5

DS-UD-06047D2, DS-UD-06047D3 DS-UD-06056D2, DS-UD-06056D3

Furniture

Accessories & Options

Tray Dividers Cat. No.

Description

Using Models

(W) (mm / inch)

DS-S-18047D4, DS-S-18056D4, DS-S-18068D6, DS-S-18047N4, DS-S-18056N4, DS-S-18068N6 DS-SL-24047D6, DS-SL-24056D6 CBN0016

160 / 6.3

DS-C-18047D4, DS-C-18047D5, DS-C-18056D4, DS-C-18056D5, DS-C-18047N4, DS-C-18047N5, DS-C-18056N4, DS-C-18056N5 DS-TT-09047D2, DS-TT-09056D2, DS-TT-09047N2, DS-TT-09056N2 DS-UT-06047D2, DS-UT-06056D2, DS-UT-06047N2, DS-UT-06056N2 DS-S-18056D4, DS-S-18064D4, DS-S-18093D6, DS-S-18056N4, DS-S-18064N4, DS-S-18093N6 DS-SL-24056D6, DS-SL-24064D6

CBN0017

250 / 9.8

DS-C-18056D4, DS-C-18056D5, DS-C-18056N4, DS-C-18056N5 DS-TT-09056D2, DS-TT-09064D2, DS-TT-09056N2, DS-TT-09064N2 DS-UT-06056D2, DS-UT-06064D2, DS-UT-06056N2, DS-UT-06064N2 DS-C-18047D4, DS-C-18047D5, DS-C-18047N4, DS-C-18047N5 DS-TW-09047N1, DS-TW-09091N2

CBN0018

370 / 14.6

DS-UD-06047D2, DS-UD-06047D3, DS-UD-06047N2, DS-UD-06047N3 DS-OW-18047N1, DS-OW-18091N2 DS-OR-18047N1, DS-OR-18091N2 DS-C-18056D4, DS-C-18056D5, DS-C-18056N4, DS-C-18056N5 DS-TW-09055N1, DS-TW-09108N2

CBN0019

450 / 17.7

DS-UD-06056D2, DS-UD-06056D3, DS-UD-06056N2, DS-UD-06056N3 DS-OW-18055N1, DS-OW-18108N2 DS-OR-18055N1, DS-OR-18108N2

Name Plates Cat. No.

Description

Dimension (W × H) (mm / inch)

Using Models DS-S-18047D4, DS-S-18056D4, DS-S-18068D6, DS-S-18064D4, DS-S-18093D6, DS-S-18047N4, DS-S-18056N4, DS-S-18068N6, DS-S-18064N4, DS-S-18093N6 DS-SL-24047D6, DS-SL-24056D6, DS-SL-24064D6 DS-C-18047D4, DS-C-18047D5, DS-C-18056D4, DS-C-18056D5, DS-C-18047N4, DS-C-18047N5, DS-C-18056N4, DS-C-18056N5

AAAF1521

Magnetic Name Plate-A1

150 × 200 / 5.9 × 7.9

DS-TT-09047D2, DS-TT-09056D2, DS-TT-09064D2, DS-TT-09047N2, DS-TT-09056N2, DS-TT-09064N2 DS-UT-06047D2, DS-UT-06056D2, DS-UT-06064D2, DS-UT-06047N2, DS-UT-06056N2, DS-UT-06064N2 DS-UD-06047D2, DS-UD-06047D3, DS-UD-06056D2, DS-UD-06056D3, DS-UD-06047N2, DS-UD-06047N3, DS-UD-06056N2, DS-UD-06056N3

AAAF1522 AAAF1523

Magnetic Name Plate-A2

120 × 165 / 4.7 × 6.5

DS-C-18047D5, DS-C-18056D5, DS-C-18047N5, DS-C-18056N5

Name Plate-B1

320 × 115 / 12.6 × 4.5

DS-TW-09047N1, DS-TW-09091N2, DS-TW-09055N1, DS-TW-09108N2

DS-UD-06047D3, DS-UD-06056D3, DS-UD-06047N3, DS-UD-06056N3 DS-OW-18047N1, DS-OW-18055N1, DS-OW-18091N2, DS-OW-18108N2

Furniture

Accessories & Options

Drawer Set Cat. No.

Dimension

Description

Using Models

(W × H) (mm / inch)

388 × 504 / 15.3 × 19.8

DS-TW-09047N1, DS-TW-09091N2 DS-OW-18047N1, DS-OW-18091N2

472 × 504 / 18.6 × 19.8

DS-TW-09055N1, DS-TW-09108N2 DS-OW-18055N1, DS-OW-18108N2

AAAF1507

388 × 523 / 15.3 × 20.6

DS-OR-18047N1, DS-OR-18091N2

AAAF1508

472 × 523 / 18.6 × 20.6

DS-OR-18055N1, DS-OR-18108N2

AAAF1504

388 × 504 / 15.3 × 19.8

DS-TW-09047N1, DS-TW-09091N2 DS-OW-18047N1, DS-OW-18091N2

472 × 504 / 18.6 × 19.8

DS-TW-09055N1, DS-TW-09108N2 DS-OW-18055N1, DS-OW-18108N2

AAAF1509

388 × 523 / 15.3 × 20.6

DS-OR-18047N1, DS-OR-18091N2

AAAF1510

472 × 523 / 18.6 × 20.6

DS-OR-18055N1, DS-OR-18108N2

AAAF1501 Epoxy Painted Steel Drawer with Tray

AAAF1502

Stainless Steel Drawer with Tray

AAAF1505

Flask Supports Model Volume (ml) Cat. No.

FT 100 12 1000 AAA23704

Anchor

FT 050 12 500 AAA23703

FT 025 23 250 AAA23702

FT 025 12 250 AAA23707

FT 010 34 100 AAA23701

FT 010 13 100

Cat. No.

Description

CBN0036

Anchor

AAA23706

Hoods SELECTION GUIDE Clean Benches Ductless Fume Hoods Bench Top Fume Hoods Arm Hoods PCR Workstations UV Sterilization Cabinets

Clean Benches Description

Filter

Work Surface

Page

BC-01H BC-11H BC-21H BC-01B BC-11B BC-21B

HEPA filter

Work Surface

Page

Ductless Fume Hoods

DLH-01G DLH-11G

6 Different Filter Types (optional)

6 Different Work Surface Types (optional)

Bench Top Fume Hoods

PMH-720

Polyethylene

Arm Hoods

AH-75

Activated carbon Filter Prefilter

Clean Benches (Advanced Models)

Clean Benches (Basic Models)

44 Grade 304 Stainless Steel 46

Fume Hoods Description

Filter

PCR workstations Description PCR Workstations

Filter PW-01 PW-11 PW-21

HEPA filter

Work Surface Transparent Acrylic Resin (10mm/0.39â&#x20AC;? thick)

Page 53

UV Sterilization Cabinets Description UV Sterilization Cabinets

Filter UVC-01 UVC-11 UVC-21

Work Surface Grade 304 Stainless Steel

Page 54

Accessories & Options Description for Clean Benches for Ductless Fume Hoods for PCR Workstations for UV Sterilization Cabinets

Page 47 50 55 55

GENERAL APPLICATIONS

Clean Benches Asbestos Handling, Electronics Inspection/Repair, General Forensics, Non-toxic IV Solution Preparation, Plant Tissue Culture Maintenance, QA/QC Testing, Sterile Media Preparation, Syringe Filling, Tissue Fixation/Staining Preparation, etc.

Fume Hoods Chemical Sampling, Chemical Preparation, Cosmetic Production to Photochemical, Numerous Vapor-generating Laboratory Processes, Powder Extraction, Slide Preparation, Touch up Painting, Weighing Toxic Powders, Welding Fumes, etc.

PCR Workstations Medical Device Assembly, PCR, Staining with Volatile, Sterile Media Preparation, Tissue Fixation/Staining Preparation etc.

UV Sterilization Cabinets General Sterilization in daily use.

TECHNICAL BENEFITS Clean Benches 1) UV-blocking tempered glass sliding door. 2) Automatic switch off of the UV lamp when the door is opened. 3) 99.99% efficient HEPA filter. 4) Separate fuses protecting against overcurrent. 5) Dirt-repellent powder coating on the external surface. 6) Grade 304 stainless steel work surface with high chemical resistance. 7) Using a BLDC motor in the blower provides a quiet (less than 65dB) and comfortable working environment. 8) Digital airflow rate sensor for automated airflow speed control. (BC-H model)

9) Each digital display is equipped inside and front. (BC-H model) - Ease to check the unit conditions during use.

Ductless Fume Hoods 1) Easy-to-operate control panel: - Consist of fluorescent lamp, Fan Start/Stop, Blower speed controller, alarm, menu and etc. 2) Built-in anemometer for visually monitoring real time input air velocity. 3) Transparent front door and bothsides made of acrylic resin providing clear inside view. 4) Door Stay: fixture to fix it when door open at 2 steps. (if itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s dropped without backing up, result in damage, and fixing magnetic enable to open hold it to 1 step-door.)

5) Protection against overcurrent. 6) Optional mobile stand with lockable casters for easy relocation.

PCR workstations & UV Sterilization Cabinets 1) Powerful and uniformly distributed UV-C illumination. (average lifespan: 8,000 hours)

2) Automatic switch off of the UV lamp when the door is opened unintentionally. 3) 99.99% efficient HEPA filter. 4) Protection against overcurrent. 5) Pre-filter extending the life of main HEPA filters. (PW models) 6) Intelligent digital controller for timer, alarm, and blower speed. (PW models) 7) Chemical-resistant work surface. (UVC-models)

Hoods

Clean Benches (Advanced Models)

Advanced vertical laminar flow clean benches with two digital displays are designed for high comfort and the best safe performance. ISO Class 4 air cleanliness as per ISO 14644-1. (equivalent to Class 10 as per US Federal Standard 209E) Nominal downflow velocity. (max. 0.45 m/sec)

BC-11H with an optional Stand Included Accessories see page 47

t HEPA Filter, Pre-Filter t UV Lamp, Fluorescent Lamp t Electrical Socket

Filtration Features t ISO Class 4 (US Class 10) HEPA filter for optimal protection against cross-contamination. t 0.3 Îźm and larger particulates are removed with 99.99% efficiency, leak-tight HEPA filter which satisfying class 10. (US Federal Standard 209E) (average life span of HEPA filter: 3 years â&#x20AC;&#x201C; it depends on the test room conditions)

t Comfortable front access for inspection of HEPA filter and easy validation. - Standard gas detector hole for easy checking of HEPA filter leak performance test.

t High-quality polyester fiber pre-filter (with minimal pressure loss and 85% arrestance on the A.F.I. test) for trapping larger particles and increasing the life of the main HEPA filter. t Digital differential pressure sensor allows for easy verification of HEPA filter condition great for knowing when to change HEPA filter. t Digital airflow rate sensor (Microprocessor) for automated airflow speed control. - Offers continual airflow speed of same velocity and extends the HEPA filter life span.

Hoods

Clean Benches (Advanced Models)

Safety & Constructional Features t UV-blocking and impact-resistant tempered glass door. t If the sash is opened during UV-lamp operation, UV lamp automatically turns OFF to protect users. t If the sash is opened more than the recommended sash height level, during operation, warning alarm will activate and alarm users to lower the window to the recommended sash level to prevent contamination of samples. t When UV light intensity is lower than 80%, UV warning lamp is automatically ON to let users know when to change UV-lamp. t Quiet and comfortable working environment. (less than 65dB) t Highly durable, rust-free, and easy-to-clean grade 304 stainless steel work surface. t Smoothly sliding front door stoppable at any height for user’s safety and easy transport of equipments into the workspace.

t Interlocking Smart Door System - Simply open the door while UV-lamp is ON. Interlocking smart door system will automatically turn OFF UV-lamp, turn ON Fluorescent lamp and Blower instead of your manual control. t Two digital displays for the best convenience. - Even if any test is ongoing inside of the chamber, unit conditions such as velocity, temperature and humidity can be easily checked and controlled by inner display. t Exclusive diffusing muffler structure forms high quality laminar flow. t The inner left side magnetic board allows some memos and small tools.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Air Flow Type Air Volume (Minimum / Maximum) Laminar Airflow Velocity (m / s / fpm) Air Cleanliness within Work space Filters

HEPA Filter Pre Filter

Noise Level Materials

Illumination

Main Body Work Surface Windows (Front / Side) Intensity (lux) Fluorescent lamp (W) UV lamp (W)

Electric Socket Outlets Internal (mm / inch) Dimension (W×D×H)

External without Stand (mm / inch) External with Stand (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Body) (kg / lbs) Net Weight (Body+Stand) (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 1ph) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 1ph) Cat. No.

BC-01H

BC-11H

Vertical laminar flow 0 to 1020 cmh / 0 to 600 cfm 0 to 2040 cmh / 0 to 1200 cfm 0.3 / 59 0.45 / 89 ISO 14644-1 Class 4, US Federal Standard 209E Class 10

BC-21H

0.3 / 59

Typical efficiency of 99.99% on 0.3⽅ (US MIL - STD -282) ; Micro glass fiber Media, Particle board, AL separator, Neoprene gaskets Polyester fibers with an filter efficiency of 85% (A·F·I TEST) ; Aluminum frame, Polyester fiber media Typically < 65dB at blower speed Steel powder coating Stainless steel grade 304, Hairline treatment Colorless and transparent UV absorbing 5mm tempered glass > 650 30Wx2ea 32Wx2ea Electronically ballasted Fluorescent Lamp 25Wx1ea 30Wx1ea 25Wx2ea electronically ballasted UV Lamp 230V socket 944×550×670 / 1244x550x670 / 1844x550x670 / 37.2x21.7x26.4 49.0x21.7x26.4 72.6x21.7x26.4 1135×615×1140 / 1435×615×1140 / 2035×615×1140 / 44.7x24.2x44.9 56.5x24.2x44.9 80.1x24.2x44.9 1135×615×1832 / 1435×615×1832 / 2035×615×1832 / 44.7x24.2x72.1 56.5x24.2x72.1 80.1x24.2x72.1 140 / 308.6 185 /407.9 225 / 496 170 / 374.8 215 / 474 255 / 562.2 60Hz / 2.0 A 50Hz / 2.2 A 60Hz / 2.46 A 50Hz / 2.66 A 60Hz / 3.0 A 50Hz / 3.2 A AAHA5011K AAHA5012K AAHA5021K AAHA5022K AAHA5031K AAHA5032K 60Hz / 3.38 A 60Hz / 4.26 A 60Hz / 5.34 A AAHA5013U AAHA5023U AAHA5033U

Ⲽ Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.

Hoods

Clean Benches (Basic Models)

Vertical laminar flow clean benches! ISO Class 4 air cleanliness as per ISO 14644-1. (equivalent to Class 10 as per US Federal Standard 209E) Nominal downflow velocity. (max. 0.45 m/sec)

BC-11B with an optional Stand Included Accessories see page 47

t HEPA Filter, Pre-Filter t UV Lamp, Fluorescent Lamp t Electrical Socket t Differential Pressure Gauge

Filtration Features

Safety & Constructional Features

t ISO Class 4 (US Class 10) HEPA filter for optimal protection against cross-contamination. t 0.3 μm and larger particulates are removed with 99.99% efficiency, leak-tight HEPA filter which satisfying class 10.

t UV-blocking and impact-resistant tempered glass door. t If the sash is opened during UV-lamp operation, UV lamp automatically turns OFF to protect users. t Lighting mode selection by 3-position toggle switch (UV/OFF/Fluorescent) preventing harmful UV exposure. t Quiet and comfortable working environment. (less than 65dB) t Highly durable, rust-free, and easy-to-clean grade 304 stainless steel work surface. t Smoothly sliding front door stoppable at any height for user’s safety and easy transport of equipments into the workspace. t Exclusive diffusing muffler structure forms high quality laminar flow. t The inner left side magnetic board allows some memos and small tools.

(US Federal Standard 209E) (average life span of HEPA filter: 3 years – it depends on the test room conditions)

t Comfortable front access for inspection of HEPA filter and easy validation. - Standard gas detector hole for easy checking of HEPA filter leak performance test. t High-quality polyester fiber pre-filter (with minimal pressure loss and 85% arrestance on the A.F.I. test) for trapping larger particles and increasing the life of the main HEPA filter. t Built-in differential pressure gauge for easy checking HEPA filter condition. t Easy blower speed adjustment by the control panel.

Hoods

Accessories & Options

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

BC-01B

Air Flow Type Air Volume (Minimum / Maximum) Laminar Airflow Velocity (m / s / fpm) Air Cleanliness within Work space Filters

HEPA Filter Pre Filter

Noise Level Materials

Illumination

Main Body Work Surface Windows (Front / Side) Intensity (lux) Fluorescent lamp (W) UV lamp (W)

Electric Socket Outlets Internal (mm / inch) Dimension (W×D×H)

BC-11B

BC-21B

Vertical laminar flow 0 to 1020 cmh / 0 to 600 cfm 0 to 2040 cmh / 0 to 1200 cfm 0.3 / 59 0.45 / 89 0.3 / 59 ISO 14644-1 Class 4, US Federal Standard 209E Class 10 Typical efficiency of 99.99% on 0.3⽅ (US MIL - STD -282) ; Micro glass fiber Media, Particle board, AL separator, Neoprene gaskets Polyester fibers with an filter efficiency of 85% (A·F·I TEST) ; Aluminum frame, Polyester fiber media Typically < 65dB at blower speed Steel powder coating Stainless steel grade 304, Hairline treatment Colorless and transparent UV absorbing 5mm tempered glass > 650 30Wx2ea 32Wx2ea Electronically ballasted Fluorescent Lamp 25Wx1ea 30Wx1ea 25Wx2ea electronically ballasted UV Lamp 230V socket 944×550×670 / 1244x550x670 / 1844x550x670 / 37.2x21.7x26.4 49.0x21.7x26.4 72.6x21.7x26.4 1135×615×1140 / 1435×615×1140 / 2035×615×1140 / 44.7x24.2x44.9 56.5x24.2x44.9 80.1x24.2x44.9 1135×615×1832 / 1435×615×1832 / 2035×615×1832 / 44.7x24.2x72.1 56.5x24.2x72.1 80.1x24.2x72.1 140 / 308.6 185 /407.9 225 / 496 170 / 374.8 215 / 474 255 / 562.2 60Hz / 2.0 A 50Hz / 2.2 A 60Hz / 2.46 A 50Hz / 2.66 A 60Hz / 3.0 A 50Hz / 3.2 A AAHA6011K AAHA6012K AAHA6021K AAHA6022K AAHA6031K AAHA6032K 60Hz / 3.38 A 60Hz / 4.26 A 60Hz / 5.34 A AAHA6013U AAHA6023U AAHA6033U

External without Stand (mm / inch) External with Stand (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Body) (kg / lbs) Net Weight (Body+Stand) (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 1ph) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 1ph) Cat. No.

Ⲽ Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.

for Clean Benches

HEPA Filter

- Stand with Casters : Mobile stand made of powder-coated steel ideal for easy relocation.

Filters Cat. No. AAAB1601 AAAB1602 AAAB1603 AAAB1611 AAAB1612 AAAB1613

- Easy-to-replace pre-filter for trapping larger particles and extending the life of HEPA filters.

Others

Description BC-01H/B

BC-11H/B

BC-21H/B

t HEPA Filter

t t t

Pre-Filter

Pre Filter

Stand with Casters

- 99.99% efficient HEPA filter, industry standard size for economical replacement.

t t

Cat. No. AAAB1621 AAAB1622 AAAB1623 AAAB1631 AAAB1633 AAAB1635 AAAB1632 AAAB1634 AAAB1636 AAAB1561 AAAB1571

Description

BC-01H/B BC-11H/B BC-21H/B t

Stand with Casters

t t t

UV Lamp(230V)

t t t

UV Lamp(120V) Gas cock Differential Pressure Gauge

t t t

t t

t t t

Hoods

Ductless Fume Hoods

DLH-01G Optional Accessories see page 50

t Stand with Caster t Different Types of Chemical Filters t 6 Different Types of Work Surfaces

Digital Controller

Anemometer

Utility Hole

Front Cover

Hoods

Ductless Fume Hoods Safe and energy-saving mobile workspace free from toxic vapors and fumes without the need of costly ductwork. Meeting or exceeding various international safety standards.

Features

Safety Standards Compliance

t Easy monitoring of the internal airflow speed thanks to the built-in anemometer.

t Efficiency and capacity of activated carbon filters : BS 7989:2001

t Convenient change of filter cartridges by opening the upper front cover.

t Structure, electrical outlet, lighting, and sound level : BS 7258-1:1994

t Fully or half openable front door for convenient transport of experimental app-aratuses and equipments into or out of the workspace.

t Local smoke, large volume visualization, face velocity, and tracer gas : ANSI/ASHRAE 110-1995 and NF EN 14175-1

t Large-capacity blower maintaining sufficient intake flow rate and reducing noise. (less than 55 dB under normal operation)

t Fluorescent light installed outside the workspace in order to prevent the airflow hindrance as well as the contamination while maintaining illumination intensity. t Built-in utility hole for easily routing the cords or wires of the equipments placed inside the hood. t A variety of filters and work surfaces available to suit your specific experimental needs. (refer to accessory section)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

DLH-01G

Fume HoodType

Ductless

Permissible Environmental Condition

Temperature 5Ⳅ to 40Ⳅ Maximum relative humidity 80% Maximum altitude : Altitude up to 2,000m

Controller Face Velocity Air Flow Meter Main Filter Pre Filter Main Body Work Surface Window (Front / Side) Fluorescent Light Intensity Noise Level Internal (mm / inch) External without Stand (mm / inch) Dimension External with Stand (mm / inch) (W×D×H) Net Weight (Body) (kg / lbs) Net Weight (Body+Stand) (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (100V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Materials

Microprocessor control Initial set point: 0.4m/s, 80fpm Swing vane type Chemical Filter (optional 6 different filters) Washable high efficiency nylon filter 2.0mm steel (epoxy powder-coated) Optional 6 different work surfaces 8mm / 6mm thick acrylic resin > 600lux 55dB under normal operation 880×640×800 / 34.6×25.2×31.5 900×660×1250 / 35.4×26×49.2 900×660×1985 / 35.4×26×78.1 100 / 220.5 120 / 264.6 AAHB2001K AAHB2002K AAHB2003U AAHB2004U

DLH-11G

1180×640×800 / 46.5×25.2×31.5 1200×660×1250 / 47.2×26×49.2 1200×660×1985 / 47.2×26×78.1 118 / 260.1 140 / 308.6 0.7A AAHB2011K 0.6A AAHB2012K 1.3A AAHB2013U 1.5A AAHB2014U

Ⲽ Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.

Hoods

Accessories & Options

for Ductless Fume Hoods

Filters

Work Surface

Gas Detector and Tubes

Fiters Cat. No. EDA9191 EDA9192 EDA9199 EDA9200 EDA9201 EDA9202 EDA9203 EDA9204 EDA9205 EDA9206 EDA9193 EDA9194 EDA9196 EDA9198

Description Activated Carbon Filter Acid Filter Halogen Compounds Filter

Application

An acidic solvent; Acetic acid, etc Halogen compounds like Chlorine, Flourine, Iodine, Bromine, Astatine, etc

Cat. No.

Ammonia / Amines by chemisorptions

Description Work Surface (SUS #304) Work Surface (SUS #316) Work Surface (Ceramite) Work Surface (Polypropylene) Work Surface (Bakelite) Work Surface (PVC) Stand with Casters

t t t

Ammonia / Amines Filter

t t t

Biohazardous aerosols and other visible and non-visible particles

(filtration efficiency: 99.99% at 0.3 microns)

t t

Work Surfaces & Stands AAAB2501 AAAB2502 AAAB2503 AAAB2504 AAAB2505 AAAB2506 AAAB2507 AAAB2508 AAAB2509 AAAB2510 AAAB2511 AAAB2512 AAAB2521 AAAB2522

t t

Formadehyde applications

Pre filter

DLH-11G

t t

Formaldehyde Filter

HEPA Filter

DLH-01G

All common laboratory chemicals, especially VOC, Organic, Benzene, Toluene, etc

Gas Detector & Gas Detecting Tubes

DLH-01G

DLH-11G

t t t t t t t t t t t t t t

Cat. No.

DLH-01G

DLH-11G

Gas Detector (KITAGAWA AP-20)

EAA1550

Gas Detecting Tube

EAA1551

Gas Detecting tube

EAA1552

Gas Detecting tube

EAA1553

Gas Detecting tube

EAA1554

Gas Detecting tube

EAA1555

Gas Detecting tube

AAAB2531

Description

(Benzene, GASTEC-121SP (0.5-10ppm))

(Toluene, GASTEC-122L (1-100ppm))

(Acetic acid, GASTEC-81L (0.125-25ppm))

(Chloroform, GASTEC-137 (4-400ppm))

(Formaldehyde, GASTEC-91LL (0.05-1ppm)) (Ammonia, GASTEC-3L (0.5-60ppm))

Hoods

Bench Top Fume hoods Ideal for use in limited laboratory spaces. Cost-effective, fully portable alternative to metal hoods.

Features t Compact design for easy moving and space saving. t Transparent polycarbonate front door for observation. t The door opens to five positions for comfort and convenience. t One-piece molded design for leak-tight and exceptional durability. t Chemical resistance and spark-less polyethylene. t An exhaust motor is required. The unit can be connected to an in-house laboratory exhaust system. Either 150mm (6”) dia flexible duct can be used. t Rounded inner corners for continuous air flow and easy cleaning.

PMH-720

Stopper

O.D. 150mm Duct Hole (flexible duct is not included)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

PMH-720

Permissible air velocity (m/s, fpm)

0.3 to 1 / 59.1 to 196.9

Permissible Environmental Condition

Temperature 2Ⳅ to 60Ⳅ Maximum relative humidity 80% Maximum altitude up to 2,000m

Material

Dimension

Main Body

Polyethylene

Window

Polycarbonate

External (WxDxH, mm/inch)

720x450x560 / 28.3x17.7x22

Entrance (WxD, mm/inch)

560x300 / 22x11.8

Duct Hole (O.D., mm/inch)

150 / 6

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

7 / 15.4

Cat. No.

AAAB5011

Ⲽ Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.

Hoods

Arm Hoods

The best solutions for eliminating dust and fume hazards at source when mobility is needed. Features t Chemical-resistant and heavy duty polypropylene extraction Arm. t 360-dgree rotatable joints in the arms provide exceptional flexibility for easy positioning. t Arm joints are easily removable for simple adjustment of length of the arm. (Adjustment parts : B, C) t Air flow rate is adjustable by the damper of the extraction arm. t Durable BLDC motor and included high-quality polyester fiber pre-filter. t Convenient air flow control. t Gas detecting port for checking filter condition. t Automatic fan malfunction warning alarm. t Activated carbon Filter and prefiter are provided as standard accessories.

Standard Accessories Cat. No. AAAB6502 AAAB6507

AH-75

Description GF Activated carbon Filter Prefilter

* for Gas Detector & Tubes ordering information, please refer to page 50.

Specifications & Ordering Information Cat. No.

Ă&#x2DC; (mm,inch)

Electrical Requirements

230V/50Hz, 1.5A AAHB6102K 230V/50Hz, 1.5A AAHB6072K 230V/50Hz, 1.5A AAHB6052K 230V/50Hz, 1.5A AAHB6042K

Description for parts Total

2 Joints

230V/60Hz, 1.5A 230V/50Hz, 1.5A 120V/60Hz, 3A AAHB6011K AAHB6012K AAAB6013U 230V/60Hz, 1.5A 230V/50Hz, 1.5A 120V/60Hz, 3A AAHB6021K AAHB6022K AAHB6023U 230V/60Hz, 1.5A AAHB6101K 230V/60Hz, 1.5A AAHB6071K 230V/60Hz, 1.5A AAHB6051K 230V/60Hz, 1.5A AAHB6041K

Dimensions Length (mm/inch) B C D

75/2.9

250/9.8

530/20.9

260/10.2

1040/40.9

75/2.9

250/9.8

330/12.9

260/10.2

840/33.1

75/2.9

250/9.8

540/21.3

530/20.9

260/10.2

1580/62.2

75/2.9

250/9.8

440/17.3

530/20.9

260/10.2

1480/58.3

75/2.9

250/9.8

440/17.3

430/16.9

260/10.2

1380/54.3

75/2.9

250/9.8

440/17.3

330/12.9

260/10.2

1280/50.4

3 Joints 120V/60Hz, 3A AAHB6103U 120V/60Hz, 3A AAHB6073U 120V/60Hz, 3A AAHB6053U 120V/60Hz, 3A AAHB6043U

Hoods

PCR Workstations Specially designed to minimize the sample contamination during PCR applications by combining ISO Class 4 (US Class 10) clean air environment.

Filtration Features t ISO Class 4 (US Class 10) HEPA filter for optimal protection against cross-contamination. (average life span of HEPA filter: 3 years – it depends on the test room conditions)

t High-quality polyester fiber pre-filter (with minimal pressure loss and 85% arrestance on the A.F.I. test) for trapping larger particles and increasing the life of the main HEPA filter. t Convenient change of filter cartridges by opening the upper front cover. t Large capacity blower and easy blower speed adjustment by the control panel.

Safety & Constructional Features

PW-11

t Interlocking safety door system shuts off UV light automatically when opening the door. t UV-blocking door and side panels made of transparent acrylic resin provides clear inside view. t UV over-exposure alarm and over-current protection. t Effective sterilization using a long-life 254 nm UV lamp.

Included Accessories see page 55

t HEPA Filter t Pre Filter t UV Lamp t Fluorescent Lamp

(average life span of UV lamp: 8,000 hours)

t Built in anti-glare fluorescent lamp minimizes shadows and relieves eye strain. t Programmable digital UV light timer with Delayed OFF function. t User-friendly microprocessor-based control panel.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Air Flow Type Max. Air Volume (cmh / cfm) Min. Air Volume (cmh / cfm) Laminar Airflow Velocity (m / s / fpm) Air Cleanliness Filter

HEPA Filter Pre Filter

Noise level (dBA) Work Surface Material Window (Front, Side / Back) Fluorescent Lamp (lux) Intensity UV Density (⽦ / ⽊) Illumination Fluorescent Lamp Capacity UV Lamp Interior (mm / inch) Dimension Exterior (mm / inch) (W×D×H) Net Weight (Body) (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No.

PW-01

PW-11

PW-21

Vertical 557 / 327 697 / 408 929 / 546 167 / 97 209 / 121 279 / 162 0.3 / 60 ISO 14644-1Class 4 Typical efficiency of 99.99% at 0.3 ⽅ US MIL -STD -282 ; Micro glass fiber Media, Particle board, Aluminum separator, Neoprene gaskets Polyester fibers with an efficiency of 85% (A·F·I TEST); AL frame, Polyester fiber media Typically < 60 dBA at blower speed 10mm thick acrylic resin (clear type) 8mm / 10mm thick acrylic resin (clear type) >1000 165 185 330 15W×1EA 20W×1EA 30W×1EA 15W×1EA 20W×1EA 30W×1EA 700×585×602 / 27.5×23×23.7 880×585×602 / 34.6×23×23.7 1180×585×602 / 46.5×23×23.7 720×605×964 / 28×24×38 900×605×964 / 35.4×24×38 1200×605×964 / 47.2×24×38 56.2 / 123.9 64.2 / 141.5 77.8 / 171.5 60Hz, 1.3A 50Hz, 1.3A 60Hz, 1.4A 50Hz, 1.4A 60Hz, 1.5A 50Hz, 1.5A AAHB3001K AAHB3002K AAHB3011K AAHB3012K AAHB3021K AAHB3022K 60Hz, 2.2A 60Hz, 2.7A 60Hz, 2.9A AAHB3003U AAHB3013U AAHB3023U

Ⲽ Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.

Hoods

UV Sterilization cabinets

Ideal for effective decontamination of apparatus and equipments before carrying out sensitive PCR experiments using a high-quality UV lamp with timer control. Safety Features t Interlocking safety door system shuts off UV light automatically when opening the door. t UV-blocking door and side panels made of transparent acrylic resin provides clear inside view. t UV over-exposure alarm and over-current protection.

Constructional Features t Effective sterilization using a long-life 254 nm UV lamp.

UVC-11

(average life span of UV lamp: 8,000 hours)

t Built in anti-glare fluorescent lamp minimizes shadows and relieves eye strain.

t UV Lamp t Fluorescent Lamp

Included Accessories see page 55

t Programmable digital UV light timer with Delayed OFF function. t User-friendly microprocessor-based control panel. t Easy-to-clean grade 304 stainless steel work surface with high chemical resistance against various organic solvents.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Intensity Illumination Capacity Material

Dimension (W×D×H)

Fluorescent Lamp (Lux)

UVC-01 >800

UVC-21 >1000

UV Density (⽦ / ⽊)

150

385

450

Fluorescent Lamp

8W×1ea

15W×1ea

20W×1ea

8W×1ea

15W×1ea

20W×1ea

UV Lamp

Work Surface

Stainless steel grade 304

Window (Front, Back / Side)

5 mm thick acrylic resin

Interior (mm / inch)

433×500×468 / 17.0×19.7×18.4

583×500×468 / 23×19.7×18.4

880×500×468 / 34.6×19.7×18.4

Exterior (mm / inch)

450×509×610 / 17.7×20×24

600×509×610 / 23.6×20×24

900×509×610 / 35.4×20×24

Net Weight (Body) (kg / lbs)

15 / 33.1

17.5 / 38.6

20 / 44.1

Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No.

60Hz, 0.1A

50Hz, 0.1A

60Hz, 0.2A

50Hz, 0.2A

60Hz, 0.3A

50Hz, 0.3A

AAHB4001K

AAHB4002K

AAHB4011K

AAHB4012K

AAHB4021K

AAHB4022K

Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No.

Ⲽ Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.

UVC-11 >900

60Hz, 0.2A

60Hz, 0.4A

60Hz, 0.6A

AAHB4003U

AAHB4013U

AAHB4023U

Hoods

Accessories & Options for PCR Workstaions & UV Sterilization Cabinets General UV Dose and Time Required Pathogen

Average UV Dose Required (⽦ . s/⽊)

PW-01 165

Average UV Time Required (⽦/ ⽊ /sec.) UVC-01 PW-11 UVC-11 PW-21 150 185 385 330

UVC-21 450

S. enteritidis

4,000

B. megatherium sp. (spores)

2,730

B. subtilis

7,100

Eberthella typhosa

2,140

Escherichia coli (E. coli)

3,000

Micrococcus candidus

6,050

Proteus vulgaris

2,640

Pseudomonas aeruginosa

5,500

Pseudomonas aeruginosa

3,500

S. typhimurium

8,000

Shigella paradysenteriae

1,680

101

Spirillum rubrum

4,400

Staphylococcus albus

1,840

* Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (20 to 25Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 60 ). * Above listed applications are for general purpose use.

HEPA Filter (only for PW models)

Fluorescent Lamp

for PCR Workstations Cat. No.

Description

EDA9219 EDA9220

PW-01

for UV Sterilization Cabinets PW-11

Fluorescent Lamp

CHE4423

UVC-01

UVC-11

CHE4427

UVC-21

t Fluorescent Lamp

CHE4410 CHE4431

t t

CHE4431

Description

CHE4434

CHE4409 CHE4427

CHE4436

t t

CHE4436

Cat. No. CHE4435

EDA9221 CHE4410

PW-21

t HEPA Filter

UV Lamp

t UV Lamp

t t

t UV Lamp

t t

Incubators SELECTION GUIDE Incubators Low Temperature Incubators Incubated & Refrigerated & Illuminated Shakers

Incubators Description

Operating Temp. Range (Ⳅ/ⳅ)

General Models Economy Models 2 & 4chamber Models

IB-05G IB-15G IB-25G IB-01E IB-11E IB-21E IB-02G-2C IB-02G-4C

Amb. +5 to 70 / Amb. +9 to 158 Amb. +3 to 60 / Amb. +5.4 to 140 Amb. +5 to 70 / Amb. +9 to158

Mini Incubators Hybridization Oven

Chamber Temperature Temperature Volume Fluctuation Variation Page (L /cu ft) at 37Ⳅ [±Ⳅ/ⳅ] at 37Ⳅ[±Ⳅ/ⳅ] 60 / 2.1 102 / 3.6 151 / 5.3 65 / 2.3 150 / 5.3 205 / 7.2 60 / 2.1 x 2 chambers 60 / 2.1 x 4 chambers

0.2 / 0.36 0.2 / 0.36 0.3 / 0.54 0.1 / 0.18

0.6 / 1.08 0.2 / 0.36 0.6 / 1.08 0.6 / 1.08 0.8 / 1.44 1.1 / 1.98

0.1 / 0.18

0.6 / 1.08

0.1 / 0.18

Low Temperature Incubators Description

Operating Temp. Range (Ⳅ/ⳅ)

Forced Convection IL -11 Models IL -21 IL -11A Air-jacketed Models IL -21A ILP -02

Personal Models

ILP -12 IL-11-2C

2 & 4chamber Models

IL-11-4C

0 to 60 / +32 to 140 +4 to 60 / +39.2 to 140

Chamber Temperature Temperature Page Volume Fluctuation Variation (L /cu ft) at 25Ⳅ[±Ⳅ/ⳅ] at 25Ⳅ[±Ⳅ/ⳅ] 150 / 5.3 244 / 8.6 162 / 5.7 254 / 9

+10Ⳅ to 40Ⳅ 14 / 0.5 at ambient temperature of 25Ⳅ 48 / 1.7 150 / 5.3 x 2 chambers "0 to 60 / + 32 to140" 150 / 5.3 x 4 chambers

0.1 / 0.18

0.5 / 0.9 0.4 / 0.72

0.2 / 0.36

0.5 / 0.9

0.1 / 0.18

0.4 / 0.72

0.1 / 0.18

0.5 / 0.9

Incubated & Refrigerated & Illuminated Shakers Description

Benchtop Models

Floor Standing Models

SI-300 SI-600 SI-300R SI-600R

Incubated & Refrigerated Shakers

IS-971

Incubated Shakers

IS-971R IS-971RF

Incubated Shakers

Incubated & Refrigerated Shakers Incubated & Refrigerated & Illuminated Shakers

SIF-5000 Incubated Shakers Chamber Models

SIF-6000 SIF-5000R SIF-6000R

Incubated & Refrigerated Shakers

Operating Temp. Range

Speed Range

(Ⳅ/ⳅ)

[RPM]

Amb. +5 to 60 / Amb. +9 to 140 +15 to 60 / +59 to 140 Amb. +5 to 60 / Amb. +9 to 140 +4 to 60 / +40 to 140

Maximum Amplitude Page Size (dia) 40mm (1.6” dia)

10 to 300 70mm (2.8” dia)

Amb. -15 to 60 / Amb. -27 to 140 Amb. +5 to 80 / Amb.+9 to 176 Amb. -20 to 80 / Amb. -36 to 176

19 mm dia (0.75” dia)

10 to 300 (Stackable Top: 10 to 250)*

25 mm dia (1.0” dia)

25 mm dia

(1.0” dia)

38 mm dia (1.5” dia)

If two products are stacked up, the upper one’s shaking speed range is from 10 to 250 rpm.

Mini Incubator & Hybridization Oven Description

Operating Chamber Temperature Temp. Range Volume Fluctuation (Ⳅ/ⳅ)

(L /cu ft)

Mini Incubator

IM-10

Amb. +5 to 65 / Amb. +9 to 140

10 / 0.4

Hybridization Oven

HO - 10

Amb. +5 to 65 / Amb. +9 to 149

10 / 0.4

[±Ⳅ/ⳅ]

0.5 / 0.9 (at 37Ⳅ) 0.5 / 0.9 (at 50Ⳅ XJUI

Temperature Variation

Page

[±Ⳅ/ⳅ]

0.5 / 0.9 (at 37Ⳅ) 0.5 / 0.9 (at 50Ⳅ XJUI

74 75

GENERAL APPLICATIONS

General Applications

General, Low Temp. & Low Incubated & Refrigerated Temp. Personal Incubators & Illuminated Skakers IB Models IL Models ILP Models SI & SIF Models IS Models

Antibody Testing Bacterial Research Bacterial Suspensions Chemical Storage Chick Embryo Studies Clinical Science Cultivating Low Temperature Microbes and Plant Cells Crystallization Studies Cultivating Thermophilic Bacteria Drying And Staining Procedures Denaturalizing Tests for Food Environmental Technology (waste water and soil analysis) Enzyme Digestion Studies Extraction Procedures Fermentation

t t

t t t

t t

t t t

t t t t

t t

t t t t t

t t

(Pharmacy and biotech -DNA and Enzymes)

General Mixing Hematological Testing Histochemical Procedures Measuring COD/ BOD Medical Researches. (Diagnostic tests) Microbiological Determinations Microorganism Molecular Biology Organism Germs for Life Science Organism Pharmacy Paraffin Embedding Pharmaceutical Stability Testing Plasmid Purification Protein Expression in Bacteria Solubility Staining and Destaining Tissue Culturing

t t

t t t

t t

t t t

t t t t

t t

* Above listed applications are for general and storage purpose use.

TECHNICAL BENEFITS Safety Features 1) Open door alert: - Audible and visible alarms. - Automatic power cutoff from the heater and the fan if the door is open to minimize heat loss and also to protect the operator. 2) Protection against overheating by automatic power cutoff from the heater controller before shutting down the unit. 3) Two separate fuses to protect against over current.

Optimum Control Features 1) Microprocessor PID control.

Constructional Features

2) Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions.

1) High-quality 304 grade stainless steel chamber interior and dirt-repellent external surface with power coating.

3) Built-in digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function.

2) Perfectly sealed door gasket minimizing heat loss and fully insulated chambers.

4) Timer range: 1 min ~ 99 hr 59 min.

3) Adjustable and electropolished stainless steel wire shelves allowing efficient air-flow and easy cleaning. (exept for SI and IS Models)

5) Operation mode selection after power interruption: either Automatic Run or Manual Run. 6) Convenient preset function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. 7) Easy conversion between âł&#x201E; and âł&#x2026; 8) Self-diagnostic function identifying errors. 9) Intuitive control panel design based on HMI(Human Machine Interface) system: - bright LED displays as well as splashproof and easy-to-clean keypads. - Quick-lock button preventing accidental parameter changes. (for IB, IL, and ILP Models only)

- Separate power switches for shaker and independent incubation. ( IS-971RF, SIF Models only)

Mini Incubator & Hybridization Oven 1) Over temperature limit protection and open door alert. 2) Microprocessor PID control. 3) Simple calibration function. 4) Ease-of-operation provided by a bright VFD, responsive touch buttons, and a jog dial. 5) Memory function of programmed protocols allowing relevant parameters (such as temperature, rocking speed, time, etc) of each protocol step to be stored. (HO-10 only)

Incubators

Incubators (General Models)

Versatile air-jacketed natural convection incubators. Specially designed for uniform temperature distribution and minimal sample contamination caused by external air intrusion.

Operating Features t Temperature control: +5°$ above ambient to 70°$. t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions. t Digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function : 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t High temperature limit setting and open door alarm. t Convenient preset function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display and touch-sensitive keypad.

(0.1Ⳅ resolution)

t RS-232 interface.

Constructional Features t Fully insulated dual-wall door with magnetic rubber gasket.

IB-05G

t Vibration-free design ideal for yeast cultivation.

Included Accessories

t 2 Wire Shelves

t Compact and lightweight construction with completely sealed gasket.

Optional Accessories see page 76

t Perforated Shelves t Stacking Kits for Stackable Chambers

t Stackable up to 2 units using the optional stacking kit. (optional) t Convenient sample monitoring without affecting chamber temperature via the inner tempered-glass door. t Detachable shelves and round-cornered chamber interior allowing easy cleaning. t Durable incoloy heating element with radiator fans for efficient heat dissipation. t Built-in cable port to use other instruments inside the chamber. (dia 38mm/1.5Ⳅ, provided silicon or rubber cap)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Temperature

Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Fluctuation 1) at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ

Interior (mm / inch)

Dimension (W×D×H)

Exterior (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

IB-05G 60 / 2.1 0.1 / 0.18 0.6 / 1.08 400×360×420 / 15.7×14.2×16.5 595×555×745 / 23×22×29 45 / 99 1.3A AAH21162K 2.8A AAH21166U

IB-15G 102 / 3.6 Amb. +5 to 70 / Amb. +9 to 158 0.1 / 0.18 0.2 / 0.36 480×410×520 / 18.9×16.1×20.5 675×605×855 / 27×24×34 55 / 121 2.2A AAH21172K 4.6A AAH21176U

IB-25G 151 / 5.3 0.2 / 0.36 0.6 / 1.08 610×460×540 / 24×18×21.3 805×655×885 / 32×26×35 62 / 136 3.1A AAH21182K 6.4A AAH21186U

Incubators

Incubators (Economy Models) Affordable yet exceptionally reliable incubators featuring film type heaters. Thanks to the film type heaters attached to the inner chamber’s external walls, IB-E series incubators are free from noise, vibration, and mechanical troubles.

Operating Features t Temperature control: +3°C above ambient to 60°C. t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions. t Digital timer with delayed ON/OFF function: 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t High temperature limit setting and open door alarm. t Convenient preset function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display (0.1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad.

Constructional Features t Vibration-free design ideal for yeast cultivation. t Compact and lightweight design with completely sealed gasket. t Stackable up to 2 units using the optional stacking kit. (optional) t Convenient sample monitoring without affecting chamber temperature via the inner tempered-glass door.

IB-01E

t Detachable shelves and round-cornered chamber interior allowing easy cleaning.

Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 76

t 2 Wire Shelves t Perforated Shelves t Stacking Kits for Sstackable Chambers

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Temperature

Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Fluctuation 1) at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ

Interior (mm / inch)

Dimension (W×D×H)

Exterior (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No.

IB-01E 65 / 2.3 0.2 / 0.36 0.6 / 1.08 423×355×445 / 16.7×14×17.5 533×475×725 / 21×18.7×28.5 33 / 72.8 1.1A AAH26015K 2.1A AAH26016U

IB-11E 150 / 5.3 Amb. +3 to 60 / Amb. +5.4 to 140 0.3 / 0.54 0.8 / 1.44 500×515×585 / 19.7×20.3×23 595×630×865 / 23.5×24.8×34 47 / 103.6 2.2A AAH26025K 4.2A AAH26026U

IB-21E 205 / 7.2 0.1 / 0.18 1.1 / 1.98 632×515×630 / 24.9×20.3×24.8 740×630×910 / 29.1×24.8×35.8 57 / 125.7 2.4A AAH26035K 4.6A AAH26036U

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

I Please visit

Incubators

Incubators (2 & 4-chamber Models) .com

For further information on Jeio TechÂ´s Incubator products Information is readily available on our website.

IB-02G-4C

Incubators

Incubators (2 & 4-chamber Models) Suitable for conducting each different experiments in two or four chamber incubators. Force convection incubating with great temperature variation. Efficient to use with the limited laboratory environment.

Operating Features t Temperature range: Amb. +5Ⳅ UP Ⳅ t Independent temperature and timer control of each chamber using microprocessor PID. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions. t Digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function: ranging from 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t Three most commonly used temperature settings programmable. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display (0.1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t High temperature limit setting and open door alert.

Constructional Features t Two or four independently controlled 60L chambers merged into a single unit for space saving. t Forced air convection generated by a noiseless and powerful sirocco fan ensuring optimal air circulation, temperature uniformity. t Corrosion-resistant incoloy sheath heating element and stainless steel interior. t Detachable shelves and rounded inner chamber corners allowing convenient cleaning.

IB-02G-2C

t Built-in cable port to use other instruments inside the chamber.

Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 76

t Built-in casters for easy transport and installation.

t 8JSF 4IFMWFT QFS DIBNCFS t 1FSGPSBUFE 4IFMWFT

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Temperature

Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Fluctuation 1) at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ

Interior (mm / inch)

Dimension (W×D×H)

Exterior (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No.

IB-02G-2C

IB-02G-4C

60 / 2.1 x 2 Chambers Amb. +5 to 70 / Amb. +9 to 158 0.1 / 0.18 0.6 / 1.08 400×360×420 / 15.7×14.2×16.5 x 2 Chambers

400×360×420 / 15.7×14.2×16.5 x 4 Chambers

570×640×1360 / 22.4×25.2×53.5

1170×640×1360 / 46.1×25.2×53.5

110 / 242.5

168 / 370.4 4.1A AAH2A115K 7.5A AAH2A116U

60 / 2.1 x 4 Chambers

4.1A x 2EA AAH2A015K 7.5A x 2EA AAH2A016U

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

I Please visit

Incubators

Low Temp. Incubators (Forced Convection Models) .com

For further information on Jeio TechÂ´s Incubator products Information is readily available on our website.

IL-21 / IL-21A

Incubators

Low Temp. Incubators (Forced Convection Models) Superb low temperature incubation performance using a noiseless HBP compressor cooling system which reduces water evaporation within the chambers. Operating Features t Temperature control: 0Â°C to 60Â°$ t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions. t Digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function: 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t High temperature limit setting and open door alarm. t Convenient preset function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t Up to 9 temperature steps and maximum 200 cycles of repetition programmable for each profile. t Adjustable three-step fan speed with defrosting time and period control. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display (0.1âł&#x201E; resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t RS-232 interface. â˛ź Temperature change may occure during automatic defrost.

Constructional Features t Forced air convection using an optimal cross flow fan for chamber temperature uniformity. t Large chamber volume: maximum 244L. (8.6 cu ft)

IL-21

t Built-in electrical outlet with a safety cover inside the chamber.

Included Accessories

t 2 Wire Shelves for IL -11 t 3 Wire Shelves for IL -21 Optional Accessories t Perforated Shelves see page 76

t Convenient sample monitoring without affecting chamber temperature via the inner tempered-glass door. t Detachable shelves and round-cornered chamber interior allowing easy cleaning.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Refrigerator (Hp) Range (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;) Temperature Fluctuation 1) at 25âł&#x201E; (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;) Variation 1) at 25âł&#x201E; (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;

Interior (mm / inch) Dimension (WĂ&#x2014;DĂ&#x2014;H)

Exterior (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No.

IL -11 150 / 5.32 1 / 8 HBP 0 to 60 / +32 to 140 0.1 / 0.18 0.5 / 0.9 600Ă&#x2014;500Ă&#x2014;500 / 24Ă&#x2014;20Ă&#x2014;20 735Ă&#x2014;742Ă&#x2014;1010 / 28.9Ă&#x2014;29Ă&#x2014;40 100 / 220 60Hz, 4.5A AAH22041K 60Hz, 8.3A AAH22046U

IL -21 244 / 8.6 1 / 6 HBP

50Hz, 4.5A AAH22042K

0.4 / 0.72 500Ă&#x2014;520Ă&#x2014;940 / 20Ă&#x2014;20.5Ă&#x2014;37 635Ă&#x2014;740Ă&#x2014;1630 / 25Ă&#x2014;29Ă&#x2014;64 135 / 297 60Hz, 6.4A AAH22051K

50Hz, 6.4A AAH22052K 60Hz, 10.6A AAH22056U

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

Incubators

Low Temp. Incubators (Air-jacketed Models)

Specially designed for optimal temperature control as well as minimal sample contamination caused by external air intrusion. Superb low temperature incubation performance thanks to the silent HBP compressor cooling system which also reduces water evaporation within the chamber.

Operating Features t Temperature control: +4Â°$ to 60Â°$ t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions. t Digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function: 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t High temperature limit setting and open door alarm. t Convenient preset function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t Up to 9 temperature steps and maximum 200 cycles of repetition programmable for each profile. t Adjustable three-step fan speed with defrosting time and period control. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display (0.1âł&#x201E; resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t RS-232 interface. â˛ź Temperature change may occure during automatic defrost.

IL-11A

Constructional Features

Included Accessories

t 2 Wire Shelves for IL-11A t 3 Wire Shelves for IL-21A Optional Accessories t Perforated Shelves see page 76

t Natural convection within the chamber induced by the heater and the fan located inside the air jacket. t Large chamber volume: maximum 244L. (8.6 cu ft) t Built-in electrical outlet with a safety cover inside the chamber. t Convenient sample monitoring without affecting chamber temperature via the inner tempered-glass door. t Detachable shelves and round-cornered chamber interior allowing easy cleaning.

Interior (mm / inch) Dimension (WĂ&#x2014;DĂ&#x2014;H)

Exterior (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

IL -11A 162 / 5.7 1 / 6 HBP +4 to 60 / +39.2 to 140 0.2 / 0.36 0.5 / 0.9 600Ă&#x2014;540Ă&#x2014;500 / 24Ă&#x2014;21.3Ă&#x2014;20 770Ă&#x2014;772Ă&#x2014;1060 / 30Ă&#x2014;30Ă&#x2014;42 108 / 238.1 60Hz, 6.9A 50Hz, 6.9A AAH22061K AAH22062K 60Hz, 10.2A AAH22063U

IL -21A 254 / 9 1 / 4 HBP

500Ă&#x2014;540Ă&#x2014;940 / 20Ă&#x2014;21.3Ă&#x2014;37 670Ă&#x2014;760Ă&#x2014;1680 / 26Ă&#x2014;30Ă&#x2014;66 145 / 319.7 60Hz, 8.4A AAH22071K

50Hz, 8.4A AAH22072K 60Hz, 12.3A AAH22073U

Incubators

Low Temp. Incubators (Personal Models) Compact, stackable, energy-efficient, and yet exceptionally reliable low temperature incubators using Peltier technology. Contrary to conventional compressor-cooled incubators, Peltier Low Temperature Incubators generate little vibration, noise, and heat.

Operating Features t Temperature control: +10Ⳅ to 40Ⳅ at ambient temperature of 25Ⳅ. t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions. t Digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function: 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t High temperature limit setting and open door alarm. t Convenient preset function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t Up to 9 temperature steps and maximum 200 cycles of repetition programmable for each profile. t Adjustable 3-step fan speed with defrosting time and period control. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display (0.1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t RS-232 interface.

Constructional Features t Convenient sample monitoring without affecting chamber temperature via the inner tempered-glass door.

ILP-02 stackable chambers

t Environment-friendly insulation material (EPDM) used for safety and convenience. (compliant with ASTM-C534 specification)

Included Accessories

t Space-saving design allowing even the smaller (14L) unit to hold two 1000mL Erlenmeyer flasks.

Optional Accessories

t 1 Wire Shelf for ILP-02 t 2 Wire Shelves for ILP-12 t Perforated Shelves

see page 76

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Temperature

Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Fluctuation 1) at 25Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 25Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ

Interior (mm / inch)

Dimension (W×D×H)

Exterior (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No.

ILP -02 14 / 0.5 10 to 40Ⳅ (50~104ⳅ) at ambient temperature of 25Ⳅ 0.1 / 0.18 0.5 / 0.9 315×200×230 / 12.4×7.9×9.1 430×495×400 / 17×19.4×15.7 27.5 / 60.6 60Hz, 1.8A 50Hz, 1.8A AAH24031K AAH24032K 60Hz, 3.4A AAH24033U

ILP -12 48 / 1.7

0.4 / 0.72 334×334×430 / 13.1×13.1×17 430×665×620 / 17×26.2×24.4 49 / 108 60Hz, 3.5A AAH24041K

50Hz, 3.5A AAH24042K 60Hz, 6.7A AAH24043U

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

I Please visit

Incubators

Low Temp. Incubator (2 & 4-chamber Models) .com

For further information on Jeio TechÂ´s Incubator products Information is readily available on our website.

IL-11-4C

Incubators

Low Temp. Incubator (2 & 4-chamber Models) Featuring two or four incubation chambers in a single unit, this Low Temperature Incubator is designed to offer an ideal and cost-effective solution for laboratories with limited space and budget. Superb low temperature incubation performance thanks to the silent HBP compressor cooling system which also reduces water evaporation within the chamber.

Operating Features t Temperature range: 0Ⳅ to 60Ⳅ. t Independent temperature and timer control of each chamber using microprocessor PID. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions t Digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function: ranging from 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t Three most commonly used temperature settings programmable. t Up to 9 temperature steps and maximum 200 cycles of repetition programmable for each profile. t Adjustable 3 step fan speed with defrosting time and period control. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display (0.1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t RS-232 interface. Ⲽ Temperature change may occure during automatic defrost.

Constructional Features t Tow or four independently controlled 150L chambers (Model IL-11) merged into a single unit for space saving.

IL-11-4C

t Convenient sample monitoring without affecting chamber temperature via the inner tempered-glass door.

Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 76

t 2 wire shelves per chamber t Perforated Shelves

t Detachable shelves and rounded inner chamber corners allowing convenient cleaning. t Built-in casters for easy transport and installation.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Refrigerator (Hp) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Fluctuation 1) at 25Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 25Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ

Interior (mm / inch) Dimension (W×D×H)

Exterior (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

IL-11-2C 150 / 5.3 x 2 Chambers 1/8 HBP x 2EA 0 to 60Ⳅ / +32 to 140ⳅ 0.1 / 0.18 0.5 / 0.9 600x500x500 / 23.6x19.7x19.7 x 2 Chambers 760x760x1690 / 29.9x29.9x66.1 180 / 397 9A AAH28111K 9A AAH28112K 16.5A AAH28113U

IL-11-4C 150 / 5.3 x 4 Chambers 1/8 HBP x 4EA

600x500x500 / 23.6x19.7x19.7 x 4 Chambers 1500x760x1690 / 59.1x29.9x66.1 350 / 772 9A x 2EA AAH28011K 9A x 2EA AAH28012K 16.5A x 2EA AAH28013U

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

I Please visit

Incubators

Incubated Shakers (Benchtop Models) .com

For further information on Jeio TechÂ´s Incubator products Information is readily available on our website.

SI-600R Optional Accessories see page 77-79

SI-600R Control Display

t Universal / Dedicated Platforms, Rubber Mats, Universal Attachments t Flask Clamps, Funnel Clamps t Test Tube Racks, Spring Wire Racks t Microplate Holders (three styles) t Lab Sticker

Incubators

Incubated Shakers (Benchtop Models) Digital incubating/ refrigerating benchtop shakers. Combining a benchtop incubator/refrigerator with a dual-action (orbital and reciprocating) shaker, SI series shakers offer versatility for a variety of biological and biotech applications.

Shaking Features t Dual shaking modes: orbital or reciprocating action. t Speed range: 10 to 300 rpm. t Programmable shaking motion. - Timer range: 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min 59 sec. - Forward & Backward, Pause: 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec. t Selectable orbit diameter or stroke length: 20, 30, 40mm.

Operating Features t Temperature control: +5°C above ambient to 60°$. (for SI-300 and SI-600) +15Ⳅ to 60Ⳅ. (for SI-300R and SI-600R) t Microprocessor PID control.

Inside of SI Models

Constructional Features

t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions. t Digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function: 1 min to 99 hr 59 min.

t Maintenance-free and durable BLDC motor.

t High temperature limit setting and open door alarm.

t High-velocity fan ensuring uniform temperature distribution and rapid thermal recovery.

t Convenient preset function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings.

t Convenient sample monitoring thanks to the transparent acryl lid and the fluorescent lamp.

t Up to 9 temperature steps and maximum 200 cycles of repetition programmable for each profile.

t Gas spring lid supports providing soft closing, smooth motion, and stopping.

t Adjustable 3-step fan speed with defrosting time and period control.

t Environment-friendly CFC-free refrigerant. (for SI-300R and SI-600R)

t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display (0.1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t RS-232 interface.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature

Fluctuation 1) at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Refrigerator (Hp) Motion Type Speed Range (RPM)

Shaking System

Timer

Amplitude Size (mm / inch, dia.) Recip Stroke Length (mm / inch) Volume (L / cu ft) Platform (W×D) (mm / inch) Internal (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Dimension Overall (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No.

SI-300

SI-300R

Amb. +5 to 60 (Amb. +9 to 140) for SI-300, 600 +15 to 60 (+59 to 140) for SI-300R, 600R 0.3 / 0.54 0.6 / 1.08 1.6 / 2.88 1.5 / 2.7 1 / 8 HBP (220V, 230V) 1 / 6 HBP (100V, 120V) Orbital or Reciprocating motion selectable 10 to 300 Run time: 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min 59 sec Forward & Backward, Pause: 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec 20, 30, 40 / 0.8, 1.2, 1.6 Available - Standard 30 / 1.2 20, 30, 40 / 0.8, 1.2, 1.6 Available - Standard 30 / 1.2 53 / 1.9 350×350 / 13.8×13.8 410×410×320 / 16.1×16.1×12.6 442×740×625 / 17.4×29.1×24.6 74 / 163 85 / 187 60Hz, 4A 50Hz, 4A 50Hz, 5.5A AAH23101K AAH23102K AAH23112K 50/60Hz, 7.5A 60Hz, 10.1A AAH23106U AAH23113U

SI-600 0.1 / 0.18 0.7 / 1.26 -

SI-600R 0.2 / 0.36 0.3 / 0.54 1 / 8 HBP (220V, 230V) 1 / 6 HBP (100V, 120V)

83 / 2.9 450×450 / 17.7×17.7 510×510×320 / 20.1×20.1×12.6 542×850×625 / 21.4×33.5×24.6 91 / 200 102 / 225 60Hz, 4A 50Hz, 4A 60Hz, 5.5A 50Hz, 5.5A AAH23201K AAH23202K AAH23211K AAH23212K 50/60Hz, 7.5A 60Hz, 10.1A AAH23206U AAH23213U

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

I Please visit

Incubators

Incubated Shakers (Floor Standing Models) .com

For further information on Jeio TechÂ´s Incubator products Information is readily available on our website.

Certification only for the IS-971/971R

IS-971RF / IS-971R Optional Accessories see page 77-79

IS-971R Control Display

t Universal / Dedicated Platforms, Rubber Mats, Universal Attachments t Flask Clamps, Funnel Clamps t Test Tube Racks, Spring Wire Racks t Microplate Holders (three styles) t Lab Sticker

Incubators

Incubated Shakers (Floor Standing Models) Large capacity and heavy workload shaking with rapid heating and cooling performance. (up to four 6L flask) Exclusive drive mechanism delivering years of trouble-free service.

Shaking Features t Dual shaking modes: orbital or reciprocating mode selectable. t Speed range: 10 to 300 rpm. t Programmable shaking control. - Timer range: 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min 59 sec. - Forward & Backward, Pause: 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec. t Selectable orbit diameter or stroke length: 30, 40, 50, 60, 70mm. Inside of IS Models

Operating Features

Constructional Features

t Temperature control: $ above ambient to 60Ⰼ $ (for IS-971) +5Ⰼ $ to 60Ⰼ $ (for IS-971R) +4Ⰼ $ below ambient to 60Ⰼ $ (for IS-971RF) -15Ⰼ

t Maintenance-free and durable BLDC motor. t High-velocity fan ensuring uniform temperature distribution and rapid thermal recovery.

t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions. t Digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function: 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t High temperature limit setting and open door alarm. t Convenient preset function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings.

t Convenient sample monitoring thanks to the transparent top viewing window minimizing the need to open the lid. (except for IS - 971RF)

t Gas spring lid supports providing soft closing, smooth motion, and stopping. t Environment-friendly CFC-free refrigerant. (for IS-971R and IS-971RF)

t Up to 9 temperature steps and maximum 200 cycles of repetition programmable for each profile.

t Built-in casters for easy transport.

t Adjustable 3-step fan speed with defrosting time and period control.

t Lockable lid for added safety.

t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display and touchsensitive keypad for temperature (0.1Ⳅ resolution), speed, and shaking motion control.

t Adjustable 5-brightness (maximum 12,000 lux) illumination lamp. (optional for IS-971RF only)

t RS-232 interface.

Specifications & Ordering Information Certification only for the IS-971/971R

Model Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature

Fluctuation 1) at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Refrigerator Motion Type Speed Range (RPM)

Shaking System

Dimension

Timer Amplitude Size (mm / inch, dia.) Recip Stroke Length (mm / inch) Volume (L / cu ft) Platform (W×D) (mm / inch) Internal (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Overall (W×D×H) (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No.

IS-971

IS-971R

Amb. +5 to 60 +4 to 60 / +40 to 140 / Amb. +9 to 140 0.2 / 0.36 0.8 / 1.44 1 / 3 LBP (AC 120V) 1 / 6 HBP (AC 230V) Orbital or Reciprocating motion selectable 10 to 300 Run time: 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min 59 sec Forward & Backward, Pause: 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec 30, 40, 50, 60, 70 / 1.2, 1.6, 2 , 2.4, 2.8 Available - Standard 30 / 1.2 30, 40, 50, 60, 70 / 1.2, 1.6, 2 , 2.4, 2.8 Available - Standard 30 / 1.2 270 / 9.5 755×481 / 29.7×18.9 894×634×480 / 35.2×25×18.9 1,132×810×1054 / 44.6×31.9×41.5 180 / 396.8 195 / 429.9 50 / 60Hz, 5.2A 60Hz, 7.3A 50Hz, 7.3A AAH23306K AAH23321K AAH23322K 60Hz, 11.2A 60Hz, 13.8A AAH23336U AAH23346U

IS-971RF Amb. -15 to 60 / Amb. -27 to 140 1 / 3 LBP (AC 120V) 1 / 4 HBP (AC 230V)

1,132×810×1083 / 44.6×31.9×42.6 210 / 462.9 60Hz, 9.3A 50Hz, 9.3A AAH23351K AAH23352K 60Hz, 17A AAH23356U

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880. ⲼCertification only for the IS-971, IS-971R.

Incubators

Incubated Shakers (Chamber Models)

Please visit

.com

For further information on Jeio TechÂ´s Incubator products Information is readily available on our website.

SIF-6000R Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 77-79

t 2 Wire Shelves t Universal / Dedicated Platforms, Rubber Mats, Universal Attachments t Flask Clamps, Funnel Clamps t Test Tube Racks, Spring Wire Racks t Microplate Holders (three styles) t Lab Sticker

SIF-6000R Control Display

Incubators

Incubated Shakers (Chamber Models) Specially designed to be double-stacked on the floor or located on/ under the lab benches for space saving. Multi-purpose incubated shakers featuring a wide range of temperature control and large chamber volume. (up to two 6L flasks)

Shaking Features t Dual shaking modes: orbital or reciprocating mode selectable. t Speed range: 10 to 300 rpm. (10 to 250rpm for the top unit of a stack) t Programmable shaking control. - Timer range: 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min 59 sec. - Forward & Backward, Pause: 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec. t Selectable orbit diameter or stroke length. - SIF-5000 and SIF-5000R: 19 and 25mm. - SIF-6000 and SIF-6000R: 25 and 38mm.

Operating Features

Inside of SIF Models

t Temperature control: $ above ambient to 80Ⰼ $. (for SIF-5000 and SIF-6000) +5Ⰼ $ below ambient to 80Ⰼ $. (for SIF-5000R and SIF-6000R) -20Ⰼ

Constructional Features

t Microprocessor PID control.

t Stackable up to 2 units.

t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions. t Timer with Delayed ON/OFF function: 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t High temperature limit setting and open door alarm. t Convenient preset function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t Up to 9 temperature steps and maximum 200 cycles of repetition programmable for each profile. t Adjustable 3-step fan speed with defrosting time and period control. t Intuitive control panel with LED display and touch-sensitive keypad. t RS-232 interface.

t Maintenance-free and durable BLDC motor. t High-velocity fan ensuring uniform temperature distribution and rapid thermal recovery. t Convenient sample monitoring thanks to the transparent front window and the built-in lamp minimizing the need to open the door. t Environment-friendly CFC-free refrigerant. (for SIF-5000R and SIF-6000R)

t Built-in casters for easy transport. t Lockable door for added safety. t Built-in electrical outlet with a safety cover inside the chamber.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature 1)

Shaking System

Fluctuation at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Refrigerator (Hp) Motion Type Speed Range (RPM) Timer

Amplitude Size (mm / inch, dia.) Recip Stroke Length (mm / inch) Volume (L / cu ft) Platform (W×D, mm / inch) Interior (W×D×H, mm / inch) Dimension Exterior (W×D×H, mm / inch) Shelves (Standard / Max) Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No.

SIF-5000

SIF-5000R

SIF-6000

SIF-6000R

Amb.+5 to 80 [Amb.+9 to 176] for SIF -5000, 6000 Amb.-20 to 80 [Amb. -36 to 176] for SIF -5000R, 6000R 0.1 / 0.18 1.0 / 1.8 1/8Hp, HBP Orbital or Reciprocating motion (Default : Orbital motion) 10 to 300 (Stackable Top :10 to 250) Run time(10sec ~ 999hr 59min 59sec) Pause, Forward, Backward(10sec ~ 59min 59sec)

19, 25 / 0.75, 1 Available - Standard 19 / 0.75

25, 38 / 1, 1.5 Available - Standard 25 / 1

1/6Hp, HBP

80 / 2.8 150 / 5.3 350×350 / 13.8x13.8 450×450 / 17.7×17.7 440×440×418 / 17.3×17.3×16.5 540×540×518 / 21.3×21.3×20.4 570×815×900 / 22.4×32.1×35.4 670×895×980 / 26.4×35.2×38.6 2/8 2 / 11 120 / 264.6 130 / 286.6 140 / 308.6 150 / 330.7 60Hz, 5.2A 50Hz, 5.2A 60Hz, 7.0A 50Hz, 7.0A 60Hz, 5.4A 50Hz, 5.4A 60Hz, 7.3A 50Hz, 7.3A AAH27021K AAH27022K AAH27121K AAH27122K AAH27011K AAH27012K AAH27111K AAH27112K 50/60Hz, 11.1A 60Hz, 12.9A 50/60Hz, 11.2A 60Hz, 13.1A AAH27026U AAH27123U AAH27016U AAH27113U

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5Ⳅ to 40Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 80%). Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ(with refrigerator) / 25Ⳅ(without refrigerator), no load. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

Incubators Mini Incubator

Compact design for efficient lab sapce unilization Maximum 8 microplates can be inserted to inner chamber for ELISA.

Operating Features t Temperature range: from ambient +5 to 65Ⳅ. t Door opening alarm t Protection of the main body and the circuit board against overheating. t Microprocessor PID feedback control of the heater and the fan ensuring temperature uniformity. t Automatic temperature calibration. t Ease-of-operation provided by a bright VFD (vacuum fluorescent display), responsive touch buttons, and a jog dial.

Constructional Features

IM-10 with the included Wire Shelves Included Accessories

t 2 Wire Shelves

Optional Accessories see page 76

t Perforated Shelves

t Compact design for space saving of laboratory of the chamber interior. t Wire shelves are provided for space saving of inner chamber. Maximum 4 wire shelves supporting 8 microplates is especialy suitable for ELISA. t Push buttons for easy opening of door. t Transparent polycarbonate window providing a clear view of the chamber interior.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Fluctuation at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Volume (L / cu ft) Wire Shelf (W×D) (mm / inch) Dimension Internal (W×D×H) (mm / inch) External (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical requirements (230V, 50/60⼺) Cat. No. Electrical requirements (120V, 50⼺) Cat. No. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

IM-10 Amb. +5 to 65 / Amb. +9 to 149 0.5 / 0.9 0.5 / 0.9 10 / 0.4 247 x 247 / 9.7 x 9.7 278 x 262 x 160 / 11 x 10.4 x 6.3 400 x 410 x 264 / 15.7 x 16.1 x 10.4 12.8 / 28.2 1.0A AAH24315K 2.1A AAH24316U

Incubators

Hybridization Oven Equipped with a precise rocker, this unit is offering ideal reproducibility for various molecular biology applications such as nucleic acid hybridization, Western, immunoblotting, immunoprecipitation, etc. Shaking Features t Rocking motion: Tilt 8.5°. t Speed range: 5 to 50 rpm.

Operating Features t Temperature range: from ambient +5 to 65Ⳅ t Audible and visual alarms are activated: - when preset temperature limit is reached. - when each step of any programmed mode is terminated. - when low humidity level is detected by the sensor. - when the door is open. t Door opening and low humidity alarm.

HO-10 with the included Water Tray

t Over temperature limit protection. t Microprocessor PID feedback control of the heater and the fan ensuring temperature uniformity. t Automatic temperature calibration. t Ease-of-operation provided by a bright VFD, responsive touch buttons, and a jog dial. t Memory function of programmed protocols allowing relevant parameters (such as temperature, rocking speed, time, etc.) of each protocol step to be stored. - Up to 10 protocols allowed for memory storage. - Up to 10 steps allowed for each protocol.

Constructional Features t Compact design for efficient lab space utilization. t Transparent polycarbonate window providing a clear view of the chamber interior. t Built-in sliding shelf for quick and convenient insertion or removal of samples. t Sticky pad on sliding shelf for preventing accidental movement or spills of samples during operation. t Drying function for the hybridization and washed membranes or strips.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Fluctuation at 50Ⳅ, 9RPM (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation at 50Ⳅ, 9RPM (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Motion Type Speed Range (RPM) Shaking System Tilt Angle Max. Load (kg / lbs) Volume (L / cu ft) Sliding Shelf (W×D) (mm / inch) Dimension Internal (W×D×H) (mm / inch) External (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical requirements (230V, 60⼺) Cat. No. Electrical requirements (230V, 50⼺) Cat. No.

HO-10 Amb. +5 to 65 / Amb. +9 to 149 0.5 / 0.9 0.5 / 0.9 Rocking Motion 5 to 50 8.5°±1 1 / 2.2 10 / 0.4 256 x 198 / 10.1 x 7.8 278 x 262 x 160 / 11 x 10.4 x 6.3 400 x 410 x 264 / 15.7 x 16.1 x 10.4 14 / 30.9 1.2A AAH1B011K 1.2A AAH1B012K

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

Incubators

Accessories & Options

for Incubators

Wire Shelves

Perforated Shelves

Universal Platforms

Wire Shelves Stainless steel and electropolished shelves are readily removed without using tools for easy cleaning. Cat. No. EDA8136 EDA8135 EDA8137 EDA8136 EDA8220 EDA8219 EDA8136 EDA8219 EDA8220 EDA8223 EDA8221 EDA8235 EDA8233 EDA8244

Description Maximum

Included 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 8 2 4 8 3 1 2 2 2 2

8 12 12 11 14 15 16 32 12 24 48 26 6 11 8 11 5

Suitable for

W×L (mm / inch) 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 446×366 / 17.6×14.4 576×419 / 22.7×16.5 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 466×490 / 17.6×19.3 566×466 / 22.3×17.6 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 566×466 / 22.3×17.6 466×490 / 17.6×19.3 195×310 / 7.7×12.2 305×299 / 12×11.8 416×406 / 16.4×16.0 516×506 / 20.3×19.9 247×247 / 9.7×9.7

IB-05G IB-15G IB-25G IB-01E IB-11E IB-21E IB-02G-2C IB-02G-4C IL-11 / 11A IL-11-2C IL-11-4C IL-21 / 21A ILP-02 ILP-12 SIF-5000 / R SIF-6000 / R IM-10

Perforated Shelves Stainless steel shelves are readily removed without using tools for easy cleaning. Description

Cat. No. AAA12531 AAA12532 AAA12535 AAA12531 AAA22522 AAA22521 AAA12531 AAA22521 AAA22522 AAA24501 AAA24502 AAA24511

Maximum 8 12 12 11 14 15 16 32 12 24 48 26 6 11 5

Suitable for

IB-05G IB-15G IB-25G IB-01E IB-11E IB-21E IB-02G-2C IB-02G-4C IL-11 / 11A IL-11-2C IL-11-4C IL-21 / 21A ILP-02 ILP-12 IM-10

Stacking Kits Stackable up to 2 units using exclusive stacking kits for space saving. (for IB-G and IB-E Models only) Cat. No. AAA21521 AAA21522 AAA21523 AAA26501 AAA26502 AAA26503

Description Stacking kits for stackable chambers Stacking kits for stackable chambers Stacking kits for stackable chambers Stacking kits for stackable chambers Stacking kits for stackable chambers Stacking kits for stackable chambers

Suitable for IB-05G IB-15G IB-25G IB-01E IB-11E IB-21E

Incubators

Accessories & Options for Incubated Shakers

Flask Clamps

Plastic Clamps (Plastic)

Funnel Clamps

Universal Platforms, Flask Clamps, and Funnel Clamps Universal platforms provide flexibility for mixing assortments of test tubes and glassware of varying sizes on a single platform. Various clamps for Erlenmeyer flasks and separatory funnels are available. Description Universal platform

Flask clamps

Flask clamps (Plastic)

Funnel clamps

Cat.No.

SI-300/R

SI-600/R

IS-971/R/RF

SIF-5000/R

SIF-6000/R

AAA23501-V1

AAA23502-V1

AAA23503-V1

AAA31501-V1

AAA31502-V1

Erlenmeyer flask size

Max. mountable flask clamps

AAA23550

for 50 mL

AAA23551

for 100 mL

AAA23552

for 250 mL

AAA23556

for 300 mL

AAA23553

for 500 mL

AAA23554

for 1L

AAA23555

for 2L

AAA23557

for 2.8L

AAA23558

for 4L

AAA23559

for 6L

Erlenmeyer flask size

Max. mountable flask clamps

AAA30570

for 50 mL

AAA30571

for 100 ~ 125 mL

AAA30572

for 200 mL

AAA30573

for 250 mL

AAA30574

for 300 mL

AAA30575

for 500 mL

AAA30576

for 1L

AAA30577

for 2L

Seperating funnel size

Max. mountable funnel clamps

AAA23562

for 250 mL

AAA23563

for 500 mL

AAA23564

for 1L

AAA23565

for 2L

Please visit

.com

For further information on Jeio TechÂ´s Incubator products Information is readily available on our website.

Incubators

Accessories & Options

for Incubated Shakers Tower Flat A Flat B Single

Test Tube Racks

Microplate Holders

Dedicated Platforms

Test Tube Racks Easy to release and mount racks made of durable stainless steel with adjustable angle and tube height support. Test tube racks are used with an optional universal platform. Description Universal platform

Test tube racks

Cat.No. AAA23581 AAA23582 AAA23583 AAA23584 AAA23585 AAA23586 AAA23594

Test tube size for 86 test tubes, Ø8mm / Ø0.3˝ for 86 test tubes, Ø10mm / Ø0.4˝ for 58 test tubes, Ø12mm / Ø0.5˝ for 58 test tubes, Ø14mm / Ø0.6˝ for 32 test tubes, Ø16mm / Ø0.6˝ for 19 test tubes, Ø25mm / Ø1.0˝ for 10 test tubes, Ø35mm / Ø1.4˝

SI-300/R

SI-600/R

IS-971/R/RF

SIF-5000/R

SIF-6000/R

AAA23501-V1

AAA23502-V1

AAA23503-V1

AAA31501-V1

AAA31502-V1

Mountable capacity of rack*

* No declination

Ⲽ We can manufacture other size of test tube racks to meet your specific requirements. Contact us for details.

Microplate Holders Available in three styles: tower type, flat type (small and large), and single type. Tower type holder is for 10 standard or deep well plates. Large flat holder is for 4 standard or deep well plates. Small flat holder is for 3 standard or deep well plates. Single type holder is for 1 standard or deep well plate. (standard well plates’ height: 14.7mm) Description Universal platform

Microplate holders

Cat.No. AAA23654 AAA23651 AAA23652 AAA23653

Microplate holder type Single Tower Flat A(large) Flat B(small)

SI-300/R

SI-600/R

IS-971/R/RF

SIF-5000/R

SIF-6000/R

AAA23501-V1

AAA23502-V1

AAA23503-V1

AAA31501-V1

AAA31502-V1

8 6 2

15 10 2 3

Max. mountable microplate holders 7 12 25 5 7 18 2 4 2 2 6

* Microplate holders need to be mounted on an universal platform which is sold separately.

Dedicated Platforms When using a single flask size only, the dedicated platforms with pre-installed clamps provide maximum capacity. 250mL and 500mL clamps are standard but other sizes can be available. Description Universal platform &250mL flask clamps Dedicated platforms

Cat.No.

No. of flask clamps

SI-600/R

IS-971/R/RF

SIF-5000/R

SIF-6000/R

AAA23611

AAA23621

AAA23631

AAA31551

AAA31561

Universal platform &500mL flask clamps No. of flask clamps

SI-300/R

AAA23612 9

18 AAA23622 13

* A dedicated platform is sold with setting each max. mountable amount of flask clamps on.

39 AAA23632 25

13 AAA31552 10

24 AAA31562 16

Incubators

Accessories & Options for Incubated Shakers

Spring Wire Racks

Rubber Mats

Universal Attachments

Spring Wire Racks Ideal for holding a wide variety of tubes, flasks, and other glassware. All components are made of stainless steel. Description

Spring wire racks

SI-300/R

SI-600/R

IS-971/R/RF

SIF-5000/R

SIF-6000/R

Cat.No.

AAA23521-V1

AAA23522-V1

AAA23523-V1

AAA31521-V1

AAA31522-V1

Erlenmeyer flask size for 50 mL for 100 mL for 250 mL for 300 mL for 500 mL for 1L for 2L for 2.8L

Max. inserting flasks 16 25 9 16 4 9 4 9 4 5 2 4 1 2 1 2

40 28 15 15 10 8 4 4

16 9 4 4 4 2 1 1

25 16 9 9 5 4 2 2

Rubber Mats Designed for low-speed applications, non-skid rubber mats allow quick addition or removal of flasks, plates or tubes. Model Cat. No.

SI-300/R

SI-600/R

IS-971/R/F

SIF-5000/R

SIF-6000/R

AAA23531

AAA23532

AAA23533

AAA31531

AAA31532

Universal Attachments (Utility Carriers) Several adjustable clamping bars for quickly securing a variety of glassware or tubes on non-skid rubber mats. Suitable for flatbottomed flasks of various sizes. Model Cat. No.

SI-300/R

SI-600/R

IS-971/R/F

SIF-5000/R

SIF-6000/R

AAA31511

AAA31512

AAA31513

AAA31511

AAA31512

Lab Sticker An alternative method for securing vessels to a shaker platform. Ideal for containers such as bottles and dishes that cannot be held on the universal platform with conventional flask clamps. Lab stickers can be regenerated for reuse by washing it with mild detergent and water. It cannot be used in water baths. For safe operation, gradual RPM increase is recommended. Cat. No. AAA30551

Description

(W×D×H) (mm / inch)

200×200×5 / 7.9×7.9×0.2

* Lab Sticker need to be mounted on an universal platform which is sold separately.

Lab Sticker

Ovens SELECTION GUIDE

Forced Convection Ovens (Mechanical) Operating Temp. Range

Description

Chamber Temperature Temperature Volume Fluctuation Variation Page

(Ⳅ/ⳅ)

OF -02P

Forced Convection Ovens

Programmable OF -12P Models OF-22P

Natural Convection Ovens

OF -12G

Amb. +10 to 250 / Amb. +18 to 482

OF -02G

Vacuum Ovens

OF-22G General Models

OF -300G OF -450G OF -750G OF -300H OF -450H OF -750H

2&4chamber Models Economy Models

(L /cu ft)

OF-02G-2C OF-02G-4C OF -01E OF -21E

0.5 / 0.9

1.0 / 1.8

102 / 3.6

0.6 / 1.08

1.3 / 2.3

151 / 5.3

0.8 / 1.44

1.7 / 3.1

Amb. +10 to 250 / Amb. +18 to 482

60 / 2.1

0.5 / 0.9

1.0 / 1.8

102 / 3.6

0.6 / 1.08

1.3 / 2.3

151 / 5.3

0.8 / 1.44

1.7 / 3.1

Amb. +10 to 200 / Amb.+18 to 392

314 / 11

0.2 / 0.36

0.9 / 1.6

450 / 15.9

0.1 / 0.18

0.7 / 1.3

760 / 26.8

0.2 / 0.36

1.5 / 2.7

Amb. +10 to 300 / Amb.+18 to 572

Amb. +10 to 200 / Amb. +18 to 392

Amb. +10 to 220 / Amb. +18 to 428

OF -11E

at 100Ⳅ [±Ⳅ/ⳅ] at 100Ⳅ [±Ⳅ/ⳅ]

60 / 2.1

314 / 11

0.9 / 1.6

450 / 15.9

0.2 / 0.36

0.8 / 1.4

760 / 26.8 60 / 2.1 x 2 cham60 / 2.1 x 4 cham52 / 1.8

1.9 / 3.4 0.5 / 0.9

1.0 / 1.8

100 / 3.5

0.4 / 0.72

3.3 / 5.94

150 / 5.3

2.3 / 4.14

Natural Convection Ovens (Gravity) Description

Operating Temp. Range (Ⳅ/ⳅ)

General Models

Economy Models

ON -02G ON -12G ON -22G ON -01E ON -11E ON -21E

Chamber Volume (L /cu ft)

Temperature Temperature Fluctuation Variation Page at 100Ⳅ [±Ⳅ/ⳅ]

52 / 1.8

Amb. +15 to 250 91 / 3.2 / Amb. +27 to 482 135 / 4.8 52 / 1.8 Amb. +15 to 220 100 / 3.5 / Amb. +27 to 428 150 / 5.3

at 100Ⳅ [±Ⳅ/ⳅ]

5.9 / 10.62 0.3 / 0.54

7.5 / 13.5

6.9 / 12.42 0.3 / 0.54

6.5 / 11.7

0.4 / 0.72

4.1 / 7.38

0.5 / 0.9

7.3 / 13.14

Vacuum Ovens Description

Operating Temp. Range (Ⳅ/ⳅ)

Vacuum

OV -11 OV -12

Chamber Volume (L /cu ft)

Amb. +5 to 250 / Amb. +9 to 482

Temperature Temperature Fluctuation Variation Page at 100Ⳅ[±Ⳅ/ⳅ]

28 / 1

0.1 / 0.18

65 / 2.3

0.3 / 0.54

at 100Ⳅ[±Ⳅ/ⳅ]

3.7 / 6.66

Accessories & Options Description

Page

for Convection Ovens

for Vacuum Ovens

GENERAL APPLICATIONS

General Applications

Forced, Nature Convection Ovens & Vacuum OF Models ON Models OV Models

General Aging and Curing Agricultural Genetic Annealing Asphalt Testing Conditioning Contamination-Free storage of semiconductors and other sensitive electronic components Desiccating Digestion of Proteins and Starches Drying of Plant Tissue Drug Metabolism Electronic Burn-in Epoxy and Plastic Curing Fine Chemical Precipitation General Baking General Heating Glassware Drying Ideal for General Drying Life and Exposure Studies Ordnance Material Testing Out-gassing Solids and Liquids Paper Drying Plating Precise Moisture Determination Preheating Rubber Drying Serum Protein Analysis Silicon Wafer Drying Stability and QC/ Batch Testing Sterilization Suspended Solids Evaluation Textile Drying Vacuum Embedding Volatile Resins and Polymers Testing Vulcanization Studies

t t t t t

t t t

t t

t t t

t t t t t t t t

t t

t t t

t t t t

t t t

t t t t

t t t

TECHNICAL BENEFITS Safety Features 1) Open door alert (except for OV Models): - Activation of audible and visible alarms. - Automatic power cutoff from the heater and the fan (only OF Models) if the door is open for the minimize heat loss and also to protect the operator. 2) Protection against overheating by automatic power cutoff from the heater and controller in sequence. 3) Two separate fuses for protecting against overcurrent. (without OF-300, 450, 750 G/H Models)

Optimum Control Features 1) Microprocessor PID control. 2) Intuitive and easy-to-operate control panel design using HMI (Human Machine Interface) network system. 3) Simple calibration and auto-tuning function. 4) Convenient presetting function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. 5) Max. 10 programmable patterns of 10 segments each are settable for easy program control. (only for OF-P Models) 6) Delayed ON/OFF digital timer range: 1 min ~ 99 hr 59 min 7) Operation mode selection after power interruption: either Automatic or Manual Run.

Constructional Features 1) Grade 304 Stainless Steel chamber interior and dirt-repellent external surface with power coating. (without OV Models)

2) Air-tight door gasket minimizing heat loss. 3) Fully insulated oven chamber maintaining the exterior at a safe temperature. 4) Adjustable and electro polished stainless steel wire shelves allowing efficient airflow and easy cleaning. (without OV Models)

Ovens

Forced Convection Ovens (Programmable Models)

Best suitable for the applications which require precise and programmable temperature control.

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Maximum 3 temperature range-specific calibration and auto-tuning function. t Temperature control: 10°C above ambient to 250°C t Heating time can be adjusted depending on your’s needs. t Delayed ON/OFF digital timer range: 1 min ~ 99 hr 59 min t Colorful LCD display with interactive input system. t High temperature limit setting and open door alert. t Automatic run and button lock function. t RS-232 interface. t Precise programming operation. Programming Parameters Programmable Pattern Capacity Max. Segments per a Pattern Programmable process time per a segment

10 10 0 to 99 hr 59 min.

* Preheating chamber is available before program cycle starts.

Constructional Features t Forced air convection ensuring optimal air circulation, temperature uniformity, and short heat-up time.

OF-12P with optional Viewing Window Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 92

t Corrosion-resistant incoloy sheath heating element and stainless steel interior.

t 2 Wire Shelves t Tempered Viewing Window t Perforated Shelves

t Adjustable dual slide vents for controlling inner vapor circulation. (diameter: 38mm/1.5”)

Exterior (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

OF -02P

OF -12P

OF -22P

60 / 2.1 102 / 3.6 Amb. +10 to 250 / Amb. +18 to 482 0.5 / 0.9 0.6 / 1.08 1 / 1.8 1.3 / 2.3 400×360×420 480×410×520 / 15.7×14.2×16.5 / 18.9×16.1×20.5

0.8 / 1.44 1.7 / 3.1 550×460×600 / 22×18×23.6

577×642×760 / 22.7×25.3×30 53 / 117 4.4A AAH12555K 6.8A AAH12553U

727×742×974 / 28.7×29.2×38.3 72.5 / 160 7.4A AAH12575K 10.1A AAH12573U

657×692×870 / 25.9×27.2×34.3 63 / 139 6.1A AAH12565K 8.4A AAH12563U

151 / 5.3

Ovens

Forced Convection Ovens (General Models) Superb air dispersion and uniform temperature distribution Equipped with a powerful yet noiseless sirocco fan, OF-G Models ovens provide superb drying performance especially suitable for samples with high moisture content.

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning function. t Temperature control: 10°C above ambient to 250°C t Delayed ON/OFF digital timer range: 1 min ~ 99 hr 59 min t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display (0.1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t High temperature limit setting and open door alert. t Convenient presetting function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t RS-232 interface.

Constructional Features t Forced air convection ensuring optimal air circulation, temperature uniformity, and short heat-up time. t Rounded inner chamber corners for easy cleaning and optimal airflow. t Corrosion-resistant incoloy sheath heating element and stainless steel interior. t Adjustable dual slide vents for controlling inner vapor circulation. (diameter: 38mm/1.5”) t Threefold tempered-glass window providing clear inside view of the chambers. (optional)

OF-22G with optional Viewing Window

t Fan speed control by an analog dial for preventing powdered samples from blowing away. (optional)

Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 92

t 2 Wire Shelves t Tempered Viewing Window t Fan Speed Adjuster t Perforated Shelves

Exterior (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No.

OF -02G

OF -12G

OF -22G

60 / 2.1 102 / 3.6 Amb. +10 to 250 / Amb. +18 to 482 0.5 / 0.9 0.6 / 1.08 1 / 1.8 1.3 / 2.3 400×360×420 480×410×520 / 15.7×14.2×16.5 / 18.9×16.1×20.5

0.8 / 1.44 1.7 / 3.1 550×460×600 / 22×18×23.6

577×642×760 / 22.7×25.3×30 53 / 117 4.4A AAH12155K 6.8A AAH12156U

727×742×974 / 28.7×29.2×38.3 72.5 / 160 7.4A AAH12175K 10.1A AAH12176U

657×692×870 / 25.9×27.2×34.3 63 / 139 6.1A AAH12165K 8.4A AAH12166U

151 / 5.3

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

O Please visit

Ovens

Forced Convection Ovens (General Models) .com

For further information on Jeio TechÂ´s Oven products Information is readily available on our website.

OF-G / H Models with an optional Viewing Window

OF-G / H (large) Display

Ovens

Forced Convection Ovens (General Models) Specially designed for large volume (maximum 760 L) and fast drying (maximum 300Ⳅ) applications Offering rapid heating performance as well as uniform temperature distribution, these heavy-duty ovens are ideal for obtaining quick test results.

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning function. t Temperature control - OF-G models: 10Ⳅ above ambient to 200Ⳅ - OF-H models: 10Ⳅ above ambient to 300Ⳅ

t Delayed ON/OFF digital timer range: 1 min ~ 99 hr 59 min. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display. (0.1Ⳅ resolution) t High temperature limit setting and open door alert. t Convenient presetting function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t Operation mode selection after power recovery: either Automatic or Manual Run. t RS-232 interface.

Constructional Features t Forced air convection generated by two noiseless and powerful sirocco fans ensuring optimal air circulation, temperature uniformity, and short heat-up time. t Threefold tempered-glass window providing clear inside view of the chamber. (optional)

Convection Pattern of

t Rounded inner chamber corners for easy cleaning and optimal airflow.

Included Accessories

t Corrosion-resistant incoloy sheath heating element and stainless steel interior.

Optional Accessories see page 92

t Adjustable dual slide vents for controlling inner vapor circulation. (diameter: 38mm/1.5”)

OF-G / H Models

t 2 Wire Shelves (OF-300G / H) t 3 Wire Shelves (OF-450G / H, 750G / H) t Tempered Viewing Window t Perforated Shelves t Digital Recorders - 6-point dot type recorder. - Thermal line recorder.

t Adjustable 5-speed fan for controlling inner circulation rate.

Exterior (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 1 ph, 50 / 60 Hz) Solid Door Type Cat. No. Viewing Window Door Type Electrical Requirements (230V, 3 ph, 50 / 60 Hz) Solid Door Type Cat. No. Viewing Window Door Type Electrical Requirements (380V, 3 ph, 50 / 60 Hz) Solid Door Type Cat. No. Viewing Window Door Type

OF-300G

OF-450G

314 / 11 450 / 15.9 Amb. +10 to 200 / Amb.+18 to 392 0.2 / 0.36 0.1 / 0.18 0.9 / 1.6 0.7 / 1.3 645×750×650 645×750×930 / / 835×1020×1225 835×1020×1505 / 32.9×40.2×48.2 / 32.9×40.2×59.3 175 / 385.8 210 / 462.9 AAH18015K AAH18115K -

10 A AAH180213K AAH181213K 6.5A AAH180214K AAH181214K

OF-750G 760 / 26.8

OF-300H

OF-450H

314 / 11 450 / 15.9 Amb. +10 to 300 / Amb.+18 to 572 0.2 / 0.36 0.2 / 0.36 0.2 / 0.36 1.5 / 2.7 0.9 / 1.6 0.8 / 1.4 745×850×1200 645×750×650 645×750×930 / / / 955×1140×1775 835×1020×1225 835×1020×1505 / 37.6×44.9×69.9 / 32.9×40.2×48.2 / 32.9×40.2×59.3 280 / 617.3 210 / 462.9 250 / 551.2 12.7A 13.8A 10 A 13.8 A AAH180313K AAH190113K AAH190213K AAH181313K AAH191113K AAH191213K 8.8 A 6.5A 8.8A AAH180314K AAH190114K AAH190214K AAH181314K AAH191114K AAH191214K

OF-750H 760 / 26.8 0.2 / 0.36 1.9 / 3.4 745×850×1200 / 29.3×33.5×47.2 955×1140×1775 / 37.6×44.9×69.9 335 / 738.5 16.8A AAH190313K AAH191313K 10.6A AAH190314K AAH191314K

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

O Please visit

Ovens

Forced Convection Oven (2 & 4-Chamber Models) .com

For further information on Jeio TechÂ´s Oven products Information is readily available on our website.

OF-02G-2C / 4C â˛ź In the year of 2012, this products design can be changed without prior notice.

Ovens

Forced Convection Oven (2 & 4-Chamber Models) Featuring two or four 60L forced convection chambers in a single unit, this oven is designed to offer an ideal and cost-effective solution for laboratories with limited space and budget. Incorporating specially designed ovens (Model OF-02G) with a powerful yet noiseless sirocco fan, this oven guarantees intensive drying performance, especially for material with high moisture content.

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning function. t Temperature control: 10°C above ambient to 200°C t Delayed ON/OFF digital timer range: 1 min ~ 99 hr 59 min. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display (0.1°C resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t High temperature limit setting and open door alert. t Convenient presetting function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings.

Constructional Features t Two or Four independently controlled 60L ovens (Model OF-02G) merged into a single unit for space saving. t Forced air convection generated by a noiseless and powerful sirocco fan ensuring optimal air circulation, temperature uniformity, and short heat-up time.

Convection Pattern of

t Rounded inner chamber corners for easy cleaning and optimal airflow.

Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 92

t Corrosion-resistant incoloy sheath heating element and stainless steel interior.

OF-02G-2C/4C

t 2 Wire Shelves per chamber t Perforated Shelves

t Adjustable two and four slide vents for controlling inner vapor circulation. (diameter: 38mm/1.5”) t Built-in casters for easy transport and installation.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Fluctuation 1) at 100Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 100Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Interior (mm / inch) Dimension Exterior (mm / inch) (W×D×H) Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No.

OF-02G-2C 60 / 2.1 x 2 Chambers Amb. +10 to 200 / Amb. +18 to 392 0.5 / 0.9 1 / 1.8 400×360×420 / 15.7×14.2×16.5x 2 Chambers 570×640×1340 / 22.4×25.2×52.8 110 / 242.5 8.4A AAH1A115K 16.7A AAH1A116U

OF-02G-4C 60 / 2.1 x 4 Chambers

400×360×420 / 15.7×14.2×16.5x 4 Chambers 1170×640×1340 / 46.1×25.2×52.8 170 / 374.8 8.4A x 2EA AAH1A015K 16.7A x 2EA AAH1A016U

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

Ovens

Forced Convection Ovens (Economy Models)

Affordable multi-function fast drying ovens with vertical airflow.

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning function. t Temperature control: 10Ⳅ above ambient to 220Ⳅ t Delayed ON/OFF digital timer range: 1 min ~ 99 hr 59 min. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display. (0.1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t High temperature limit setting and open door alert. t Convenient presetting function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings.

Constructional Features t Forced air convection generated by a circular fan providing high and uniform drying performance.

OF-11E Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 92

t Corrosion-resistant incoloy sheath heating element and stainless steel interior.

t 2 Wire Shelves t Perforated Shelves

t Adjustable dual slide vents for controlling inner vapor circulation. (diameter: 38mm/1.5˝) t Easy-to-grip circular door handle.

Exterior (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60 Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60 Hz) Cat. No. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

OF-01E

OF-11E

OF-21E

52 / 1.8 100 / 3.5 Amb. +10 to 220 / Amb. +18 to 428 0.4 / 0.72 3.3 / 5.94 3.3 / 5.94 375×370×370 455×430×510 14.8×14.6×14.6 18×17×20

2.3 / 4.14 585×460×555 23×18.1×21.9

530×535×737 20.9×21.1×29 36 / 79.4 4.3A AAH14012K 6.8A AAH14016U

740×625×922 29.1×24.6×36.3 59 / 130 7.4A AAH14032K 10.1A AAH14036U

610×595×877 24×23.4×34.5 47 / 103.6 6A AAH14022K 8.4A AAH14026U

150 / 5.3

Ovens

Natural Convection Ovens (General Models) Specially designed for applications requiring gentle airflow. Ideal for all sterilization, drying, and high-temperature storage tasks that do not require high drying performance or special time requirements but can’t be affected by strong airflow.

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning function. t Temperature control: 15Ⳅ above ambient to 250Ⳅ t Delayed ON/OFF digital timer range: 1 min ~ 99 hr 59 min. t Intuitive and easy-to-operate control panel with bright LED display (1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t High temperature limit setting and open door alert. t Convenient presetting function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t RS-232 interface.

Constructional Features t Gravity flow convection for uniform sample heating. t Fully insulated dual-wall door with 180 degree hinges and a pull-down handle. t Rounded inner chamber corners for easy cleaning and optimal airflow. t Corrosion-resistant incoloy sheath heating element and stainless steel interior. t Adjustable dual slide vents for controlling inner vapor circulation. (diameter: 38mm/1.5˝) t Threefold tempered-glass window providing clear inside view of the chambers. (optional)

ON-22G with optional Viewing Window Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 92

t 2 Wire Shelves t Tempered Viewing Windows t Perforated Shelves

Exterior (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60 Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60 Hz) Cat. No.

ON-02G

ON-12G

ON-22G

52 / 1.8 91 / 3.2 Amb. +15 to 250 / Amb. +27 to 482 0.3 / 0.54 5.9 / 10.62 7.5 / 13.5 400×360×365 480×410×465 / 15.7×14.2×14.4 / 18.9×16.1×18.3

6.9 / 12.42 610×460×485 / 24×18×19

577×542×760 / 22.7×21.3×30 49 / 108 4.3A AAH11135K 6.7A AAH11136U

785×642×897 / 30.9×25.3×35.3 68 / 150 7.4 A AAH11155K 10 A AAH11156U

657×592×870 / 25.9×23.3×34.3 59 / 130 6A AAH11145K 8.3A AAH11146U

135 / 4.8

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

Ovens

Natural Convection Ovens (Economy Models)

Economical multi-function ovens with gentle airflow.

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning function. t Temperature control: 15Ⳅ above ambient to 220Ⳅ t Delayed ON/OFF digital timer range: 1 min ~ 99 hr 59 min. t Intuitive and easy-to-operate control panel with bright LED display (1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t High temperature limit setting and open door alert. t Convenient presetting function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t Corrosion-resistant incoloy sheath heating element and stainless steel interior. t Adjustable dual slide vents for controlling inner vapor circulation. (diameter: 38mm/1.5˝)

Constructional Features t Gravity-flow convection generates a vertical airflow of heat for a uniformed heating of samples. t Moderately sized, an easy to clean spacious chamber, and an easy to grip circular door handle.

ON-11E Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 92

t 2 Wire Shelves t Perforated Shelves

t Corrosion-resistant incoloy sheath heater and stainless steel chamber. t Two circular adjustable top slide vents helps to control inner air vapor circulation. (38mm / 1.5˝ in dia.)

Exterior (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60 Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60 Hz) Cat. No. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

ON-01E

ON-11E

ON-21E

52 / 1.8 100 / 3.5 Amb. +15 to 220 / Amb. +27 to 428 0.3 / 0.54 0.4 / 0.72 6.5 / 11.7 4.1 / 7.38 375×370×370 455×430×510 / 14.8×14.6×14.6 / 18×17×20

0.5 / 0.9 7.3 / 13.14 585×460×555 / 23×18.1×21.9

530×535×737 / 20.9×21.1×29 34 / 75 4.3A AAH15015K 6.7A AAH15016U

740×625×922 / 29.1×24.6×36.3 59 / 130 7.4 A AAH15035K 10A AAH15036U

610×595×877 / 24×23.4×34.5 46 / 101.4 6A AAH15025K 8.3A AAH15026U

150 / 5.3

Ovens

Vacuum Ovens Optimally constructed for separating solvents from solutions or drying solvents with high boiling points. Vacuum oven model with a wide temperature range optimal for separating solvents from solutions. Drying a solvent in vacuum lowers its boiling point, thereby making the separation process easier and eliminating the need to use high temperatures.

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning function. t Temperature control: 5Ⳅ above ambient to 250Ⳅ t Vacuum range: 0 to 0.1 MPa. (analog vacuum gauge) t Delayed ON/OFF digital timer range: 1 min ~ 99 hr 59 min. t Intuitive and easy-to-operate control panel with bright LED display (1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t High temperature limit setting and open door alert. t Convenient presetting function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t RS-232 interface.

Constructional Features t Separate vacuum and vent ports. t Heat tempered glass window providing clear inside view of the chambers.

OV-11 Included Accessories Optional Accessorie see page 93

t Tight vacuum seal thanks to spring-loaded glass door, silicone gasket, and a push-button latch handle.

t Plate Shelve, 3.0mm (0.12˝): 2 for OV-11 / 3 for OV-12 t Safety Cover t Viton Gasket t Vacuum Pumps and Oil Mist Trap t Cold Trap Baths and U-type Glass Trap

t Uniform heat distribution from Block type heater attached to the chamber exterior to the anodized aluminum shelves. t Viton (fluorine rubber) door gasket also available for acidic applications. (optional)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

OV-11

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

28 / 1

Vacuum Range

0~0.1MPa, Analog

Nozzle Size (mm / inch) Temperature

Dimension (W×D×H)

OV-12 65 / 2.3

Vacuum Ø10 / 0.4, Vent Ø10 / 0.4 Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

Amb. +5 to 250 / Amb. +9 to 482

Fluctuation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ at 100Ⳅ)

0.1 / 0.18

Variation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ at 100Ⳅ)

3.7 / 6.66

Interior (mm / inch)

302×305×302 / 11.9×12×11.9

402×405×402 / 15.8×15.9×15.8

Exterior (mm / inch)

680×453×495 / 26.8×17.8×19.5

780×557×595 / 30.7×21.9×23.4

Net Weight (Kg / lbs)

63 / 139

103 / 227

Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60 Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60 Hz) Cat. No.

0.3 / 0.54

5.3A

6.1A

AAH13115K

AAH13125K

10A

11.7A

AAH13116U

AAH13126U

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

Ovens

Accessories & Options

for Forced & Natural Convection Ovens

Wire Shelves

Perforated Shelves

Tempered Viewing Windows

Fan Speed Adjuster

Wire Shelves Stainless steel and electropolished shelf system is removed easily without using tools for easy cleaning. Cat. No. EDA8136 EDA8135 EDA8134 EDA8136 EDA8135 EDA8137 RTD1196 RTD1197 EDA8136 EDA8135 EDA8137

Description Maximum

Included 2 4 8 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2

8 16 32 12 14 10 14 15 17 26 35 8 12 12

Suitable for

W×L (mm / inch)

OF-02G/P 366×316 / 14.4×12.4

OF-02G-2C OF-02G-4C

446×366 / 17.6×14.4 516×416 / 20.3×16.4 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 446×366 / 17.6×14.4 576×419 / 22.7×16.5

OF-12G/P OF-22G/P OF-01E, ON-01E OF-11E, ON-11E OF-21E, ON-21E OF-300G/H OF-450G/H OF-750G/H ON-02G ON-12G ON-22G

708×608 / 27.9×23.9 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 446×366 / 17.6×14.4 576×419 / 22.7×16.5

Perforated Shelves Stainless steel shelf system is removed easily without using tools for easy cleaning. Description

Cat. No.

Maximum 8 16 32 12 14 10 14 15 17 26 35 8 12 12

AAA12531 AAA12532 AAA12533 AAA12531 AAA12532 AAA12535 AAA80604-2 AAA80604-3 AAA12531 AAA12532 AAA12535

Suitable for

W×L (mm / inch) OF-02G/P 366×316 / 14.4×12.4

OF-02G-2C OF-02G-4C

446×366 / 17.6×14.4 516×416 / 20.3×16.4 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 446×366 / 17.6×14.4 576×419 / 22.7×16.5

OF-12G/P OF-22G/P OF-01E, ON-01E OF-11E, ON-11E OF-21E, ON-21E OF-300G/H OF-450G/H OF-750G/H ON-02G ON-12G ON-22G

708×608 / 27.9×23.9 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 446×366 / 17.6×14.4 576×419 / 22.7×16.5

Tempered Viewing Windows

Optimized sample monitoring with threefold, tempered safety glass window. (only for OF-G/P, ON-G Models) Description Thickness, W×L (mm / inch)

Cat. No. AAA12611 AAA12612

Suitable for

5, 150×280 / 0.2, 5.9×11 5, 150×380 / 0.2, 5.9×15

OF-02G/P, ON-02G OF-12G/P, 22G/P, ON-12G, 22G

Fan-Speed Adjuster

Recorders

Adjustable inner air circulation speed, which protects spreading out powder sample. (only for OF-G Models)

Easy recognizable digital recorders for efficient temperature indicating.

Cat. No.

Description

Suitable for

AAA12701

Analog Dial Control

OF - 02G, 12G, 22G

Cat. No. AAA8T500 AAAE1503

Description Recorder (6 Point) Recorder (Thermal Line type)

Suitable for OF-300G/H, 450G/H, 750G/H

Ovens

Accessories & Options for Vacuum Ovens

Safety Covers

Viton Gaskets

Vacuum Pumps

Cold Trap Baths

Safety Covers

Gaskets

In case of the glass is destroyed, the netted steel frame and polycarbonate sheet cover prevent user from glass splinters.

Viton (fluorine rubber) door gaskets can be provided upon request.

Cat. No. AAA13603 AAA13604

Description Safety Cover Safety Cover

Suitable for OV-11 OV-12

Cat. No. FAA5146 FAA5187 FAA5147 FAA5188

Description Silicone Gasket Viton (fluorine rubber) Gasket Silicone Gasket Viton (fluorine rubber) Gasket

Suitable for OV-11 OV-12

Related Products for Vacuum Ovens (Organization chart for use of Vacuum oven with Pump and Cold trap bath)

Vacuum Pumps

Cold Trap Baths

Rotary vacuum pumps with directly connected oil seal prevent air reflux and provide high vacuum pressure for vacuum ovens.

CTB-10 cold trap baths equipped with two U-type glass traps prevent a vacuum pump from vapors or contamination.

Cat. No. BEH73105K BEH73501

Electrical Requirements 230V, 50 / 60Hz Oil Mist Trap

Suitable for MVP-6 Related Accessory

â˛ź In order to get rid of evaporated oil or to block oil in-flow, an optional oil mist trap is recommended. (Refer to Page 93 for additional information.)

Cat. No. AAH62011K AAH62012K AAA62501

Description 230V, 60Hz 230V, 50Hz U-type Glass Trap

Suitable for CTB-10 Related Accessory

â˛ź In addition to standard accessories, we can also provide customized accessories to meet your specific requirements. Please contact your local dealer for more details.

Pumps Electrical Aspirator Pump Portable dual-channel water-jet aspirator pumps Creating a vacuum by means of Venturi effect, VE-11 aspirator pumps are suitable for rotary vacuum evaporation, decompression distillation, vacuum drying, and vacuum filtering.

Features t Built-in circulating pump and water tank make the unit portable. t Circulating pump continuously pumps water quietly across a set of aspirators, and is therefore clean and efficient. t Built-in check valve prevents backflow of water into the aspirator pump. t Corrosion-resistant construction of all wetted parts with 304 stainless steel, polypropylene, silicone, or nickelcoated brass. t Water tank features a drain port and a spigot for easy changing of water.

Included Accessories t Water tank, aspirator pump, tank closure t Two aspirators t Two 20cm long Ø 6mm (0.2˝) silicone rubber tubes

VE-11 with optional vacuum gauge / regulator

t One 100cm long Ø 8mm (0.3˝) silicone rubber tube

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Max. Vacuum (Mpa / Hg) Free-air Capacity Material

Dimension

Electrical Requirements Cat. No.

Bath Aspirator Bath Internal (W×L , D) (mm / inch) Overall (W×L×H) (mm / inch) Inhale Nozzle Drain Cook, Over Flow Nozzle (mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / lbs)

VE-11 9.5 / 0.3 0.0998 / 29.5” 18L / minute (0.6 cfm) ×2ea Polypropylene Nickel-coated Brass ×2ea 298×210, 227 / 11.7×8.3 ,8.9 330×265×390 / 13×10.4×15.4 external Ø9.5mm (0.4”) ×2ea Ø17 / 0.7 5.7 / 12.6 230, 60Hz / 0.7A 230, 50Hz / 0.7A AAH71011K AAH71015K

120, 60Hz / 1.4A AAH71016U

Electrical Aspirator Pump Rotary Vacuum Pump

Optional Accessories t Vacuum gauge with regulator: to monitor and control the vacuum pressure. (between 0.0267~0.0998MPa / 7.9~29.5˝ Hg)

t Cooling coil: to prevent vacuum from decreasing due to temperature increase. Description

Cooling Coil

Cat. No.

Vacuum Gauge with Regulator Cooling Coil Aspirator (1 ea) Aspirator (10 ea)

AAA71531 AAA71501 EFA9111 AAH71122

Aspirators

Rotary Vacuum Pump Features t Rotary vacuum pump equipped with direct connect oil seal prevents air reflux, essentially used with vacuum ovens to achieve a higher level of vacuum pressure. t Oil mist trap, an optional feature, prevents oil in-flow.

Specifications & Ordering Information MVP - 6

Model

60 Hz

Pumping Speed (L / min) Max. Pressure (Pa) Motor Power (W) Motor Speed (rpm) Recommended Oil (L) Inlet / Outlet Port (DN) Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirement Cat. No.

50 Hz

100 6.7×10 -2 400 1750 1.1 25KF 22.5 (49.6lb) 230V

1450

BEH73105K

Optional Accessories Model MVP-6

Electrical Requirement Oil Mist Trap

Cat. No.

MVP-6 Rotary Vacuum Pump

Optional Accessories t Oil Mist Traps (TMF -12)

BEA700104

Recirculating Coolers SELECTION GUIDE

Recirculating Coolers Description

Recirculating Coolers (General Models)

Recirculating Coolers

General Models

Pump (50Hz) Cooling Working Temp. Range Capacity Max. Flow Rate Max. Pressure (Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 20Ⳅ (Kw) (L / min, gal / min) (bar / psi)

HX-20

1.9

HX-25

2.4

HX-20H HX-25H HX-35H

+3 to 40 / +37.4 to 104

3.6 4.7

Recirculating Coolers

HX-55H

7.1

HL-05

0.6

HL-10

0.7

HL-15

1.45

(High Temp. Models)

Recirculating Coolers

HL-20 Low Temp. Models

(Compact Models)

HL-15H HL-20H

2.5 3.3

HL-45H

6.5

HL-55H

7.1

HS-15

1.45

HS-20

1.8 2.5 - 20 to 40 / - 4 to 104

3.3 7.1

HS-45H

6.5

HS-55H

7.1

HH-15

1.45

HH-20

1.8 - 20 to 80 / - 4 to 176

2.5

40 / 10.57

2.8 / 40.61

70 / 18.49

6 / 87.02

40 / 10.57

3.3 / 47.86

6.5

HH-55H

7.1 - 20 to 30 / -4 to 86

100

102

70 / 18.49

6 / 87.02

40 / 10.57

3.3 / 47.86 104

3.3

HH-45H

RC-05

1 / 14.50

6.5

HS-55

High Temp. HH-25 Models HH-35

Compact Models

1.8

HL-35H

HS-45

50 / 13.2

1.45

HL-25H

HS-35

4.3 / 62.37

1.8 - 20 to 40 / - 4 to 104

HS-25 Advanced Low Temp. Models

28 / 7.39

2.4

HX-45H

Recirculating Coolers

1.58 / 22.92

1.9

(Low Temp. Models) (Advanced Low Temp. Models)

38 / 10.03

Page

0.58

70 / 18.49

6 / 87.02

26 / 6.87

0.7 / 10.15

106

Accessories & Options Description for Recirculating Coolers

Page 108 - 109

GENERAL APPLICATIONS

General Applications

Recirculating Coolers HX Models HL/HS/HH Models

AAS Autoclaves Calorimeters CCM cameras Combinatorial chemistry Cooling of peltier elements Diffusion pumps Distillation apparatus Dosing and gluing techniques Drying of gas Electrophoresis chambers Gas chromatographs General industries General laboratory apparatus Lasers Mass spectrometers Mills and kneaders NMR Pilot plants Plastic industries Reaction vessels Rotary evaporators SEM Semiconductor industries Soxhlet installation Spectrometers Vacuum systems

t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t

t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t

* Above listed applications are for general purpose use.

TECHNICAL BENEFITS Safety Features 1) Self - protecting cut-off function and signal - For over temp. the power supply is automatically cut from controller systematically before the unit shuts down. (except for HH Models) - Over current circuit breaker for user safety. 2) Low fluid level and dry-running protection: - Intermittent tone alert sounds and optical signals alarms display on the control panel. 3) Double service valve provided to prevent refrigerant leakage.

Optimum Control Features

Constructional Features

1) Functional LCD (resolution 0.1âł&#x201E;) keypad type display (only for RC-05, HX Models) - Clear and easy-to-use LCD display.

1) High quality #304 grade stainless inner bath and dirt repellent powder coated external surface.

2) Designed to simplify operation with a VFD touch screen type display.

2) Stainless steel submerged parts are resistant to corrosion against all usual bath fluids.

(only for HL / HS / HH Models)

- Self-diagnostic function identifies equipment errors. - Recognizable and convenient keypad. 3) Bright LED water level indicator. 4) Pump pressure gauge. (except for RC-05)

3) Pump pressure can be controlled using a bypass function. (only for HX-H type) 4) Removable gridded vent for reducing condenser contamination and to facilitate cleanliness.

5) Run, compressing, pumping visual indicator.

5) Wheels allow for easy mobility.

6) Eco-friendly R-404A or R507 refrigerant.

6) Computer Interface. (only for HS / HH Models)

7) Hot gas by-pass. (only for HL Models)

7) Warning alarm/monitoring system. - Over temperature. - Lack of bath solutions. 8) Pressure gauge comes standard with recirculating units to provide fluid system diagnostics at a glance and for observing the pump pressure.

8) Integrated heaters with high temp. stability. (only for HH Models)

(except for RC-05)

Recirculating Coolers (Chillers) Recirculating Coolers (General Models)

Providing a constant temperature control and high cooling efficiency. Operating cost can be reduced by using the recirculator for cooling water. It is eco-friendly and reduces energy consumption.

Operating Features t Temperature range is from 3âł&#x201E; to 40âł&#x201E; t Clear and easy-to-use LCD display. (resolution 0.1âł&#x201E;) t Bright LED water level indicator can be seen from a distance. t Low fluid level and dry-running protection when triggered shows an error symbol on the display and an audible buzzer sound. t If the equipment operates at 40âł&#x201E; or above due to the external environment, user can simply identify the error with a visual signal or an audible buzzer sound. t Pump pressure can be controlled using a by-pass function. (only for H type)

Constructional Features t The refrigerating system is designed to reduce energy consumption and to maximize in refrigerating efficiency. t Eco-friendly R-404A refrigerant is used to prevent environmental pollution. Double service valve is used to prevent refrigerant leakage. t Removable gridded vent for reducing condenser contamination and to facilitate cleanliness. t A wide (Ă&#x2DC;50mm / 1.97â&#x20AC;ł) solution inlet is for easy and safe pouring of solution into the recirculating cooler. t Pressure gauge comes standard with chiller units to provide fluid system diagnostics at a glance and for observing the pump pressure. t Wheels allow for easy mobility throughout the lab. t Different types of pumps and valves come standard with the chiller to provide versatility. t Variety of accessories are available to meet userâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s different lab environment needs. (refer to accessories) LCD Display

Testing in accordance with DIN EN 12876 Optional Accessories see page 108-109

Pressure Gauge

Level Indicator

t Fittings, Adapters t Tubing, Insulations t Tube Clamps t Bath Fluid

Recirculating Coolers (Chillers) Recirculating Coolers (General Models)

Pumping Capacities (bath fluid: water) Magnetic Pump

Centrifugal Pump

Flow Rate(L/min)

t )9

t )9 ) ) ) ) )

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Temperature1) (bath fluid : water)

Working Temperature Range (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

Max. Flow Rate

HX-20H

HX-25H

HX-35H

HX-45H2)

HX-55H2)

+3 to 40 / +37.4 to 104

1.9 1.4 1

2.4 1.7 1.4

1.9 1.4 1

2.4 1.7 1.4

38 / 10.03

28 / 7.39

Max. Pressure (bar / psi)

1.58 / 22.92

4.3 / 62.37

Max. Filling Capacity

35 / 1.24

(L / min, gal / min)

(L / cu ft)

Dimension

HX-25

Temperature 1 / 1.8 Stability at 15âł&#x201E; (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

at 20âł&#x201E; (kW) Cooling Capacity at 10âł&#x201E; (kW) (bath fluid : water) at 5âł&#x201E; (kW) Pump

HX-20

For Tubing Dia (mm / inch)

4.7 3.6 2.9

7.1 5.1 4.2

45 / 1.59

20 / 3/4

Overall (WĂ&#x2014;LĂ&#x2014;H, mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (380V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (380V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

3.6 3.1 2.4

620Ă&#x2014;785Ă&#x2014;990 / 24.4Ă&#x2014;30.9Ă&#x2014;39

745Ă&#x2014;800Ă&#x2014;1095 / 29.3Ă&#x2014;31.5Ă&#x2014;43.1

93 / 205 8.5A AAH64011K 7A AAH64012K 17A AAH64013U

101 / 223 9A AAH64021K 7.6A AAH64022K 22A AAH64023U

97 / 214 9A AAH64111K 10.5A AAH64112K

105 / 231 9.5A AAH64121K 11A AAH64122K

120 / 265 15A AAH64131K 17A AAH64132K

130 / 287 19A AAH64141K

140 / 309

10A AAH64149K 7A AAH64148K

11.5A AAH64159K 8.5A AAH64158K

1) Technical data according to DIN 12876 2) Only HX-45H, 55H is recorded by 380V, 60Hz.

Recirculating Coolers (Chillers) Recirculating Coolers (Low Temp. Models)

Powerful recirculating coolers, the HL Models provide a wide range of cooling capacities with temperature reliability. Innovative control system, with a dynamic pumping capacity, and ideal for external temp. applications. Broad range of models to choose from based on working temperature range.

Operating Features t Temperature range is from -20âł&#x201E; to 40âł&#x201E; t Bright LED water level indicator can be easily identified. t Low fluid level and dry-running protection when triggered shows an error symbol on the display and an audible sound. t If the equipment operates at 40âł&#x201E; or above due to the external environment, user can simply identify the error with a visual or an audible sound. t Designed to simplify operation with a touch screen type display. - Easy-to-read VFD display with interactive touch keys. - Setting and resolution indication 0.1âł&#x201E;/âł&#x2026; - Quick keypad lock prevents accidental parameter changes. - Signal indicator for operation status.

Constructional Features t The refrigerating system is designed to reduce energy consumption and to maximize in refrigerating efficiency. t Eco-friendly R-404A / R507 refrigerant is used to prevent environmental pollution. Double service valve is used to prevent refrigerant leakage. t Removable gridded vent for reducing condenser contamination and to facilitate cleanliness. t A wide (Ă&#x2DC;120mm / 4.72â&#x20AC;ł) solution inlet is for easy and safe pouring of solution into the recirculating cooler. t Pressure gauge comes standard for observing the pump pressure. t The refrigeration system can be observed easily to diagnostic at a glance by high / low pressure gauges. (HL-25H, 35H, 45H, 55H Models)

t Wheels allow for easy mobility. t Different types of pumps come standard with the recirculating cooler to provide versatility. t Warning alarm/monitoring system. - Over temperature. - Lack of bath solutions.

Testing in accordance with DIN EN 12876 Optional Accessories see page 108-109

100

t Fittings, Adapters t Tubing, Insulations t Tube Clamps t Bath Fluid

Recirculating Coolers (Chillers) Recirculating Coolers (Low Temp. Models) Pumping Capacities (Bath fluid : ethylene glycol mix 1:1 water) Submersible Pump

Flow Rate(L/min)

t )-

Flow Rate(L/min)

t )- ) ) ) )

t )- ) )

Specifications & Ordering Information Certification without HL-45H / 55H

Model Temperature 1) (Bath fluid : ethylene glycol mix 1:1 water)

Cooling Capacity (bath fluid : ethylene glycol mix 1:1 water)

Pump

Working Temperature Range (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

HL-10

HL-15

HL-20

HL-15H

HL-20H

HL-25H

HL-35H

HL-45H 2) HL-55H 2)

-20 to 40 / -4 to 104

Temperature Stability 1 / 1.8 at 15âł&#x201E;, (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;) at 20âł&#x201E; (kw)

0.6

0.7

1.45

1.8

1.45

1.8

2.5

3.3

6.5

7.1

at 10âł&#x201E; (kw)

0.5

0.6

1.15

1.5

1.15

1.5

1.8

2.3

4.5

at 0âł&#x201E; (kw)

0.35

0.42

0.86

1.15

0.86

1.15

1.1

1.7

4.1

at -10âł&#x201E; (kw)

0.18

0.32

0.62

0.85

0.62

0.85

0.65

2.1

2.5

at -20âł&#x201E; (kw)

0.04

0.14

0.3

0.40

0.3

0.4

0.55

1.2

1.5

Max. Flow Rate

50 / 13.2

40 / 10.57

70 / 18.49

1 / 14.5

2.8 / 40.6

6 / 87

(L / min, gal / min)

Max. Pressure (bar / psi)

Dimension

HL-05

Max,. Filling Capacity (L, cu ft)

7.5 / 0.26

For Tubing Dia

20 / 3/4

(mm / inch)

Overall (WxLxH, mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electric Requirement (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electric Requirement (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Electric Requirement (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

13.5 / 0.47

25 / 0.88

39 /1.37

405Ă&#x2014;620Ă&#x2014;710 / 15.9Ă&#x2014;24.4Ă&#x2014;28

515Ă&#x2014;715Ă&#x2014; 835 / 20.3Ă&#x2014;28.1Ă&#x2014;32.9

550Ă&#x2014;900Ă&#x2014;1140 / 21.7Ă&#x2014;35.4Ă&#x2014;44.9

605Ă&#x2014;1045Ă&#x2014;1300 / 23.8Ă&#x2014;41.4Ă&#x2014;51.2

62.85 / 138.6

64.85 / 143

86.5 / 190.7

87.35 / 192.9

91.8 / 202.4

141.3 / 310.9

146.3 / 321.9

171 Âą10 / 377 Âą22

176 Âą10 / 388 Âą22

5.5A

6.5A

7.5A

6.5A

9.5A

13.5A -

92.65 / 204.3 7.5A

AAH65001K AAH65011K AAH65021K AAH65031K AAH65121K AAH65131K AAH65141K AAH65151K 4.5A

7.5A

12.5A

AAH65002K AAH65012K AAH65022K AAH65032K AAH65122K AAH65132K AAH65142K AAH65152K 10A

11A

13A

15A

AAH65003U AAH65013U AAH65023U AAH65033U

Electric Requirement (380V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

AAH65169K AAH65179K

AAH65168K AAH65178K

Electric Requirement (380V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

5.5A 5A

1) Technical data according to DIN 12876. 2) Only HL-45H, 55H is recorded by 380V, 60Hz.

101

Recirculating Coolers (Chillers) Recirculating Coolers (Advanced Low Temp. Models)

Adjustable, precise PID temperature controller beneficial for various cooling tasks, for use in the science, research, and industrial laboratories. Innovative and exclusive controller can be adjusted the cooling capacity from 1% to 100%

Operating Features t Temperature range is from -20âł&#x201E; to 40âł&#x201E; t As an option an external sensor can be directly installed into the cooling circuit for monitoring and regulating of temp. t Precise temperature stability Âą 0.2âł&#x201E; (at 15âł&#x201E;) without heater. t Bright LED water level indicator can be easily identified. t Low fluid level and dry-running protection when triggered shows an error symbol on the display and an audible sound. t If the equipment operates at 40âł&#x201E; or above due to the external environment, user can simply identify the error with a visual or an audible sound. t Designed to simplify operation with a touch screen type display. - Setting and resolution indication 0.1âł&#x201E;/âł&#x2026; - Quick keypad lock prevents accidental parameter changes.

Constructional Features t The refrigerating system is designed to reduce energy consumption and to maximize in refrigerating efficiency. t Available external temperature sensor (Pt 100) for measured value. t RS-232C and software included. - Storage of program information, backup of temperature settings, recovery, and excel saving format capabilities. t Eco-friendly R-404A / R507 refrigerant. t Double service valve for preventing refrigerant leakage. t Removable gridded vent for reducing condenser contamination and to facilitate cleanliness. t A wide (Ă&#x2DC;37mm / 4.72â&#x20AC;ł) solution inlet is for easy and safe pouring of solution into the recirculating cooler. t Pressure gauge comes standard for observing the pump pressure.

Digital Controller

t The refrigeration system can be observed easily to diagnostic at a glance by high / low pressure gauges. (HS-25, 35, 45H, 55H Models)

t Different types of pumps come standard with the recirculating cooler to provide versatility. External Sensor

Alarm Output

RS-232 Serial Port & Etc

102

RS-232 Serial

t Warning alarm/monitoring system. - Over temperature. - Lack of bath solutions.

Recirculating Coolers (Chillers) Recirculating Coolers (Advanced Low Temp. Models) Pumping Capacities (bath fluid: water) Submersible Pump

Flow Rate(L/min)

t )4

t )4 ) )

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Temperature 1) (bath fluid : ethylene glycol mix 1:1 water)

Cooling Capacity (bath fluid : ethylene glycol mix 1:1 water)

Pump

HS-20

Working Temperature range (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

-20 to 40 / -4 to 104

Temperature Stability at 15âł&#x201E;, (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

0.2 / 0.36

HS-25

HS-35

HS-45

HS-55

HS-45H2)

HS-55H2)

7.1

at 20âł&#x201E; (kw)

1.45

1.8

2.5

3.3

6.5

7.1

6.5

at 10âł&#x201E; (kw)

1.15

1.5

1.8

2.3

4.5

at 0âł&#x201E; (kw)

0.86

1.15

1.1

1.7

4.1

at -10âł&#x201E; (kw)

0.62

0.85

0.65

2.1

2.5

2.1

2.5

at -20âł&#x201E; (kw)

0.3

0.4

0.55

1.2

1.5

1.2

1.5

Max. Flow Rate

40 / 10.57

70 / 18.49

3.3 / 47.86

6 / 87

(L / min, gal / min)

Max. Pressure (bar / psi)

Dimension

HS-15

Max. Filling Capacity (L, cu ft)

13.5 / 0.47

For Tubing Dia

20 / 3/4

(mm / inch)

Overall (WĂ&#x2014;LĂ&#x2014;H, mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electric Requirement (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electric Requirement (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

25 / 0.88

39 /1.37

515Ă&#x2014;715Ă&#x2014; 835 / 20.3Ă&#x2014;28.1Ă&#x2014;32.9

550Ă&#x2014;900Ă&#x2014;1140 / 21.7Ă&#x2014;35.4Ă&#x2014;44.9

605Ă&#x2014;1045Ă&#x2014;1300 / 23.8Ă&#x2014;41.4Ă&#x2014;51.2

91.8 / 202.4

141.3 / 310.9

168 Âą10 / 370 Âą22

92.65 / 204.3

146.3 / 321.9

6.5 A

7.5 A

9.5 A

13.5 A

AAH66011K

AAH66021K

AAH66031K

AAH66041K

7.5 A

12.5 A

AAH66012K

AAH66022K

AAH66032K

AAH66042K

Electric Requirement (380V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No.

173Âą10 / 381 Âą22 -

171 Âą10 / 377 Âą22 -

176 Âą10 / 388 Âą22 -

5.5 A

AAH66058K

AAH66068K

AAH55158K

AAH66168K

1) Technical data according to DIN 12876. 2) Only HS-45H, 55H is recorded by 380V, 60Hz.

103

Recirculating Coolers (Chillers)

Recirculating Coolers (High Temp. Models)

Broad temperature ranging up to 80âł&#x201E; for various applications. Also integrated heaters greatly provides high temperature stability.

Operating Features t Temperature range is from -20âł&#x201E; to 80âł&#x201E; t As an option an external sensor can be directly installed into the cooling circuit for monitoring and regulating of temp. t Precise temperature stability Âą 0.1âł&#x201E; (at 15âł&#x201E;) with integrated heaters. t Bright LED water level indicator can be easily identified. t Low fluid level and dry-running protection when triggered shows an error symbol on the display and an audible sound. t If the equipment operates at 80âł&#x201E; or above due to the external environment, user can simply identify the error with a visual or an audible sound. t Designed to simplify operation with a touch screen type display. - Setting and resolution indication 0.1âł&#x201E;/âł&#x2026; - Quick keypad lock prevents accidental parameter changes.

Constructional Features t The refrigerating system is designed to reduce energy consumption and to maximize in refrigerating efficiency. t Available external temperature sensor (Pt 100) for measured value. t RS-232C and software included. - Storage of program information, backup of temperature settings, recovery, and excel saving format capabilities. t Eco-friendly R-404A / R507 refrigerant. t Double service valve for preventing refrigerant leakage. t Removable gridded vent for reducing condenser contamination and to facilitate cleanliness. t A wide (Ă&#x2DC;120mm / 4.72â&#x20AC;ł) solution inlet is for easy and safe pouring of solution into the recirculating cooler. t Pressure gauge comes standard for observing the pump pressure.

Digital Controller

t The refrigeration system can be observed easily to diagnostic at a glance by high / low pressure gauges. (HH-25, 35, 45H, 55H Models)

t Different types of pumps come standard with the recirculating cooler to provide versatility.

."9 âł&#x201E; .*/ âł&#x201E;

âł&#x201E;

07&3 5&.1 -*.*5

External Sensor

Alarm Output

Temp. limit & RS-232 Serial & Etc

104

RS-232 Serial

t Warning alarm/monitoring system. - Over temperature. - Lack of bath solutions.

Recirculating Coolers (Chillers) Recirculating Coolers (High Temp. Models) Pumping Capacities (bath fluid : ethylene glycol mix 1:1 water) Submersible Pump

t ))

t )) ) )

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Temperature 1) (bath fluid : ethylene glycol mix 1:1 water)

Cooling Capacity (bath Fluid : ethylene glycol mix 1:1 water)

Dimension

HH-20

HH-25

HH-35

HH-45H 2)

HH-55H 2)

-20 to 80 / - 4 to 176

Temperature Stability at 15âł&#x201E;, (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

0.1 / 0.2

at 80âł&#x201E; (kw)

2.5

3.5

at 40âł&#x201E; (kw)

0.9

2.4

2.5

4.5

at 20âł&#x201E; (kw)

1.45

1.8

2.5

3.3

6.5

7.1

at 0âł&#x201E; (kw)

0.86

1.15

1.1

1.7

4.1

at -20âł&#x201E; (kw)

0.3

0.4

0.55

1.2

1.5

Heating Capacity(kw) Pump

HH-15

Working Temperature Range (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

Max. Flow Rate (L / min, gal / min) 40 / 10.6 Max. Pressure (bar / psi)

3.3 / 47.9

Max. Filling Capacity (L, cu ft)

13.5 / 0.47

For Tubing Dia (mm / inch)

20 / 3/4

Overall (Wx Dx H, mm / inch)

515Ă&#x2014;715Ă&#x2014; 835 / 20.3Ă&#x2014;28.1Ă&#x2014;32.9

Net Weight (kg / Ibs)

92 / 202.8

Electric Requirement (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electric Requirement (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

70 / 18.5 6 / 87

93 / 205

25 / 0.88

39 / 1.37

550Ă&#x2014;900Ă&#x2014;1140 / 21.7Ă&#x2014;35.4Ă&#x2014;44.9

605Ă&#x2014;1045Ă&#x2014;1300 / 23.8Ă&#x2014;41.4Ă&#x2014;51.2

142 / 313

147 / 324

15A

16A

27A

31A

AAH67011K

AAH67021K

AAH67031K

AAH67041K

14.5A

15.5A

25A

30A

AAH67012K

AAH67022K

AAH67032K

AAH67042K

Electric Requirement (380V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

Electric Requirement (380V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

7.5

171Âą10 / -

176Âą10 / 388Âą22 -

14.5A

16A

AAH67159K

AAH67169K

14A

15A

AAH67158K

AAH67168K

1) Technical data according to DIN 12876. 2) Only HH- 45H, 55H is recorded by 380V, 60Hz.

â˛ź Above specification value is recorded by 50Hz. â˛ź The performance values refer to +20âł&#x201E;(68âł&#x2026;) ambient temperature. â˛ź Product performance may be affected by ambient temperatures. â˛ź Under the condition of no-load operation, cooling capacity should be lower than heating capacity.

105

Recirculating Coolers (Chillers) Recirculating Coolers (Compact Model)

This compact designed model is ideal for cooling small laboratory equipments in daily use. All the operating parts are located in front for extremely easy handling.

Operating Features t Temperature range is from -20âł&#x201E; to 30âł&#x201E; t Clear and easy-to-use LCD display. (resolution 0.1âł&#x201E;) t Bright LED water level indicator can be seen from a distance. t Low fluid level and dry-running protection when triggered shows an error symbol on the display and an audible buzzer sound. t If the equipment operates at 30âł&#x201E; or above due to the external environment, user can simply identify the error with a visual signal or an audible buzzer sound.

Constructional Features t Compact design for space saving. The unit is suitable for stable temperature adjustment of compact devices such as rotary evaporators in laboratory. t The refrigerating system is designed to reduce energy consumption and to maximize in refrigerating efficiency. t Eco-friendly R-507 refrigerant is used to prevent environmental pollution. t Double service valve is used to prevent refrigerant leakage. t Removable gridded vent for reducing condenser contamination and to facilitate cleanliness. t A wide (Ă&#x2DC;37mm / 1.46â˛ť) solution inlet is for easy and safe pouring of solution into the recirculating cooler. t Variety of accessories are available to meet userâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s different lab environment needs. (refer to accessories)

Testing in accordance with DIN EN 12876 Optional Accessories see page 108-109

Level Indicator

106

LCD Display

t Adapters t Tubing, Insulations t Tube Clamps t Bath Fluid

Recirculating Coolers (Chillers) Recirculating Coolers (Compact Model) Pumping Capacities (bath fluid: ethanol) Magnetic Pump

Flow Rate(L/min)

t 3$

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Working Temperature Range Temperature1)

Temperature Stability at 15âł&#x201E; (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;) (bath fluid : water)

Cooling Capacity (bath fluid : ethanol)

Pump

-20 to 30 / -4 to 86 1 / 1.8

at 20âł&#x201E; (kW) at 10âł&#x201E; (kW) at 0âł&#x201E; (kW) at -10âł&#x201E; (kW) at -20âł&#x201E; (kW)

0.58 0.45 0.35 0.27 0.11

Max. Flow Rate

26 / 6.87

(L / min, gal / min)

Max. Pressure (bar / psi)

0.7 / 10.15

Max. Filling Capacity

5 / 0.18

(L / cu ft)

Dimension

RC-05 (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

For Tubing Dia (mm / inch)

Overall (WĂ&#x2014;LĂ&#x2014;H, mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

9.5 / 3/8 300Ă&#x2014;550Ă&#x2014;530 / 11.8Ă&#x2014;21.7Ă&#x2014;20.9 45 / 99.2 4A ACH651011K 4A ACH651012K

1) Technical data according to DIN 12876

â˛ź Above specification value is recorded by 60Hz. â˛ź The performance values refer to +20âł&#x201E;(68âł&#x2026;) ambient temperature. â˛ź Product performance may be affected by ambient temperatures.

107

Recirculating Coolers (Chillers)

Accessories & Options

Barbed Fittings

Connectors / Adapters

One Touch Adapters Set

Flexible Fittings

Barbed Fittings Barbed fitting systems are geared for quick connecting of various size type tubes using pipe fittings, tube fittings, and hose fittings without tools. Cat. No. HXE1066 HXE1067 HXE1068 HXE1069 HXE1070 AAA64501 AAA64502 AAA64503 AAA64504 AAA64505 AAA64506 AAA64507 AAA64508 AAA64509 AAA64510

Description 3/4” Male to Barbed Fitting for Tubing 1” inner dia 3/4” Male to Barbed Fitting for Tubing 3/4” inner dia 3/4” Male to Barbed Fitting for Tubing 5/8” inner dia 3/4” Male to Barbed Fitting for Tubing 1/2” inner dia 3/4” Male to Barbed Fitting for Tubing 3/8” inner dia 1” Barbed Fittings Set with Ball Valve 3/4” Barbed Fittings Set with Ball Valve 5/8” Barbed Fittings Set with Ball Valve 1/2” Barbed Fittings Set with Ball Valve 3/8” Barbed Fittings Set with Ball Valve 1” Barbed Fittings Set with Gate Valve 3/4” Barbed Fittings Set with Gate Valve 5/8” Barbed Fittings Set with Gate Valve 1/2” Barbed Fittings Set with Gate Valve 3/8” Barbed Fittings Set with Gate Valve

Connectors / Adapters Cat. No. HXE1105 HXE1106 HXE1107 HXE1108 HXE1109 HXE1110 HXE1111 HXE1112

Description 3/4” Male to 3/4” Female 3/4” Male to 5/8” Female 3/4” Male to 1/2” Female 3/4” Male to 3/8” Female 3/4” Male to 3/4” Male 3/4” Male to 5/8” Male 3/4” Male to 1/2” Male 3/4” Male to 3/8” Male

One touch Adapters Set Connect and exchange rigid tubing easily. Cat. No. HXE1075 HXE1076 HXE1077 HXE1078 AAA64531 AAA64532 AAA64533 AAA64534

Description 12mm One Touch Adapter 10mm One Touch Adapter 8mm One Touch Adapter 6mm One Touch Adapter 12mm Adapters Set with Ball Valve 10mm Adapters Set with Ball Valve 8mm Adapters Set with Ball Valve 6mm Adapters Set with Ball Valve

id 9mm, od 12mm id 6.5mm, od 10mm id 5.5mm, od 8mm id 4mm, od 6mm

Flexible Fittings Stainless tubing designed for superior flexibility and with good chemical resistance. Cat. No. HXE1071 HXE1072 AAA64521 AAA64522 AAA64523 AAA64524

108

Description 3/4” Male to 3/4” Flexible Fitting 3/4” Male to 1/2” Female with 1/2” Male to1/2” Flexible Fitting 3/4” Flexible Fittings Set with Ball Valve 1/2” Flexible Fittings Set with Ball Valve 3/4” Flexible Fittings Set with Gate Valve 1/2” Flexible Fittings Set with Gate Valve

Recirculating Coolers (Chillers) Accessories & Options

Distributing Fittings

Tubing

Tubing Insulations

Tube Clamps

Tubing Cat. No.

Description

HXE1079 HXE1080 HXE1081 HXE1082 HXE1083 HXE1084 HXE1085 HXE1086 HXE1087 HXE1088 HXE1089 HXE1090 HXE1091 HXE1092

1m 12mm Urethane Tubing 1m 10mm Urethane Tubing 1m 8mm Urethane Tubing 1m 6mm Urethane Tubing 1m 1” PVC Tubing with Thread 1m 3/4” PVC Tubing with Thread 1m 5/8” PVC Tubing with Thread 1m 1/2” PVC Tubing with Thread 1m 3/8” PVC Tubing with Thread 1m 1” PVC Tubing with Wire 1m 3/4” PVC Tubing with Wire 1m 5/8” PVC Tubing with Wire 1m 1/2” PVC Tubing with Wire 1m 3/8” PVC Tubing with Wire

id 9mm, od 12mm id 6.5mm, od 10mm id 5.5mm, od 8mm id 4mm, od 6mm id 25mm, od 31mm id 19mm, od 24mm id 16mm, od 20.5mm id 12mm, od 16mm id 10mm, od 14mm id 25mm, od 33mm id 19mm, od 26mm id 15mm, od 22mm id 12mm, od 18mm id 9mm, od 15mm

Tubing Insulations EPDM insulation is used to reduce heat loss and condensation from cold water plumbing, chilled water, and refrigeration lines. Cat. No. HXE1093 HXE1094 HXE1095 HXE1096 HXE1097

Description EPDM Insulation, 16mm inner dia.(9T) EPDM Insulation, 19mm inner dia.(9T) EPDM Insulation, 25mm inner dia.(9T) EPDM Insulation, 28mm inner dia.(9T) EPDM Insulation, 35mm inner dia.(9T)

Flexible Tubing Cat. No. HXE1073 HXE1074

Description 3/4” Flexible Tubing (sus304, m) 1/2” Flexible Tubing (sus304, m)

Tube Clamps Cat. No. HXE1098 HXE1099 HXE1100 HXE1101 HXE1102

Bath Fluid Description

1” Clamp 3/4” Clamp 5/8” Clamp 1/2” Clamp 3/8” Clamp

Are bath fluids that may be suitable to use with the recirculating cooler, in place of water. Cat. No. HXE1113 HXE1114 HXE1115

Description Distilled Water (20L) Ethylene Glycol (4L) Ethylene Glycol (20L)

Distribution Fittings

External Sensor (only for HS, HH Models)

Distributing fittings connect even with small tubes with barb fittings.

External temperature sensor (Pt 100) for measured value.

Cat. No. AAA64541 AAA64542

Description 3-Way Distributing Barbed Fittings Set (1/4”) 3-Way Distributing Barbed Fittings Set (3/8”)

Cat. No. CFA1946

Description 3m Cable for Pt 100 Sensor

109

Refrigerators & Freezers SELECTION GUIDE

Laboratory Cooling Description

Operating Chamber Temp. Range Volume (Ⳅ/ⳅ)

CLG-150

Laboratory Refrigerators

CLG-300

Laboratory Refrigerators

Laboratory Freezers

CLG-650 CLG-850

Blood Bank Refrigerators

FHG-300

Plasma Freezers Pharmacy Refrigerators

FHG-650 Laboratory Freezers

Pharmacy Freezers

FMG-150 FMG-300 FMG-650 FCG-150 FCG-300 FCG-650

Shelve Page or Drawer

156 / 5.5 2 to 10 / 35.6 to 50

CLG-1400 FHG-150

(L /cu ft)

Door type

319 / 11.3 636 / 22.5 843 / 29.7

Glass or Solid

Shelve

112

Solid

Shelve

114

1395 / 49.3 -15 to 0 / 5 to 32

-25 to -15 / -13 to 5 -35 to -25 / -31 to -13

156 / 5.5 319 / 11.3 636 / 22.5 156 / 5.5 319 / 11.3 636 / 22.5 156 / 5.5 319 / 11.3 636 / 22.5

Medical Cooling Description

Operating Chamber Temp. Range Volume (Ⳅ/ⳅ)

Blood Bank Refrigerators

BSR-300

Plasma Freezers

BSF-300

Pharmacy Refrigerators

PSR-300

Pharmacy freezer

PSF-300

BSR-650 BSF-650 PSR-650 PSF-650

4/ 39.2

(L /cu ft)

308 / 10.9 667 / 23.6

-40 to -25 / -40 to -13

297 / 10.5

2 to 10 / 35.6 to 50

308 / 10.9

-40 to -20 / -40 to -4

297 / 10.5

647 / 22.8 667 / 23.6 647 / 22.8

Door type

Shelve Page or Drawer

Glass

Drawer

116

Solid

Drawer

117

Glass

Shelve

118

Solid

Shelve

119

Accessories & Options Description

Page

for Laboratory Cooling

120

for Medical Cooling

121

GENERAL APPLICATIONS Laboratory Cooling Chemical, Reagents, Culture storage. Temperature Sensitive Material, Enzyme storage, Pre-Freezing.

Medical Cooling Valuable blood and blood plasma storage in life science. Sensitive phamaceutical products and vaccine storage in clinics, hospitals, retail pharmacies.

TECHNICAL BENEFITS Safety Features

Optimum Control Features

1) High as well as low temperature alerts with visual and audible alarms when the temperature exceeds the set temperature limits.

1) Intuitive and easy-to-operate control panel with vivid and colorful vacuum fluorescent display (VFD), touch-sensitive buttons, and a jog dial.

2) Open door alert - 1st: visible alarm for two minutes after the door is opened. - 2nd: audible alarm thereafter if the door is still opened. 3) Two separate fuses protecting against over current.

2) Optimizing temperature control system - All 150, 300, 650 Models with Automatic defrost system minimize temperature change. - All 850, 1400 Models with highly efficient dual refrigeration system minimize temperature change itself.

4) Built-in door lock. 5) Eco-friendly refrigerant: non-ozone. 6) Additional features of Medical Cooling Devices. - Dual temperature controllers. - Battery back up system. - Built in auto-dialing remote alarm to alert abnormal temperature changes.

(no defrost system needed)

- Additional manual defrost system also allows for immediate control. (except for CLG Models)

Constructional Features 1) High-quality 304 grade stainless steel chamber interior and dirt-repellent external surface with powder coating. 2) Double-pane tempered glass door with built-in wire heater providing clear inside view of the chambers. (for the models with glass doors only)

3) Door seal packing - Refrigerators : magnetic door seal for absorbing impact from opening and closing the door. - Freezers : air-tight silicone door seal with vice lock door closing mechanism for safe storage of samples.

3) Keypad lock button preventing inadvertent parameter changes.

4) Fully insulated chamber ensuring minimal chamber temperature fluctuation.

4) Easy temperature unit conversion between 째C and 째F

5) High thermal efficiency evaporation system made of low corrosion material.

5) Precise documentation is available with the included chart type recorder.

6) Built-in casters for easy transport.

(Included only for Medical Cooling Devices)

(except for all 150 Models)

R L

Refrigerators & Freezers Laboratory Refrigerators

Ideal for research, and industrial laboratories.

CLG-650

CLG-1400

CLG-850 CLG-150

CLG-300

CLG Models with the optional recorders Included Accessories

t Wire Shelves

see page 120

Display

112

Wire Shelves

Door Key Lock

Refrigerators & Freezers Laboratory Refrigerators

Safety Features

Constructional Features

t Automatic shutdown of fan for minimization of heat loss when the door is opened.

t High-quality 304 grade stainless steel chamber. t Fully insulated chamber ensuring minimal chamber’s temperature fluctuation.

t Over current protection, high and low temperature alerts, key pad button lock function.

t Clear observation of stored samples. - Tempered glass door with built in wire heater.

t Open door alert, built in door lock.

(for the models with glass doors only)

- Built-in bright fluorescent lighting. (except for CLG-150) t Easy to store samples with included wire shelves.

Operating Features

t High thermal efficiency evaporation system, made of low corrosive materials.

t Intuitive and easy-to-operate control panel with VFD and touch-sensitive buttons. - Easy temperature unit conversion between Ⳅ and ⳅ

t Built-in 50mm diameter cable port for external probes or wires. (except for CLG-150)

t Optimizing defrost systems - Innovative auto-defrost system automatically activated when detecting trace amount of frost build-up in the evaporator for CLG-150, 300, 650. - None defrost system needed for CLG-850, 1400 due to its dual refrigerating system.

t Dedicated stand with casters and stacking kit for CLG-150 for use in labs with limited space. (optional)

t Three types of recorders to choose from (optional) - Dot recorder (6 point) - Chart recorder (6”, 24hr/7days) - Thermal line recorder

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

CLG-150

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

156 / 5.5

Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

2 to 10 / 35.6 to 50

Refrigerator (Hp) No. of Wire Shelves (included / max.) No. of Wire Shelves, Slide (max., optional)

CLG-300

CLG-650

CLG-850

CLG-1400

319 / 11.3

636 / 22.5

843 / 29.7

1395 / 49.3

1/8

1/6

1/4

1/6×2ea

1/4×2ea

2/6

3 / 11

3 / 17

6 / 34

No. of Drawer Shelves, Slide (max., optional) 3

Max. Load per Shelf (kg / Ibs)

Material

Dimension (W×D×H)

Stainless steel #304

Exterior

Steel, 1 mm, powder coating

Insulation

60mm, Polyurethane foam

Interior (mm / inch)

550×580×490 / 21.7×22.8×19.3

550×580×1000 / 21.7×22.8×39.4

650×675×1450 / 25.6×26.6×57.1

750×775×1450 / 29.5×30.5×57.1

1425×675×1450 / 56.1×26.6×57.1

Exterior (mm / inch)

683×791×870 / 26.9×31.1×34.4

670×719×1515 / 26.4×28.3×59.6

770×815×1965 / 30.3×32.1×77.4

870×915×1965 / 34.3×36×77.4

1545×815×1965 /60.8×32.1×77.4

Net Weight (kg / Ibs)

100 / 220.4

130 / 286.6

210 / 463

260 / 573.2

350 / 771.6

2.3 A

Solid Door Type

AAHE1001K

AAHE1011K

AAHE1021K

AAHE1031K

AAHE1041K

Glass Door Type

AAHE1101K

AAHE1111K

AAHE1121K

AAHE1131K

AAHE1141K

2.3 A

Solid Door Type

AAHE1002K

AAHE1012K

AAHE1022K

AAHE1032K

AAHE1042K

Glass Door Type

AAHE1102K

AAHE1112K

AAHE1122K

AAHE1132K

AAHE1142K

4.5 A

6.5 A

13A

Solid Door Type

AAHE1003U

AAHE1013U

AAHE1023U

AAHE1033U

AAHE1043U

Glass Door Type

AAHE1103U

AAHE1113U

AAHE1123U

AAHE1133U

AAHE1143U

Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

30 / 66.1

Interior

Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

26 / 57.3

113

R L

Refrigerators & Freezers Laboratory Freezers

A variety of freezer models for subzero degree storage of your sensitive lab material with innovative defrost system.

FHG / FMG / FCG-150

FHG / FMG / FCG-650

FHG / FMG / FCG-300

FHG/FMG/FCG Models with the optional recorders Included Accessories

t Wire Shelves

see page 120

Safety Features

Constructional Features

t Automatic shutdown of fan for minimization of heat loss when the door is opened.

t High-quality 304 grade stainless steel chamber.

t Over current protection, high and low temperature alerts, key pad button lock function. t Open door alert, built in door lock.

Operating Features t Intuitive and easy-to-operate control panel with VFD and touchsensitive buttons. - Easy temperature unit conversion between °$ and ⳅ t Dual defrost systems - nnovative auto-defrost system automatically activated when detecting trace amount of frost build-up in the evaporator. - Additional manual defrost system for immediate frost removal. t Three types of recorders to choose from (optional) - Dot recorder (6 point) - Chart recorder (6”, 24hr/7days) - Thermal line recorder

114

t Fully insulated chamber ensuring minimal chamber’s temperature fluctuation. t Air-tight door seal with vice lock door closing mechanism for safe storage of samples. t Easy to store samples with included wire shelves. t High thermal efficiency evaporation system, made of low corrosive materials. t Built-in 50mm diameter cable port for external probes or wires. (except for FHG/FMG/FCG-150)

t Dedicated stand with casters and stacking kit for FHG/FMG/FCG150 for use in labs with limited space. (optional)

Refrigerators & Freezers Laboratory Freezers

Specifications & Ordering Information FHG Models (for temperature range from -15Ⳅ to 0Ⳅ) Model

FHG-150

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

FHG-300

156 / 5.5

FHG-650

319 / 11.3

647 / 22.8 1/3

Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

-15 to 0 / 5 to 32

Refrigerator (Hp)

1/3

No. of Wire Shelves (included / max.)

2/6

3 / 11

3 / 17

No. of Wire Shelves, Slide (max., optional)

No. of Drawer Shelves, Slide (max., optional)

Max. Load per Shelf (kg / Ibs)

26 / 57.3

Material Dimension (W×D×H)

30 / 66.1

Interior / Exterior

Stainless steel #304 / Steel, 1 mm, powder coating

Insulation

100mm, Polyurethane foam

Interior (mm / inch)

550x580x490 / 21.7x22.8x19.3

550×580×1000 / 21.7×22.8×39.4

700x675x1370 / 27.6x26.6x53.9

Exterior (mm / inch)

763x871x975 / 30x34.3x38.4

750x799x1610 / 29.5x31.5x63.4

950x885x1980 / 37.4x34.8x78

Net Weight (kg / Ibs)

120 / 264.6

150 / 330.7

230 / 507.1

3.5A

3.8A

Cat. No.

AAHE2101K

AAHE2111K

AAHE2121K

Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

3.5A AAHE2102K

3.8A AAHE2112K

3.8A AAHE2122K

Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz)

Specifications & Ordering Information FMG Models (for temperature range from -25Ⳅ to -15Ⳅ) Model

FMG-150

FMG-300

156 / 5.5

Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

-25 to -15 / -13 to 5

Refrigerator (Hp)

1/2

3/8

No. of Wire Shelves (included / max.)

2/6

3 / 11

3 / 17

No. of Wire Shelves, Slide (max., optional)

No. of Drawer Shelves, Slide (max., optional)

Max. Load per Shelf (kg / Ibs)

26 / 57.3

Material Dimension (W×D×H)

319 / 11.3

FMG-650

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

647 / 22.8

30 / 66.1

Interior / Exterior

Stainless steel #304 / Steel, 1 mm, powder coating

Insulation

100mm, Polyurethane foam

Interior (mm / inch)

550x580x490 / 21.7x22.8x19.3

550×580×1000 / 21.7×22.8×39.4

700x675x1370 / 27.6x26.6x53.9

Exterior (mm / inch)

763x871x975 / 30x34.3x38.4

750x799x1610 / 29.5x31.5x63.4

950x885x1980 / 37.4x34.8x78

Net Weight (kg / Ibs)

120 / 264.6

150 / 330.7

233 / 513.7

4.5A

4.8A

5.5A

Cat. No.

AAHE2201K

AAHE2211K

AAHE2221K

Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

4.5A AAHE2202K

4.8A AAHE2212K

5.5A AAHE2222K

Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz)

Specifications & Ordering Information FCG Models (for temperature range from -35Ⳅ to -25Ⳅ) Model

FCG-150

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

156 / 5.5

Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

-35 to -25 / -31 to -13

Refrigerator (Hp) No. of Wire Shelves (included / max.) Max. Load per Shelf (kg / Ibs)

26 / 57.3

Material Dimension (W×D×H)

FCG-300

FCG-650

319 / 11.3

647 / 22.8

3/4

1-1/2

2/6

3 / 11

3 / 17 30 / 66.1

Interior / Exterior

Stainless steel #304 / Steel, 1 mm, powder coating

Insulation

100mm, Polyurethane foam

Interior (mm / inch)

550x580x490 / 21.7x22.8x19.3

550×580×1000 / 21.7×22.8×39.4

700x675x1370 / 27.6x26.6x53.9

Exterior (mm / inch)

763x871x975 / 30x34.3x38.4

750x799x1610 / 29.5x31.5x63.4

950x885x1980 / 37.4x34.8x78

123 / 271.2

155 / 341.7

238 / 524.7

Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

6A AAHE2301K

7.5A AAHE2311K

10.5A AAHE2321K

6A AAHE2302K

7.5A AAHE2312K

10.5A AAHE2322K

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 35Ⳅ and relative humidity (up to 85%).

115

R L

Refrigerators & Freezers Blood Bank Refrigerators

Ideal for safe storage of precious blood samples. Precise temperature uniformity with various safety functions to meet the strict requirements of medical standards. (DIN 58371)

Safety Features t Dual temperature controllers for safe blood storage. - If one controller fails to adjust temperature, then the other automatically activates to counteract the failure. t Battery back up for emergency caused by power failures. t Automatic shutdown of fan for minimization of heat loss when the door is opened. t Built in auto-dialing remote alarm to alert abnormal temperature changes or power failures. t Over current protection, high and low temperature alerts, key pad button lock function. t Open door alert, built in door lock.

Operating & Constructional Features t Intuitive and easy-to-operate control panel with VFD and touch-sensitive buttons. t Auto-defrost system for automatic frost removal and manual defrost system for immediate frost removal. t Precise documentation is available by the included chart type recorder.

BSR-300 Included Accessories see page 121

t Chart Type Recorder t Auto Dialing Remote System t Slide Drawers

t High-quality 304 grade stainless steel chamber. t Clear observation of stored samples. - Tempered glass door with built in wire heater. - Energy efficiency, long life span LED lighting. t High thermal efficiency evaporation system, made of low corrosive materials. anual Defrost

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

BSR-300 308 / 10.9

Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

4 / 39.2

Refrigerator (Hp)

1/6

No. of Drawer Shelves, Slide (included / max.)

4/4

6/6

Max. Load per Shelf (kg / Ibs)

26 / 57.3

30 / 66.1

Material

Dimension (W×D×H)

667 / 23.6 1/3

Interior

Stainless steel #304

Exterior

Steel, 1 mm, powder coating

Insulation

60mm, Polyurethane foam

Interior (mm / inch)

550×560×1000 / 21.7×22.0×39.4

700×695×1370 / 27.6×27.4×53.9

Exterior (mm / inch)

670×800×1515 / 26.4×31.5×59.6

820×935×1885 / 32.3×36.8×74.2

Net Weight (kg / Ibs)

130 / 286.6

210 / 463

Electrical Requirements (230V)

50/60Hz, 2.8A

50Hz, 3.8A

60Hz, 3.8A

Cat. No.

AAHE4105K

AAHE4112K

AAHE4111K

Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No.

60Hz, 5.5A

60Hz, 7.5A

AAHE4103U

AAHE4113K

1) Technical data according to DIN 58371.

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (15 to 30Ⳅ and relative humidity (up to 85%).

116

BSR-650

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

Refrigerators & Freezers Plasma Freezers

The most suitable environments for sensitive plasma freezing. Wide temperature range down to -40°C and high advanced safety functions satisfying the high medical standards. (DIN 58375)

Safety Features t Dual temperature controllers for safe blood storage. - If one controller fails to adjust temperature, then the other automatically activates to counteract the failure. t Battery back up for emergency caused by power failures. t Built in auto-dialing remote alarm to alert abnormal temperature changes or power failures. t Over current protection, high and low temperature alerts, key pad button lock function. t Open door alert, built in door lock.

BSF-650

t High-quality 304 grade stainless steel chamber.

Included Accessories

t Fully insulated chamber ensuring minimal chamber’s temperature fluctuation.

t Chart Type Recorder t Auto Dialing Remote System t Slide Drawers

see page 121

t High thermal efficiency evaporation system, made of low corrosive materials.

anual Defrost

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

BSF-300

BSF-650

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

297 / 10.5

Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

-40 to -25 / -40 to -13

Refrigerator (Hp)

No. of Drawer Shelves, Slide (included / max.)

4/4

6/6

Max. Load per Shelf (kg / Ibs)

26 / 57.3

30 / 66.1

Material

Dimension (W×D×H)

647 / 22.8 1-1/2

Interior

Stainless steel #304

Exterior

Steel, 1 mm, powder coating

Insulation

100mm, Polyurethane foam

Interior (mm / inch)

550×540×1000 / 21.7×21.3×39.4

700×675×1370 / 27.6×26.6×53.9

Exterior (mm / inch)

765×752×1650 / 30.1×29.6×64.9

915x887x2020 / 36.0×34.9×79.5

Net Weight (kg / Ibs)

150 / 331

Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No.

240 / 529

50Hz, 5.5A

60Hz, 5.5A

50Hz, 7.5A

60Hz, 7.5A

AAHE5102K

AAHE5101K

AAHE5112K

AAHE5111K

60Hz, 11A AAHE5103U

1) Technical data according to DIN 58375.

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (15 to 30Ⳅ and relative humidity (up to 85%).

117

R L

Refrigerators & Freezers Pharmacy Refrigerators

Ideal for for pharmaceutical, clinical laboratories Eco-friendly lab refrigeration systems with advanced safety features providing stable refrigerated environments (DIN 58345)

Safety Features t Dual temperature controllers for safe pharmaceutical storage. - If one controller fails to adjust temperature, then the other automatically activates to counteract the failure. t Battery back up for emergency caused by power failures. t Automatic shutdown of fan for minimization of heat loss when the door is opened. t Built in auto-dialing remote alarm to alert abnormal temperature changes or power failures. t Over current protection, high and low temperature alerts, key pad button lock function. t Open door alert, built in door lock.

PSR-300 Included Accessories see page 121

t High-quality 304 grade stainless steel chamber.

t Chart Type Recorder t Auto Dialing Remote System t Slide Drawers

t Clear observation of stored samples. - Tempered glass door with built in wire heater. - Energy efficiency, long life span LED lighting. t High thermal efficiency evaporation system, made of low corrosive materials anual Defrost

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

PSR-300 308 / 10.9

Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

2 to 10 / 35.6 to 50

Refrigerator (Hp)

1/6

1/3

No. of Wire Shelves, (included / max.)

3 / 11

3 / 15

Max. Load per Shelf (kg / Ibs)

26 / 57.3

30 / 66.1

Material

Dimension (W×D×H)

667 / 23.6

Interior

Stainless steel #304

Exterior

Steel, 1 mm, powder coating

Insulation

60mm, Polyurethane foam

Interior (mm / inch)

550×560×1000 / 21.7×22.0×39.4

700×695×1370 / 27.6×27.4×53.9

Exterior (mm / inch)

670×800×1515 / 26.4×31.5×59.6

820×935×1885 / 32.3×36.8×74.2

Net Weight (kg / Ibs)

130 / 286.6

210 / 463

Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120Hz) Cat. No.

50/60Hz, 2.8A

50Hz, 3.8A

60Hz, 3.8A

AAHE6015K

AAHE6022K

AAHE6021K

60Hz, 5.5A

60Hz, 7.5A

AAHE6013U

AAHE6023U

1) Technical data according to DIN 58345.

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (15 to 30Ⳅ and relative humidity (up to 85%).

118

PSR-650

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

Refrigerators & Freezers Pharmacy Freezers

Ideal for storage of valueable pharmacy products in a temperature range down to -40°C. Safety Features t Dual temperature controllers for safe pharmaceutical storage. - If one controller fails to adjust temperature, then the other automatically activates to counteract the failure. t Battery back up for emergency caused by power failures. t Built in auto-dialing remote alarm to alert abnormal temperature changes or power failures. t Over current protection, high and low temperature alerts, key pad button lock function. t Open door alert, built in door lock.

PSF-650

t High-quality 304 grade stainless steel chamber.

t Chart Type Recorder t Auto Dialing Remote System t Slide Drawers

Included Accessories

t Fully insulated chamber ensuring minimal chamber’s temperature fluctuation.

see page 121

t Easy to store samples with included wire shelves. t High thermal efficiency evaporation system, made of low corrosive materials.

anual Defrost

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

PSF-300

PSF-650

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

297 / 10.5

Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

-40 to -20 / -40 to -4

Refrigerator (Hp)

1/6

1/3

No. of Wire Shelves, (included / max.)

3 / 11

3 / 15

Max. Load per Shelf (kg / Ibs)

26 / 57.3

30 / 66.1

Material

Dimension (W×D×H)

Interior

Stainless steel #304

Exterior

Steel, 1 mm, powder coating

Insulation

100mm, Polyurethane foam

Interior (mm / inch)

550×540×1000 / 21.7×21.3×39.4

700×675×1370 / 27.6×26.6×53.9

Exterior (mm / inch)

765×752×1650 / 30.1×29.6×64.9

915x887x2020 / 36.0×34.9×79.5

Net Weight (kg / Ibs)

150 / 331

Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120Hz) Cat. No.

647 / 22.8

240 / 529

50Hz, 5.5A

60Hz, 5.5A

50Hz, 7.5A

60Hz, 7.5A

AAHE7012K

AAHE7011K

AAHE7022K

AAHE7021K

60Hz, 11A AAHE7013U

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (15 to 30Ⳅ and relative humidity (up to 85%).

119

R L

Refrigerators & Freezers Accessories & Options

for Laboratory Cooling Shelves

Wire Shelves

Drawer Shelves (slide type)

Wire Shelves (slide type)

Laboratory Refrigerators Cat. No.

Description

CLG-150

CLG-300

CLG-650

CLG-850

AAAE1511 AAAE1512

Wire Shelves - flat type (included shelf bracket)

CLG-1400

AAAE1513

AAAE1514

AAAE1515

Wire Shelves - slide type

AAAE1516

AAAE1517

(included guide rail)

Recorder (dot type , 6 point) Recorder (chart type, 6”, 24hr / 7day) Chart Recorder Paper (6”, 60 package) Recorder (thermal line type) Cable Port Electric Outlet (120V-US style) Electric Outlet (230V-Korea style)

t t t t -

t t t t t t t

t t t t t t t t

t t t t t t t

AAAE1518 AAAE1519 AAA8T500 AAAE1501 AAAE1502 AAAE1503 AAAE1521 AAAE1531 AAAE1532

(included guide rail)

Drawer Shelves - slide type

Laboratory Freezers Cat. No.

120

Description

FHG-150 / FMG-150

FHG-300 / FMG-300

FHG-650 / FMG-650

FCG-150

FCG-300

FCG-650

AAAE1511

Wire Shelves - flat type

AAAE1512

(included shelf bracket)

AAAE1514

Wire Shelves - slide type

AAAE1515

(included guide rail)

AAAE1517

Drawer Shelves - slide type

AAAE1518

(included guide rail)

AAA8T500

Recorder (dot type , 6 point)

AAAE1501

Recorder (chart type, 6”, 24hr / 7day)

AAAE1502

Chart Recorder Paper (6”, 60 package)

AAAE1503

Recorder (thermal line type)

Refrigerators & Freezers Accessories & Options

for Medical Cooling Recorders

Dot Recorder

Thermal Line Recorder

Chart Recorder

Blood Bank Refrigerators Cat. No. AAAE1517 AAAE1518

Description

BSR-300

BSR-650

Drawer Shelves - slide type

(included guide rail)

t t

AAAE1501

Recorder (chart type, 6”, 24hr / 7day)

AAAE1502

Chart Recorder Paper (6”, 60 package)

AAAE1551

Auto Dialing Remote System

BSF-300

BSF-650

Plasma Freezers Cat. No.

Description

AAAE1517

Drawer Shelves - slide type

AAAE1518

(included guide rail)

t t

AAAE1501

Recorder (chart type, 6”, 24hr / 7day)

AAAE1502

Chart Recorder Paper (6”, 60 package)

AAAE1551

Auto Dialing Remote System

Pharmacy Refrigerators & Freezers Cat. No.

Description

PSR-300

PSR-650

PSF-300

Wire Shelves - flat type

(included shelf bracket)

AAAE1514

Wire Shelves - slide type

AAAE1515

(included guide rail)

AAAE1517

Drawer Shelves - slide type

AAAE1518

(included guide rail)

AAAE1511 AAAE1512

PSF-650

AAAE1501

Recorder (chart type, 6”, 24hr / 7day)

AAAE1502

Chart Recorder Paper (6”, 60 package)

AAAE1551

Auto Dialing Remote System

121

Shakers SELECTION GUIDE

Shakers (RPM)

Advanced Orbital Shakers Dual-action Shakers Economy Shakers Mini Shaker Microplate Shaker Rocking Shaker Waving Shaker

Speed Range

Description

Benchtop Models - Open-air

Heating Shaker Separatory Funnel Shaker

SKC-6075 SKC-6100 SKC-6200 Advanced Orbital Shakers SKC-7075 SKC-7100 SKC-7200 SK-300 Dual-action SK-600 Shakers SK-71 SKF-2025 SKF-2050 SKF-2075 SKF-2025R SKF-2050R SKF-2075R Economy Shakers SKF-3050 SKF-3075 SKF-3100 SKF-3050R SKF-3075R SKF-3100R Mini Shaker CMS-350

30 to 500

10 to 300

Maximum Net Weight Page Amplitude Size (kg/Ibs) (mm / inch, dia)

19 / 0.75 25 / 1 50 / 2 19 / 0.75 25 / 01 50 / 2 40 / 1.6

10 to 500 10 to 400 10 to 300 10 to 450 10 to 350 10 to 250 10 to 400 10 to 300 10 to 300 10 to 350 10 to 250 10 to 250 50 to 300

70 / 2.4 7 / 0.25 13 / 0.5 19 / 0.75 7 / 0.25 13 / 0.5 19 / 0.75 13 / 0.5 19 / 0.75 25 / 1 13 / 0.5 19 / 0.75 25 / 1 13 / 0.5

Microplate Shakers

CPS-350

150 to 1200

Rocking Shaker Waving Shaker

CRS-350 CWS-350

5 to 100 8 to 100

65 / 143.3 126 75 / 165.4 24 / 52.9 29 / 63.9 50 / 110.2

128

20 / 44.1

129

24 / 52.9

8 / 17.6

130

3 / 0.1

7.7 / 17

131

( Tilt 7~13° adjustable)

3.7 / 8.16 3.7 / 8.16

132 133

( Tilt 0~13° adjustable)

Heating Shaker Description Benchtop Models - Open-air

Heating Shaker

CBS-350

Speed Range

Temperature Range

(RPM)

(Ⳅ/ⳅ)

150 to 1500*

Amb. +5 to 100 / Amb. 41 to 212

Net Weight Page (kg/Ibs) 8.3 / 18.3

134

* Speed range from 150 to max. 1500rpm according to the choice of interchangeable block.

Separatory Funnel Shakers Vertical Speed Net Weight Page Length (kg/Ibs) Range (RPM) Stroke (mm / inch)

Description Be Benchtop Ty Type

Separatory Funnel Shaker

RS-1

50 to 300

40 / 1.6

24 / 52.9

135

Accessories & Options Ac Description for Shakers

Page 136-139

GENERAL APPLICATIONS

Open-air and Separatory Funnel Shakers

General Applications

SKC

SK. SKF

t t

t t t t t

Bacterial Suspensions Cell Culture Diagnostic Tests Drug Analysis ELISA

t t

Environmental Technology (waste water and soil analysis)

Enzyme Immunoassays Extraction Procedures General Mixing Hemolyzing Blood Separation Hybridization Inorganic Solvent Extraction Soil Compound Extraction Solubility Studies

t t t

t t t t t

t t

CMS / CPS

CBS

CRS / CWS

t t t t

t t t t t

t t t t

t t

t t t t t t

t t t

Solvent Extraction for Water Quality Analysis

t t t t t

Staining and Destaining Perparation for Metal Analysis Pharmaceutical Profiling Protein Synthesis

t t

* Above listed applications are for general purpose use.

TECHNICAL BENEFITS Safety Features 1) Automatic power cut-off in case of over current. 2) User settable operation mode after power interruption: either Automatic Run or Manual Run. (only SKC models)

3) Special acceleration and deceleration circuitry. (except for RS, CPS, CMS, CWS, CBS, CRS models):

- Stopping the shaking table always at the center using a position sensor. - Smooth start and smooth stop preventing chemical spills from flasks or test tubes. 4) Automatic adjusted shaking speed when load imbalance or unusual vibration is detected by the sensor. (only SKC models)

5) Over heat protection. : mechanical and electric circuits. (only CBS models)

Optimum Control Features

Constructional Features

1) Microprocessor PID control.

1) Low-profile design minimizing vibration or sliding caused by the high speed shaking motion.

2) Wide speed range suitable for most applications.

2) Smooth, quiet, and uniform shaking motion thanks to the maintenancefree BLDC motor which also supports high-speed applications and heavy workloads. (except for SKC, CWS, CRS models)

3) Self-diagnostic function identifying errors. (audible and visible alarms) 4) Diverse shaking features. - Dual shaking actions: orbital and reciprocating. (only SK models) - Multi-function shaking system. - Time. Wait ON Wait OFF Program Save

3) Innovative and durable triple-cam shaking mechanism. (SKC models)

SKF

SKC

t -

t t -

t t t

- Forward & Backward, Pause. 5) Intuitive, splash-proof, and easy to clean control panel. - Bright LED displays with touch-sensitive keypad. (for SK and SKF models) - Vivid and colorful vacuum fluorescent display (VFD) with touch-sensitive buttons and a dial knob. (for SKC, CMS, CPS, CBS, CWS CRS, and CBS models)

6) Audible alarm at the end of each shaking session. (for RS models)

4) Dirt-repellent external surface with power coating. 5) DD(Direct drive) motor allows the shaker to hold heavy loads, is quiet, high rpm, and durable. (SKC models) 6) Wide range of accessories.

S Please visit

Shakers

Shakers - Open - Air .com

For further information on Jeio TechÂ´s Shaker products Information is readily available on our website.

Certification without CBS-350

124

Shakers

Shaking System Dual-action Shaking System All SK, SI, and IS shaking units are dual-action. The user is able to select between orbital and reciprocating shaking motion. Simply change the type of shaking motion by changing the way the platform is connected.

Reciprocating Motion

Orbital Motion

Multi-function Shaking System Intensive multi-function shaking system surpasses all the previous levels of shaker units. Mix and match clockwise, counterclockwise, start, and stop motions. (Making 6 possible combinations - only for SKC, SK, SKF models)

Convenient and Unique Shaking Functions This unique shaker stops and starts at the always same position. This shaker is beneficial for semi-automated dosing or sampling of samples. Select between clockwise and counterclockwise shaking motion. (only for SKC, SK, SKF models) - These durable shaking systems are able to function stably at low rpm settings. (between 10-25rpm) Usually the SK models-10rpm (SKC models-30rpm) setting is great for low damage biological mixing tests and cell cultivation.

Power OFF Power OFF

only start / stop here

125

S Please visit

Shakers

Advanced Orbital Shakers .com

For further information on Jeio TechÂ´s Shaker products Information is readily available on our website.

SKC - 7075 Optional Accessories see page 138

SKC Control Display

126

t Universal Platforms, Dual Universal Platforms t Rubber Mats, Universal Attachments t Flask Clamps, Funnel Clamps t Test Tube Racks, Spring Wire Racks, Half Spring Wire Racks t Microplate Holders t Lab Sticker

Shakers

Advanced orbital Shakers Innovative triple-cam shaking mechanism with offering reliable performance across a wide speed range. Specially designed to carry out heavy-duty and trouble-free operations continuously.

Constructional Features

Progressive Program Operation

t Ideal DD(Direct Drive) Brushless Motor and triple cam system support heavy loads, quiet (beltless, brushless, and gearless), maintenance free, and delivers high torque at high speeds, smooth rotation. t Special acceleration and deceleration circuitry: - Stopping the shaking table always at the same position allowing for automated dosing or sampling. - Providing smooth start and smooth stop preventing chemical spills from flasks or test tubes. t Low-profile design (122 mm high) minimizing vibration or sliding caused by the high speed shaking motion. t Chemicals-resistant and durable construction. t Dirt-repellent external surface with power coating. Programming parameters

t Convenient universal platform exchange sliding.

Maximum Number of segments in one (1) pattern (Cycle) Maximum Number of Patterns (Cycle) saved Time Shaking Motion - Forward & Backward, Pause RPM

t Various accessories.

Operating Features

20 20 1min to 99hr 59min 30 to 500

t Adopted bright VFD display, and capacitive touch sensor button.

t Microprocessor PID control maintaining constant speed.

t Digital timer: 1min 99hr 59min, delayed ON / OFF.

t Wide speed range: 30 to 500 rpm t Digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function: ranging from 1min to 99 hr 59 min. t Intuitive, splash-proof, and easy-to-clean control panel with a vivid and colorful vacuum fluorescent display (VFD), touchsensitive buttons, and a dial knob. t Automatic adjusted shaking speed when load imbalance or unusual vibration is detected by the sensor.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Control System Display Motion Type Speed Range1) (RPM) Shaking System Accuracy at 100 RPM Amplitude Size (mm / inch, dia) Small Platform (W×D) (mm / inch) Large Dimension Overall (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electric Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electric Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No.

SKC-6075

SKC-6100

Feedback control PID VFD Orbital 30 to 500 ±1 19 / 0.75 25 / 1 580×520 / 22.8×20.5 660×520 / 26×20.5 582.8×618 ×122.2 22.9×24.3×4.8 65 / 143.3 AAH30105K

AAH30115K

AAH30106U

AAH30116U

SKC-6200

SKC-7075

50 / 2

SKC-7100

19 / 0.75 25 / 1 755×520 / 29.7×20.5 885×520 / 34.8×20.5 754.8×662×122.2 29.7×26.1×4.8 75 / 165.4 0.4A AAH30125K AAH30205K AAH30215K 0.8A AAH30126U AAH30206U AAH30216U

SKC-7200

50 / 2

AAH30225K AAH30226U

1) When operating at high speed (350 ~ 500 rpm), it should be recommended to use an optional attachment to be fixed on the floor of the working place.

127

Shakers

Dual-action Shaker

Dual-action benchtop platform shakers for up to 6L flasks. Orbital or reciprocating shaking action over a wide speed range (10 to 300 rpm) offering an ideal solution for your mixing needs.

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Wide speed range: 10 ~ 300 rpm t Dual shaking actions: orbital or reciprocating. t Additional shaking modes: Forward (clockwise rotation), Backward (counterclockwise rotation), and Pause. t Multi-step Programming of Shaking Operations: - Run time: 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min 59 sec. - Forward/Backward/Pause modes: 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec. t Maximum orbit diameter. - 40mm (1.6″) for SK-300, 600 - 70mm (2.8″) for SK-71 t Bright LED displays with touch-sensitive keypad.

Constructional Features

SK-300 Optional Accessories see page 136-137

t Universal / Dedicated Platforms, Rubber Mats, Universal Attachments t Flask Clamps, Funnel Clamps t Test Tube Racks, Spring Wire Racks t Microplate Holders t Lab Sticker t Stage Rack (max. 4 stages)

t Equipped with a maintenance-free direct drive BLDC motor to generate smooth, quiet, uniform, and yet powerful shaking motion required for high-speed applications and heavy workloads. t Special acceleration and deceleration circuitry: - Stopping the shaking table always at the same position allowing for automated dosing or sampling. - Providing smooth start and smooth stop preventing chemical spills from flasks or test tubes. t Low-profile design minimizing vibration or sliding caused by the high speed shaking motion. t Chemicals-resistant and durable construction. t Various accessories.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

SK-71

Timer

Run time: 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min 59 sec Forward & Backward, Pause : 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec

Amplitude Size (mm / inch, dia.)

20, 30, 40 / 0.8, 1.2, 1.6 Available - Standard 30 / 1.2

30, 40, 50, 60, 70 / 1.2, 1.6, 2, 2.4, 2.8 Available - Standard 30 / 1.2

Recip Stroke Length (mm / inch)

20, 30, 40 / 0.8, 1.2, 1.6 Available - Standard 30 / 1.2

30, 40, 50, 60, 70 / 1.2, 1.6, 2, 2.4, 2.8 Available - Standard 30 / 1.2

Platform (W×D) (mm / inch)

350×350 / 13.8×13.8

450×450 / 17.7×17.7

755×481 / 29.7×18.9

Overall (W×D×H) (mm/inch)

410×490×150 / 16.1×19.3×5.9

510×595×150 / 20.1×23.4×5.9

820×610×166 / 32.3×24×6.5

24 / 52.9

29 / 63.9

50 / 110.2

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No.

128

SK-600

Orbital or Reciprocating motion selectable 10 to 300

Shaking System

Dimension

SK-300

Motion Type Speed Range (RPM)

0.2A AAH31105K 0.4A AAH31106U

0.2A AAH31205K 0.4A AAH31206U

0.2A AAH31305K 0.4A AAH31306U

Shakers

Economy Shakers Compact, affordable, and yet versatile shakers with interchangeable platform design. Two types of shaking motions (orbital or reciprocating), four types of an orbit or reciprocating lengths. The compact and interchangeable platform design accommodates various types and sizes of vessels and suitable for use in chambers.

Wide selective models t A wide selection of models to choose by: - Shaking motion: orbital or reciprocating. - Maximum speed: 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 rpm - Amplitude: 7, 13, 19, 25 mm / 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1.0

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Additional shaking modes: (only for Orbital model) - Forward (clockwise rotation) - Backward (counterclockwise rotation) - Pause t Multi-step Programming of Shaking Operations: - Delayed On/Off Timer: 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min 59 sec. - Forward/Backward/Pause: 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec.

SKF-2075 Optional Accessories see page 136-137

t Universal Attachment, Spring wire Rack, Rubber Mat t Dimpled Mat, Dual Stacking Tray, Large Tray (for SKF-2000 Models only)

t Bright LED displays with touch-sensitive keypad. t Various optional accessories to accommodate diverse lab ware.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

Shaking System

Motion Type Speed Range (RPM) Accuracy at 100 RPM Timer

Amplitude Size (mm / inch) Platform (W×D) (mm / inch) Dimension Overall (W×D×H) (mm / Inch) Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50/60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50/60Hz) Cat. No.

Model

Shaking System

Motion Type Speed Range (RPM) Accuracy at 100 RPM Timer

Amplitude Size (mm / inch) Platform (WxD) (mm / inch) Overall (WxDxH) (mm / Inch) Dimension Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50/60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50/60Hz) Cat. No.

SKF-2025

SKF-2050

SKF-2075

Orbital 10 to 500 10 to 400 10 to 300 ±2 Delay On / Off Time : 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min Forward & Backward, Pause : 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec 7 / 0.25 13 / 0.5 19 / 0.75 320×260 / 12.6×10.2 355×375×140 / 14×14.8×5.5 20 / 44.1 0.2 A 0.2 A 0.2 A AAH3A105K AAH3A115K AAH3A125K 0.4 A 0.4 A 0.4 A AAH3A106U AAH3A116U AAH3A126U

SKF-3050

SKF-3075

SKF-3100

Orbital 10 to 400 10 to 300 10 to 300 ±2 Delay On / Off Time : 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min Forward & Backward, Pause : 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec 13 / 0.5 19 / 0.75 25 / 1 350×350 / 13.8×13.8 410×490×140 / 16.1×19.3×5.5 24 / 52.9 0.2 A 0.2 A 0.2 A AAH3A305K AAH3A315K AAH3A325K 0.4 A 0.4 A 0.4 A AAH3A306U AAH3A316U AAH3A326U

SKF-2025R

SKF-2050R

SKF-2075R

Reciprocating 10 to 450

10 to 350

10 to 250

7 / 0.25

13 / 0.5

19 / 0.75

0.2 A AAH3A205K 0.4 A AAH3A206U

0.2 A AAH3A215K 0.4 A AAH3A216U

0.2 A AAH3A225K 0.4 A AAH3A226U

SKF-3050R

SKF-3075R

SKF-3100R

Reciprocating 10 to 350

10 to 250

13 / 0.5

19 / 0.75

25 / 1

0.2 A AAH3A405K 0.4 A AAH3A406U

0.2 A AAH3A415K 0.4 A AAH3A416U

0.2 A AAH3A425K 0.4 A AAH3A426U

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (4-40°C) and relative humidity (up to 80%).

129

Shakers

Mini Shaker

Compact and lightweight design for space saving and portability with a real-time responsive speed control knob. Ideal for hybridization, immunocytochemistry, gel staining/destaining, and other bioscience applications.

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Suitable for low rpm sensitive applications. t Speed range: 50 ~ 300 rpm t One-touch timer for time-dependent shaking operations : 1 min to 99 hour 59 min. t Orbit size: 13mm dia. (0.51″ dia.) t Digital VFD display for speed and shaking motion.

CMS-350 Optional Accessories see page 136-137

t Rubber Mat (Tray, Sticky pad) t Flask Clamps, Funnel Clamps t Test Tube Racks, Spring Wire Racks t Microplate Holders t Lab Sticker t Universal Attachments

t Compact and lightweight design allowing for use inside chambers. t Removable tray for easy transport of well-plates (Max. 6 ea)and dishes. (optional) t Its polypropylene main body is highly chemical-resistant and easy-to-clean. t Various accessories.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Control System Display Motion Type Speed Range (RPM) Accuracy at 100 RPM Shaking System Timer Orbit Size (mm / inch, dia) Max. Load (kg / Ibs) Tray (W×D) (mm / inch) Platform (W×D) (mm / inch) Dimension Overall (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements KR Plug Cat. No. US Plug

CMS-350 Feedback control PID VFD Orbital 50 to 300 ±5 1min. to 99hrs. 59min. 13 / 0.51 up to 4 / 8.81 276×276 / 10.87×10.87 250×250 / 9.8×9.8 276×334×130 / 10.9×13.1×5.1 8 / 17.6

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5-40°C) and relative humidity (up to 80%).

130

AC 100 ~ 240 V, 50 / 60 Hz AAH3B1115K AAH3B1115U

Shakers

Microplate Shaker Fitted with 4 microplates and wider speed range to accommodate various sample testing. Optimally designed to shake four microplates simultaneously, this Microplate Shaker is ideal for applications that demand precise and repeatable mixing.

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t One-touch timer for time-dependent shaking operations : 1 min to 99 hour 59 min. t Smooth start feature to avoid sample contamination. t Timer range: 1 min to 99 hour 59 min. t Orbital size: 3 mm (0.12”) - Automatic shut down: Overload (max. load: 4kg) t Digital VFD display for speed and shaking motion.

Constructional Features t Equipped with a maintenance-free BLDC motor to generate smooth, quiet, uniform, and yet powerful shaking motion. t Vivid and colorful vacuum fluorescent display (VFD) with touch–sensitive keypad. t Compact and lightweight design allowing for use inside chambers. t Its polypropylene main body is highly chemical-resistant and easy-to-clean.

CPS-350 Optional Accessories see page 139

t Micro-Tube Rack with Cap t Conical Tube Racks

t Various accessories. - Optional tube racks also available for 1.5ml microtubes, 15ml conical tubes, and 50ml conical tubes.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Control System Display Motion Type Speed Range (RPM) Accuracy at 500 RPM Shaking System Timer Orbit Size (mm / inch, dia) Max. Load (kg / Ibs) Tray (W×D) (mm /inch) Overall (W×D×H) (mm /inch) Dimension Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements Cat. No.

CPS-350 Feedback control PID VFD Orbital 150 to 1,200 ±15 1min. to 99hrs. 59min. 3 / 0.12 4 / 8.8 267×185 / 10.5×7.3 249×329x127 / 9.8×13×5 7.7 / 17

(KR Plug) (US Plug)

AC 100 ~ 240 V, 50/60 Hz AAH3C1115K AAH3C1115U

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5-40°C) and relative humidity (up to 80%).

131

Shakers

Rocking Shaker

Adjustable tilt angle and precise digital speed control providing desired rocking motion. Designed for time-dependent and low rpm sensitive applications such as ELISA, enzyme immunoassays, protein synthesis, hybridization staining/destaining gels, pharmaceutical profiling, etc.

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Digital speed control providing gentle to vigorous motion. - Rocking shaker: 5 to 100 rpm t Easy to adjust tilt angle - Rocking shaker: 7 to 13° t One-touch timer range: 1 min to 99 hr 59 min.

Constructional Features t Smooth, quiet, uniform, and yet powerful shaking motion. t Vivid and colorful vacuum fluorescent display (VFD) with touch-sensitive keypad. t Compact and lightweight design allowing for use inside chambers. t Three types of removable tray for easy transport of wellplates, test tubes, etc. (included Dimpled mat, and optional Rubber mat, Universal harness)

CRS-350 Included Accessories t Dimpled Mat (Tray, Silicone pad) t 2 Rubber Bands Optional Accessories t Rubber Mat (Tray, Sticky pad) see page 139 t Universal Harness (Tray, Sticky pad, 6 Rubber bands)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Control System Display MotionType Speed Range (RPM) Shaking Accuracy at 100 RPM System Tilt Angle Max. Load (kg / Ibs) Dimpled Mat (standard) Material Body Tray (W×D) (mm / inch) Overall (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Dimension Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electrical Requirements KR Plug Cat. No. US Plug

CRS-350 Feedback control with PID VFD Rocking type 5 to 100 ±5 7 to 13° 5 / 11.02 PP (Polypropylene) + Silicone PP (Polypropylene) 276×276 / 10.87×10.87 276×320×150 / 10.87×12.6×5.91 3.7 / 8.16 AC 100 ~ 240 V, 50/60 Hz AAH391115K AAH391115U

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5-40°C) and relative humidity (up to 80%).

132

Shakers

Waving Shaker Enhanced conveniences for tilt adjustment, removable tray, and digital controlling. Accommodates to be used in a variety of test tube size, beakers, vials, micro-well plates, culture dishes, plastic/glass trays.

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Digital speed control providing gentle to vigorous motion. - Waving shaker: 8 to 100 rpm t Easy to adjust tilt angle - Waving shaker: 0 to 13° t One-touch timer range: 1 min to 99 hr 59 min.

CWS-350 Included Accessories t Dimpled Mat (Tray, Silicone pad) t 2 Rubber Bands Optional Accessories t Rubber Mat (Tray, Sticky pad) see page 139 t Universal Harness (Tray, Sticky pad, 6 Rubber bands)

CWS-350 Feedback control with PID VFD Waving Type 8 to 100 ±5 0 to 13° 5 / 11.02 PP (Polypropylene) + Silicone PP (Polypropylene) 276×276 / 10.87×10.87 276×320×150 / 10.87×12.6×5.91 3.7 / 8.16 AC 100 ~ 240 V, 50/60 Hz AAH381115K AAH381115U

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5-40°C) and relative humidity (up to 80%).

133

Shakers

Heating Shaker

Useful for a variety of molecular biology applications. Interval mix function in program mode can be properly set according to user's experimental conditions.

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control ensuring consistent shaking motion and precision accuracy. t Speed range from 150 to max. of 1500 rpm (depend on a choice of interchangeable blocks)

t Simple temperature calibration. t Memory function of programmed protocols allowing relevant parameters (such as temp., rpm, time) of each protocol step to be stored. - Up to 10 protocols allowed for memory storage. - Up to 10 steps allowed for each protocol. - Interval Mix function (continuous switching between shaking and phasing) t Two types of timer modes: - Timer 1 starts immediately after the timer setting. - Timer 2 starts only after reaching the set temp.

Constructional Features t Bright VFD display with responsive touch buttons. t Its polypropylene main body is highly chemical-resistant and easy-to-clean.

CBS-350 Optional Accessories see page 139

t 96-Well Tube Block Set with Covers t 0.5⽀ / 1.5⽀ / 50⽀ Tube Block Set with Covers

t Optimal heat transfer is achieved by the tight coupling design of the main body and the corrosion-resistant anodized aluminum blocks. t Low-profile design with rubber feet for minimal vibration and noise.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Control Display Temperature

Safety

Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Fluctuation at 80Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation at 80Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Heating power (W) Over Temp. Over Current Motion Type

Shaking System Dimension

Speed range (RPM)

(WxDxH)

Orbit Size (mm / inch, dia.) Overall (mm/inch) (WxDxH) Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical requirements (230V,50Hz/60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical requirements (120V,60Hz) Cat. No. Dimension

Ⲽ Above specs can be changed without prior notice.

134

CBS-350 Feedback control PID VFD (0.1Ⳅ resolution) Amb. +5 to 100 / 41 to 212 0.5 / 0.9 0.15 / 0.27 360 Heating plate PCB Current limit protection Orbital 96-well tube block 0.5⽀ tube block 1.5⽀ tube block 50⽀ tube block 2 / 0.08 276 x 334 x 170 / 10.9 x 13.1 x 6.7 8.3 / 18.3

150 to 1500 150 to 1000 150 to 1000 150 to 800

1.7A AAHJ4015K 3.4A AAHJ4013U

Shakers

Separatory Funnel Shaker Intensive vertical reciprocating agitation for quick solvent extraction. Shaking up to 6 samples in identical conditions for any series or comparative protocols in chemistry, biotech, and medical labs.

Features t Vertical reciprocating motion with maximum stroke length of 40mm. (1.6″) t Easy to operate. t Wide speed range (50 to 300 rpm) suitable for most applications. t Timer range: 0 to 60 min / continuous t Digital LED speed indicator. t Audible alarm and automatic shut down at the end of each shaking session. t Easily adjustable funnel holders. t Maximum number of funnels installable : 10 (up to 5 holders per each side)

* Funnel Capacities (per each side)

RS-1 Included Accessories

Capacity under 500ml 500ml 1L

t Funnel Holder 6 Sets (ordering information - Cat. No.: AAA32501)

Round type funnel 3-5 3 -

Slim type funnel 5 3 3

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

Shaking System

Dimension Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No.

RS-1

Motion Type

Vertical reciprocating

Speed Range (RPM)

50 to 300

Timer

60 min or continuous operation

Vertical Stroke Length (mm / inch)

40 / 1.6

Overall (W×D×H) (mm / inch)

445×730×505 / 17.5×28.7×19.9

Max. Load per each Side (kg / lbs)

3 / 6.6

Net Weight (Kg / lbs)

53 / 116.8 50Hz, 0.4A

60Hz, 0.4A

AAH32012K

AAH32015K

135

Shakers

Accessories & Options

for Dual-action & Economy & Mini Shakers

Universal Platforms (SK, SKF)

Universal Platform (CMS-350)

Test Tube Racks

Tower Flat A Flat B Single

Flask Clamps (stainless steel)

Flask Clamps (plastic)

Description Universal Platform

Flask Clamps (stainless steel)

Flask Clamps (plastic)

Funnel Clamps

Cat. No.

Funnel Clamps SK-300

SK-600

SK-71

AAA31501-V1 AAA31502-V1 AAA23503-V1

Microplate Holders SKF-2000 Models

SKF-3000 Models

CMS-350

AAA3A501

AAA31501-V1

AAA3B501

Erlenmeyer Flask Size

Max. Mountable Flask Clamps

AAA23550

for 50 mL

AAA23551

for 100 mL

AAA23552

for 250 mL

AAA23556

for 300 mL

AAA23553

for 500 mL

AAA23554

for 1L

AAA23555

for 2L

AAA23557

for 2.8L

AAA23558

for 4L

AAA23559

for 6L

Erlenmeyer Flask Size

Max. Mountable Flask Clamps

AAA30570

for 50 mL

AAA30571

for 100 ~ 125 mL

AAA30572

for 200 mL

AAA30573

for 250 mL

AAA30574

for 300 mL

AAA30575

for 500 mL

AAA30576

for 1L

AAA30577

for 2L

Separating Funnel Size

Max. Mountable Funnel Clamps

AAA23562

for 250 mL

AAA23563

for 500 mL

AAA23564

for 1L

AAA23565

for 2L

Mountable Capacity of Racks

Test Tube Racks1)

AAA23581

for 86 Test Tubes, ø8mm

AAA23582

for 86 Test Tubes, ø10mm

AAA23583

for 58 Test Tubes, ø12mm

AAA23584

for 58 Test Tubes, ø14mm

AAA23585

for 32 Test Tubes, ø17mm

AAA23586

for 19 Test Tubes, ø25mm

AAA23594

for 10 Test Tubes, ø35mm

AAA23654

Single

AAA23651

Tower

AAA23652

Flat A(large)

AAA23653

Flat B(small)

Max. Mountable Microplate Holders Microplate Holders

1) No declination.

Ⲽ Above accessories need to be mounted on a universal platform which is sold separately.

136

Shakers

Accessories & Options for Dual-action & Economy & Mini Shakers

Dedicated Platform

Spring Wire Racks

Rubber Mats (SK, SKF)

Universal Attachment

Lab Sticker (200x200, mm)

Rubber Mat (CMS-350)

Dual Stacking Tray

Large Tray

Description Universal Platform +250mL Flask Clamps

SK-300

SK-600

SK-71

AAA31551

AAA31561

AAA23631

AAA31552

AAA31562

AAA23632

No. of Flask Clamps Dedicated Platform

Cat. No.

Universal Platform +500mL Flask Clamps

Stage Rack (SK Models)

No. of Flask Clamps

â˛ź A dedicated platform is sold with setting each max. mountable amount of flask clamps on.

Description

SK-300

SK-600

SK-71

AAA31521-V1 AAA31522-V1 AAA23523-V1 Erlenmeyer Flask Size

Max. Inserting Flasks

for 50 mL

for 100 mL

for 250 mL

for 300 mL

for 500 mL

for 1L

for 2L

for 2.8L

Rubber Mat

AAA31531

Universal Attachments

AAA31511

Spring Wire Racks

Cat. No.

Microlpate Tray

Stage Racks

SKF-3000 Models

CMS-350

AAA3A521

AAA31521-V1

AAA3B511

AAA31532

AAA23533

AAA3A531

AAA31531

AAA38501

AAA31512

AAA31513

AAA3A511

AAA31511

AAA3B521

AAA3A532

AAA38502

Lab Sticker Dimpled Mat

SKF-2000 Models

AAA30551 Cat. No.

Dual Stacking

AAA3A541

AAA3B531

Large Tray

AAA3A542

AAA3B532

2 stage Rack

AAA31701

4 stage Rack

AAA31541

AAA31542

AAA31702

137

Shakers

Accessories & Options

for Advanced Orbital Shakers

Universal Platforms

Dual Universal Platforms

Spring Wire Racks

Universal Attachments

Rubber Mats

Weight Increaser SKC - 6000 Models small large

Description Universal Platform

Flask Clamps

Flask Clamps (plastic)

Funnel Clamps

Test Tube Racks2)

Microplate Holders

SKC - 7000 Models small large

Single Dual1) Erlenmeyer Flask Size

AAA30501 AAA30503 Max. Mountable Flask Clamps

AAA23550

for 50 mL

AAA23551

for 100 mL

AAA23552

for 250 mL

AAA23556 AAA23553 AAA23554 AAA23555 AAA23557 AAA23558 AAA23559

AAA23562 AAA23563 AAA23564 AAA23565

for 300 mL for 500 mL for 1L for 2L for 2.8L for 4L for 6L Erlenmeyer Flask Size for 50 mL for 100 ~ 125 mL for 200 mL for 250 mL for 300 mL for 500 mL for 1L for 2L Separating Funnel Size for 250 mL for 500 mL for 1L for 2L

33 39 20 24 14 16 8 11 6 8 4 6 3 4 Max. Mountable Flask Clamps 56 64 42 48 25 39 25 30 25 30 20 20 10 12 6 6 Max. Mountable Funnel Clamps 14 16 9 10 7 8 5 6 Mountable Capacity of Racks

AAA23581 AAA23582 AAA23583 AAA23584 AAA23585 AAA23586 AAA23594

for 86 Test Tubes, ø8mm for 86 Test Tubes, ø10mm for 58 Test Tubes, ø12mm for 58 Test Tubes, ø14mm for 32 Test Tubes, ø16mm for 19 Test Tubes, ø25mm for 10 Test Tubes, ø35mm

AAA23654 AAA23651 AAA23652 AAA23653

Single Tower Flat A(large) Flat B(small)

Cat. No.

AAA30570 AAA30571 AAA30572 AAA30573 AAA30574 AAA30575 AAA30576 AAA30577

Max. Mountable Microplate Holders 20 23 16 19 3 4 4 5

AAA30502 AAA30541

AAA30504 AAA30542

108 108 per each step 72 72 per each step 42 42 per each step 36 27 18 12 9 8 6

126 126 per each step 84 84 per each step 51 51 per each step 40 30 20 13 11 9 7

72 54 30 30 30 24 12 6

80 60 32 32 32 28 15 9

18 11 9 7

20 14 12 8

25 22 4 6

28 25 5 7

1) Universal platform attachments are mounted on the dual universal platform, Under the dual universal platform are mounted only 50ml, 100ml 250ml - Refer to the above chart (Distance between platforms is 175mm). 2) No declination

Description

SKC - 6000 Models large small

SKC - 7000 Models small large

Spring wire rack AAA30521 AAA30522 AAA30523 AAA30524 Universal attachment AAA30511 AAA30512 AAA30513 AAA30514 Rubber mat AAA30531 AAA30532 AAA30533 AAA30534

Ⲽ Above accessories need to be mounted on a universal platform which is sold separately.

138

Description Lab Sticker Weight increaser

SKC - 6000 Models large small

SKC - 7000 Models small large

AAA30551 AAA30562

AAA30561

Shakers

Accessories & Options for Rocking & Waving Shaker

Rubber Mat

Dimpled Mat Cat. No.

Universal Harness

Description

Component

AAA38501

Rubber mat

Tray, Sticky pad

AAA38502

Dimpled mat

Tray, Silicone pad

AAA38503

Universal harness

Tray, Sticky pad, Rubber band (6ea)

for Microplate Shaker

1.5⽀ Micro-Tube Rack Cat. No. AAAJ2311 CPS0011 CPS0012

15⽀ Conical Tube Rack

50⽀ Conical Tube Rack

Description 1.5⽀ Micro-Tube Rack with Cap 15⽀ Conical Tube Rack 50⽀ Conical Tube Rack

Max. Mountable Tube 80 (5 x16) 30 (3 x10) 12 (2 x 6)

for Heating Shakers

96-wellTube Block Set with Cover Cat. No. AAAJ4504 AAAJ4501 AAAJ4502 AAAJ4503

0.5⽀ Tube Block Set with Cover

1.5⽀ Tube Block Set with Cover

Description 96-well Tube Block Set with Cover 0.5⽀ Tube Block Set with Cover 1.5⽀ Tube Block Set with Cover 50⽀ Tube Block Set with Cover

50⽀ Tube Block Set with Cover Max. Mountable Tube

0.2mL x 96 holes (microtube) 0.5mL x 48 holes (microtube) 1.5mL x 24 holes (microtube) 50mL x 6 holes (centrifuge tube)

139

Heating & Cooling Blocks Indispensable for incubation and activation of cultures, culture enrichment, enzyme reactions, immunoassay, etc.

CCB-350

CHB-350S

CHB-350T

Heating & Cooling Block Heating Blocks

SELECTION GUIDE Heating & Cooling Blocks Heating Blocks

140

Description Heating & Cooling Block

CCB-350 CHB-350S

Heating Blocks CHB-350T

Temperature Range

Temperature Fluctuation

Temperature Variation

(Ⳅ/ⳅ)

[±Ⳅ/ⳅ]

Amb. -20 to 95 / Amb. -36 to 203

0.06 / 0.11 at 37Ⳅ

Amb. +5 to 130 0.1 / 0.18 / Amb. +41 to 266 at 80Ⳅ

Page

0.15 / 0.27 at 37Ⳅ

141

0.2 / 0.36 at 80Ⳅ

142

Heating & Cooling blocks Heating & Cooling Block

Rapid cooling and heating in centrifuge tubes, sample vials, micro tubes within the broad temperature range. Outstanding temperature compensation function guarantees precise temperature control.

Operating Features t Precision accuracy of ±0.1°C is ensured by its PID controller. t Wide temperature control range from Amb. -20 to 95°C with rapid cool down and heat-up times. t Simple temperature calibration. t Memory function of programmed protocols allowing relevant parameters of each protocol step to be stored. - Up to 10 protocols allowed for memory storage. - Up to 10 steps allowed for each protocol. t Two types of timer modes: - Timer 1 starts immediately after the timer setting. - Timer 2 starts only after reaching the set temp.

Constructional Features t Cooling is controlled by Peltier elements for an energy efficient compact design. t Bright VFD display with responsive touch buttons. t Its polypropylene main body is highly chemical-resistant and easy-to-clean.

CCB-350 with the optional Blocks Included Accessories Optional Accessories

t Optimal heat transfer is achieved by the tight coupling design of the main body and the corrosion-resistant anodized aluminum blocks.

t Block Lifters (2ea) t Tube Blocks

t Transparent lid allows easy sample monitoring and even temperature distribution. t Blocks can be easily interchanged by the included block lifter.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Control System Display Temperature

Safety

Dimension (W×D×H)

VFD(0.1Ⳅ resolution) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

Amb. -20 to 95 / Amb. -36 to 203

Fluctuation at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)

0.06 / 0.11

Variation at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)

0.15 / 0.27

Over Temp.

Heating plate PCB

Over Current

Current limit protection

Internal (mm / inch)

99 x 77.5 x 36 / 3.9 x 3.1 x 1.4

Overall (mm / inch)

276 x 334 x 165 / 10.9 x 13.1 x 6.5

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

5.0 / 11.0

Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

CCB-350 Feedback control PID

2A AAHJ5015K 4A AAHJ5013U

141

Heating & Cooling blocks Heating Blocks

Ideal for simultaneous sample heating of multiple vials or test tubes with uniform and precise temperature control.

Operating Features t Precision accuracy of ±0.1°C is ensured by its PID controller from ambient + 5°C to 130°C. t Its built-in temperature limit setting feature (with max. 0.2°C overshooting) allows you to perform highly temp. sensitive reactions such as isothermal amplifications. t Automatic power cutoff. - If the temperature of the main body exceeds 150°C. - If the internal circuit is overheated. t Two types of timer modes: - Timer 1 starts immediately after the timer setting. - Timer 2 starts only after reaching the set temperature.

Constructional Features t Its polypropylene main body is highly chemical-resistant and easy-to-clean. t Optimal heat transfer is achieved by the tight coupling design of the main body and the corrosion-resistant anodized aluminum blocks.

CHB-350S / CHB-350T

t Bright VFD display with responsive touch buttons.

with the optional Blocks

t Transparent lid allows easy sample monitoring and even temperature distribution.

Included Accessories Optional Accessories

t Block Lifters (2ea) t Tube Blocks

t Blocks can be easily interchanged by the included block lifter.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Control System Display Temperature

Safety

Dimension (W×D×H)

CHB-350S VFD(0.1Ⳅ resolution)

Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

Amb. +5 to 130 / Amb. +41 to 266

Fluctuation at 80Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)

0.1 / 0.18

Variation at 80Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)

0.2 / 0.36

Over Temp.

Heating plate PCB

Over Current

Current limit protection

Internal (mm / inch)

154×99×37 / 6.1×3.9×1.5

Overall (mm / inch)

276×334×120 / 10.9×13.1×4.7

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

3.9 / 8.6

Cat. No.

3.5A AAHJ1015K

AAHJ1115K 6.7A

Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz)

142

276×334×250 / 10.9×13.1×9.8 4.3 / 9.5

Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz)

Cat. No.

CHB-350T

Feedback control PID

AAHJ1013U

AAHJ1113U

Heating & Cooling blocks Accessories & Options

Tube Blocks Block

Cat. No.

Description

Max. Mountable Tube

WxDxH (mm, inch)

Mountable Capacity of Blocks CHB-350S CHB-350T CCB-350

CHB0030

96-well Tube Block (microtube)

0.2mL x 96 holes

153×98×41 / 6×3.9×1.6

CHB0029

0.5 ⽀ Tube Block (microtube)

0.5mL x 48 holes

98×76.5×41 / 3.9×3×1.6

CHB0045

1.5 ⽀ Tube Block (microtube)

1.5mL x 30 holes

98×76.5×41 / 3.9×3×1.6

CHB0028

1.5 ⽀ Tube Block (microtube)

1.5mL x 48 holes

CHB0031

15 ⽀ Tube Block (centrifuge tube)

15mL x 15 holes

98×76.5×51 / 3.9×3×2

98×76.5×87 / 3.9×3×3.4

CHB0032 50 ⽀ Tube Block (centrifuge tube)

153×98×41 / 6×3.9×1.6

50mL x 6 holes

CHB0033

CHB0034

Ø10 Tube Block

Ø10 x 35 holes

CHB0035

Ø12 Tube Block

Ø12 x 24 holes

CHB0036

Ø13 Tube Block

Ø13 x 24 holes

CHB0037

Ø15 Tube Block

Ø15 x 20 holes

CHB0038

Ø16 Tube Block

Ø16 x 16 holes

CHB0039

Ø18 Tube Block

Ø18 x 12 holes

CHB0040

Ø20 Tube Block

Ø20 x 12 holes

98×76.5×51 / 3.9×3×2

* Available to use only when the lid is opened.

143

Hotplates & Stirrers SELECTION GUIDE

Hotplates & Hotplate Stirrers T-14S/R1)

Hotplates

Hotplates Hotplate Stirrers Magnetic Stirrers Overhead Stirrers

Temperature Speed Range Stirring Capacity, Positions Page (RPM) Max. (L / cu ft, H2O) Range (Ⳅ/ⳅ)

Description

T-17S/R1)

Hotplate Stirrers

TM-14SB/RB1)

(Basic)

TM-17SB/RB1)

Hotplate Stirrers

TS-14S

(Advanced)

TS-17S1)

Hotplate Stirrers

MS-33MH

(Multi-position)

MS-53MH

Max. 350 / 662

Single

146

Max. 350 / 662

50 to 2,000

20 / 0.7

Single

147

Max. 350 / 662

30 to 2,000

20 / 0.7

Single

148

Max. 120 / 248

30 to 2,000

2.25*

3.75*

149

1) S/SB Models: straight type, R/RB Models: round type with handles. * Erlenmeyer flask: usable under 250⽀ in case full positions.

Magnetic Stirrers Speed Range Stirring Capacity, (RPM) Max. (L, H2O)

Description Magnetic Stirrers (Scale)

Magnetic Stirrers (Digital)

Magnetic Stirrers (Multi-position)

MS-12B/T1) MS-17B/T1) MS-22B MS-17G MS-22G MS-23M MS-32M MS-33M MS-51M MS-52M MS-53M

2 4 5 4 5 1.5* 1.5* 2.25* 1.25* 2.5* 3.75*

150 to 2,500 30 to 2,000

30 to 2,000

Positions

Page

Single Single 6 6 9 5 10 15

150

1) B Models: round type, T Models: triangle type. * Erlenmeyer flask: usable under 250⽀ in case full positions.

Overhead Stirrers Speed Range

Description Overhead Stirrers (Economy)

Overhead Stirrers (Analog)

Overhead Stirrers (Digital)

[RPM]

Stirring Capacity, Page Max. [L, H2O]

MSE-1

up to 1,400

MSE-2

up to 1,200

MSE-3

up to 900

MSM-1

50 to 1,400

MSM-2

50 to 1,200

MSM-3

50 to 900

MSP-1

50 to 1,400

MSP-2

50 to 1,200

MSP-3

50 to 900

152

153

Accessories & Options Description for Hotplates & Hotplate Stirrers for Magnetic Stirrers for Overhead Stirrers

Page 154-155 156-157

GENERAL APPLICATIONS

Hotplates Acid and base digestions, trace metal analysis, sample drying, general reagent heating, heating TLC plates, evaporation, etc.

Hotplate Stirrers Various heating and mixing applications that require accuracy, stability, and repeatability.

Magnetic Stirrers Crystallization, solvent evaporation, chemical reactions, titration, distillation, media dissolution, food processing, etc.

Overhead Stirrers Chemical and petrochemical applications, beverage production, dairy production, food processing, sugar and candy production, ceramic applications, water treatment, cosmetics production, colorant and paint production, paper production, etc.

TECHNICAL BENEFITS Hotplates & Hotplate Stirrers 1) Virtually no decoupling of stir bars. (only for Hotplate Stirrers)

2) Fast and precise stirring speed even at high temperatures. (only for Hotplate Stirrers)

Magnetic Stirrers 1) Easy to use. 2) Microprocessor PID controls. (MS-G/M Models only)

3) High heat transfer rate.

3) Equipped with a durable and silent BLDC motor.

4) Non-slip heating bath preventing accidental spills. (optional)

4) Wide speed range.

5) Hot top warning indicator and multiple overheat prevention features. 7) Smooth start and quick stop. 8) Bright digital display panel. (except for TM-SB/RB models)

9) Separate heater ON/OFF button. (except for TM-SB/RB models)

5) Accurate speed control regardless of the sample weight. 6) Safe control even at low speed. 7) Quick real-time start of the stirring action. (MS-B/T Models only)

Overhead Stirrers 1) Powerful torque capable of handling high viscosity tasks. 2) Maintenance of constant motor speed by PID feedback control system even under conditions of changing viscosity. (MSM and MSP Models only)

3) Wide speed range. 4) Bright FND digital display panel. (MSM and MSP Models only)

5) Compact and slim head design. 6) Sturdy aluminum main body efficiently absorbing and emitting the heat generated by the motor.

Hotplates & Stirrers Hotplates

Superior temperature control with various safety functions.

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID temperature control. t Precise temperature is set by digital display and optimum heating level is adjustable. t Auto-tuning and temperature calibration functions. t Multi-functional temperature control modes. (Optimal Mode / Fast Mode / Slow Mode / User Mode / Point Mode)

t Two user-selectable timer activation modes. t Hot top warning indicator for preventing accidental injuries. t Built in thermal shutdown and current limit protection. t Upper and lower temperature limit setting for users’ convenience and safety. t Separate operation RUN/STOP button. t Keypad lock function prevents accidental changes during operation.

Constructional Features

T-14R / T-17S

t Integrated design of the heater and the top plate provides exceptional heat transfer rate and quick heat up capability.

t Heating Bath t Transparent Shield t Support Rod

Optional Accessories see page 154-155

t Non-slip heating bath with concavo-convex bottom prevents unintentional slips of the bath. (optional) t A transparent safety shield protects users from liquid splashes. (optional) t Support rod allows for diverse flexibility in configuring other test equipments and accessories. (optional)

Specification & Ordering Information Model 1) Heating Technical Data Safety

T-14S Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Control Display Heating Power (W) Hot Top Indicator (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Over Temp. Over Current

Timer Load, Max (kg / Ibs) Top Plate General Data

Body

Material Dimension (Ø, mm / Inch) Material Dimension (WxDxH, mm / Inch)

Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electrical Requirements (230V,50Hz / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V,60Hz) Cat. No. 1) S Models: straight type, R Models: round type with handles.

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5 - 40Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 80%). Ⲽ Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.

146

T-14R

Max. 350 / 662 Feedback Control with PID LED digital (0.1Ⳅ resolution) 600 Warning lamp (50 / 122) Top plate / Main body / PCB Current limit protection 2 type, 1min to 99 hrs 59 min 25 / 55.1 Ceramic coated aluminum 140 / 5.5 Aluminum 161x290x100 / 210x294x99 / 6.34x11.42x3.94 8.27x11.57x3.90 2.2 / 4.9 2.4 / 5.3 3.0 A AAH35015K AAH35115K 5.0 A AAH35013U AAH35113U

T-17S

T-17R

800

170 / 6.7 191x330x101 / 7.52x12.99x3.98 2.9 / 6.4 AAH35025K AAH35023U

240x324x100 / 9.45x12.76x3.94 3 / 6.6 4.0 A AAH35125K 6.7 A AAH35123U

Hotplates & Stirrers Hotplate Stirrers (Basic Models)

Easy to control with simple dial knobs for general lab heating and stirring applications. Operating Features t Fast and precise stirring operations are enabled by BLDC motor and special magnet with extremely strong magnetic coupling power. t Smooth-start mechanism provides virtually no decoupling of stir bars even with viscous media. t Instant halt of the stirring operation due to the exceptionally fast response characteristics of the BLDC motor. t Hot Top warning Indicator for preventing accidental injuries. t Built in thermal shutdown and current limit protection. t Large stirring capacity up to 20 liter in case of water.

Constructional Features t Integrated design of the heater and the top plate provides exceptional heat transfer rate and quick heat up capability. t Non-slip heating bath with concavo-convex bottom prevents unintentional slips of the bath. (optional)

TM-14RB / TM-17SB

t A transparent safety shield protects users from liquid splashes. (optional)

Optional Accessories see page 154-155

t Support rod allows for diverse flexibility in configuring other test equipments and accessories. (optional)

t Heating Bath t Transparent Shield t Support Rod

Specification & Ordering Information Model 1) Heating

Stirring Technical Data

TM-14SB Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Control Heating Power (W) Speed Range (RPM) Capacity (L / cu ft, H2O) Magnetic Bar, Max. (ØxL, mm / Inch)

Safety

Hot Top Indicator (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Over Temp. Over Current

Motor Load, Max (kg / Ibs) Top plate General Data

Body

Material Dimension (Ø, mm / Inch) Material Dimension (WxDxH, mm / Inch)

Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electrical Requirements (230V,50Hz/60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V,60Hz) Cat. No.

TM-14RB

Max. 350 / 662 Scale 600 50 to 2,000 20 / 0.71

TM-17SB

TM-17RB

800

8 x 40 / 0.31 x 1.57 Warning lamp (50 / 122) Top plate / Main body / PCB Current limit protection BLDC motor 25 / 55.12 Ceramic coated aluminum 140 / 5.51 Cast aluminum 161x290x100 / 210x294x99 / 6.34x11.42x3.94 8.27x11.57x3.9 2.8 / 6.17 3 / 6.61 3.0 A AAH34215K AAH34315K 5.0 A AAH34213U AAH34313U

170 / 6.69 191x330x101 / 7.52x12.99x3.98 3.5 / 7.72 AAH34225K AAH34223U

240x324x100 / 9.45x12.76x3.94 3.6 / 7.94 4.0 A AAH34325K 6.7A AAH34323U

1) SB Models: straight type, RB Models: round type with handles.

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5-40Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 80%). Ⲽ Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.

147

Hotplates & Stirrers

Hotplate Stirrers (Advanced Models)

Digital heating and stirring control with high advanced features such as auto-tuning and various control modes. Operating Features t Feedback control allows constant stirring speed. t Fast and precise stirring operations are enabled by BLDC motor and special magnet with extremely strong magnetic coupling power. t Smooth-start mechanism provides virtually no decoupling of stir bars even with viscous media. t Instant halt of the stirring operation. t Microprocessor PID temperature control. t Precise temperature is set by digital display and optimum heating level is adjustable. t Auto-tuning and temperature calibration functions. t Multi-functional temperature control modes. (Optimal Mode / Fast Mode / Slow Mode / User Mode / Point Mode)

t Two user-selectable timer activation modes. t Hot Top warning Indicator, built in thermal shutdown, current limit protection. t Upper and lower temperature limit setting for users’ convenience and safety. t Separate operation RUN/STOP button.

TS-14S/ TS-17S Included Accessories

t Temperature Probe (PT100, Max. 250Ⳅ)

Constructional Features t Integrated design of the heater and the top plate provides exceptional heat transfer rate and quick heat up capability.

see page 154-155

t The provided temperature probe detects the actual temperature of media in real time. (PT100, Max. 250Ⳅ, SN-8-4 connector sensor)

Specification & Ordering Information Model 1) Heating

Stirring Technical Data Safety

Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Control Display Heating Power (W) Speed Range (RPM) Capacity (L / cu ft, H2O) Magnetic Bar, Max. (ØxL, mm / Inch) Hot Top Indicator (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Over Temp. Over Current

Motor Timer Load, Max (kg / Ibs) Material Top plate Dimension (Ø, mm / Inch) General Data Material Body Dimension (WxDxH, mm / Inch) Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

TS-14S Max. 350 / 662 Feedback Control with PID LED digital (0.1Ⳅ resolution) 600 30 to 2,000 20 / 0.71 8 x 40 / 0.31 x 1.57 Warning lamp (50 / 122) Top plate / Main body / PCB Current limit protection BLDC motor 2 type, 1min. to 99 hours 59 min. 25 / 55.1 Ceramic coated aluminum 140 / 5.51 Aluminum 161x290x100 / 6.34x11.42x3.94 2.8 / 6.17 3.0 A AAH34415K 5.0 A AAH34413U

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5-40Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 80%). Ⲽ Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.

148

TS-17S

800

170 / 6.69 191x330x101 / 7.52x12.99x3.98 3.5 / 7.72 4.0 A AAH34425K 6.7 A AAH34423U

Hotplates & Stirrers

Hotplate Stirrers (Multi-position Models) Simultaneous stirring is available at max. 15 points with stable heating. Operating Features t Ideal for the multiple sample testing under the same condition. - Maximum 15 independently controlled stirring positions on one heated top plate. t Fast and precise stirring operations are enabled by BLDC motor and special magnet with extremely strong magnetic coupling power. t Various stirring control modes are available. - All Mode / Column Mode / Row Mode / Point Mode t Timer set for each stirring mode is available for the unattended operation. t Smooth-start mechanism provides virtually no decoupling of stir bars even with viscous media. t Instant halt of the stirring operation. t Built in thermal shutdown and current limit protection.

Constructional Features t Integrated design of the heater and the top plate provides exceptional heat transfer rate and quick heat up capability. t Easy-to-read VFD and intuitive control panel. t Bright and vivid LED stirring position indicating lamps and heating operation lamp for stable operations. t High heat transfer aluminum top-plate. t Unit is safely designed to protect internal components from accidental spills.

MS-33MH / MS-53MH Optional Accessories see page 154-155

t Magnetic Stirring Bars t Plastic Retrievers

t Non-slip silicon plate mat is attached on the top plate to prevent unintended slips

Specification & Ordering Information Model

MS-33MH Heating

Technical Data

Stirring

Safety

Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Control Heating Power (W) Speed Range (RPM) Control Stirring Positions Stirring Point Distance (WxD, mm / inch) Timer Motor Motor Rating Input / Output (W) per each point Magnetic Bar, Max. (ØxL, mm / Inch) Over Temp. Over Current

Load, Max (kg / Ibs) Top plate General Data

Body

Material Dimension (WxD, mm / Inch) Material Dimension (WxDxH, mm / Inch)

Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

Max. 120 / 248 Scale 600 30 to 2,000 Feedback control with PID 9 117x90 / 4.61x3.54 1min. to 99 hours 59 min. BLDC motor

MS-53MH 1000

2.9/1.6 8x30 / 0.31x1.18 Top plate Current limit protection 30 / 66.14 Aluminum 385x328 / 15.16x12.91 Powder coated steel 395x450x104 / 15.55x17.72x4.09 10 / 22.05 4.1 A AAHK34015K 8.0 A AAHK34013U

385x493 / 15.16x19.41 395x614x104 / 15.55x24.17x4.09 15 / 33.06 5.8 A AAHK34025K 11.2 A AAHK34023U

149

Hotplates & Stirrers

Magnetic Stirrers (Scale & Digital & Multi-position Models)

Powerful magnets and motors guarantee a high-speed and a goodmanagement of the devices. Features t Best-in-the-class with broad speed range and suitable for high-speed rotation experimental environment. t Ergonomic designed, lightweight, easy to operate, and low profile. t Wide top plate. t Two non-slip silicon plate covers (white & black) provided for MS-B, T, G Models. t Non-slip strength rubber feet. t Sparkless, silent and durable BLDC motor.

MS-B / T with the included Plate Covers

t Built-in thermal shutdown and current limit protection.

Additional Features of MS-G t Bright and vivid VFD and responsive touch buttons. t Gradual start-up to protect users against splashing of samples. t M10 threaded hole to hold a support rod. t Digital timer range: 1 min to 99hr 59min. t Convenient program control.

MS-G with the included Plate Covers

Additional Features of MS-M t User-friendly operation and time setting modes allowing various ways of multi-position stirring to meet usersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; demands: single point, multiple point, whole row, whole column, etc. t Easy-to-read VFD and intuitive control panel. t Bright and vivid LED position indicating lamps. t Non-slip see-through silicon plate mat. (optional) t Chemical-resistant #304 grade stainless steel top-plate.

Included Accessories (without MS-M Models) t Plate Covers(white & black) t Magnetic Stirring Bars

Optional Accessories

MS-M with an optional Plate Mats 150

t Silicone Plate Mats t Plastic Retrievers see page 154-155

Hotplates & Stirrers

Magnetic Stirrers (Scale & Digital & Multi-position Models) Specifications & Ordering Information Model 1)

Technical Data

Top Plate

MS-12B

Speed Control Stirring Capacity (Liter, H2O) Speed Range (RPM) Speed Display Motor Rating Input / Output (W)

Cat. No.

MS-12T

Electronic speed control 2 150 ~ 2,500 None 2.9 / 1.6

Magnetic Bar (Ø×L, mm / Inch), Max.

8×30 / 0.31×1.18

Load, Max (kg / lbs) Material Dimension (mm / inch, Ø) Body Material

MS-17B

MS-17T

8×30 / 0.31×1.18

MS-22B 5

8×40 / 0.31×1.57

Weight (kg / lbs)

15 / 33.07 10 / 22.05 20 / 44.09 Polypropylene with non-slip silicon cover 120 / 4.72 115 / 4.53 170 / 6.69 Poly propylene 130×130×65 / 181×176×57 / 185×185×65 / 5.12×5.12×2.56 7.13×6.93×2.24 7.28×7.28×2.56 0.6 / 1.32 0.9 / 1.98

Electrical Requirements

AC 100 ~ 240V, 50 / 60Hz with power adapter

Power Consumption (W) Protection Class (DIN EN 60529) KR plug Persian Blue US plug KR plug Yellow US plug KR plug Orange US plug

5 IP42 AAH330115BK AAH330115BU AAH330115YK AAH330115YU -

Dimension (mm / inch, W×D×H) General Data

RoHS compliant only for MS-B Certification only for MS-B Models

8×30 / 0.31×1.18

10×50 / 0.39×1.97

20 / 44.09

25 / 55.12

165 / 6.5

220 / 8.66

246×243×57 / 9.69×9.57×2.24

230×230×65 / 9.06×9.06×2.56 1.1 / 2.43 AC 100 ~ 240V, 50 / 60Hz

AAH333215BK AAH33326BU AAH333215RK AAH33326RU

AAH330315BK AAH330315BU AAH330315YK AAH330315YU -

6 AAH333115BK AAH33316BU AAH333115RK AAH33316RU

AAH330215BK AAH330215BU AAH330215YK AAH330215YU -

1) B-models: round type, T-models; triangle type.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

MS-17G

Speed Control Stirring Capacity (Liter, H2O) Speed Range (RPM) Speed Display Motor Rating Input / Output (W) Magnetic Bar (Ø×L, mm / Inch), Max. Load, Max (kg / lbs) Material Dimension (mm / inch, Ø) Body Material Dimension (mm / inch, W×D×H) Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements Power Consumption (W) Protection Class (DIN EN 60529) KR plug Persian Blue US plug KR plug Yellow US plug

Technical Data

Top Plate

General Data

Cat. No.

MS-22G

Feedback control with PID 4 30 to 2,000 VFD 2.9 / 1.6 8×40 / 0.31×1.57 20 / 44.09 Polypropylene with non-slip silicon cover 170 / 6.69 Poly propylene 210×280×72 / 8.27×11.02×2.82 1.35 / 2.98 AC 100 ~ 240V, 50 / 60Hz 6 IP42 AAH331215BK AAH331215BU AAH331215YK AAH331215YU

10×50 / 0.39×1.97 25 / 55.12 220 / 8.66 260×360×72 / 10.24×14.17×2.82 1.75 / 3.86

AAH331315BK AAH331315BU AAH331315YK AAH331315YU

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Speed Control Positions Stirring Speed Range (RPM) Stirring Point Distance Technical Data

(mm / inch, W×D)

Timer Speed Display Motor Rating Input / Output (W) per each point Load, Max (kg / lbs) Dimension (mm / inch, W×D×H)

General Data

Cat. No.

Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements Power Consumption (W) Protection Class (DIN EN 60529) KR plug US plug

MS-23M

MS-32M

Feedback control with PID 6 6 30 to 2,000 117×170 / 117×90 / 4.6×6.69 4.6×3.54 1 min. to 99 hours 59 min. VFD

MS-33M

MS-51M

MS-52M

MS-53M

117×90 / 4.6×3.54

90 / 3.54

117×90 / 4.6×3.54

377×434×81 / 14.84×17.09×3.19 7 / 15.43

130×591×75 / 5.12×23.27×2.95 4 / 8.82

251×591×75 / 9.88×23.27×2.95 8 / 17.64

378×591×75 / 14.89×23.27×2.95 11 / 24.25

135

AAH332315K AAH332315U

AAH332415K AAH332415U

AAH332515K AAH332515U

AAH332615K AAH332615U

2.9 / 1.6 30 / 66.14 377×434×81 / 254×434×81 / 14.84×17.09×3.19 10×17.09×3.19 6 / 13.23 5 / 11.02 AC 100 ~ 240V, 50 / 60Hz 45 45 IP 21 AAH332115K AAH332215K AAH332115U AAH332215U

151

Hotplates & Stirrers

Overhead Stirrers (Economy & Analog Models)

Dynamic stirring, simple operation, and sustainable economic benefits - for tasks of up to 50 liters. (H2O) Sturdy aluminum main body efficiently absorbing and emitting the heat generated by the motor.

Features t Compact and slim head design. t Powerful torque capable of handling high viscosity tasks. t Safety features against overload and overheating for all models. t Sequential auto-stop safety features for MSM models: visible warning → audible warning → auto-stop. t High speed, vibration-free, and silent operation. t Speed adjustment dial knob. t A wide range of accessories available.

Additional Features of MSM Models t Well illuminated digital display panel with sensitive touch buttons. t Convenient emergency stop feature. t Displayed modes: rpm, power ratio. (%)

MSE Models

MSM Models

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

Technical Data

Speed Control Speed Range (rpm) Display Stirring Capacity (L, H2O) Torque, Max. (N·cm) Power Max. (W / A) Body Material Dimension (mm / inch, W×D×H)

General Data

Cat. No.

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements Safety Device Shaft Die, Max (mm / Inch) Protection Class (DIN EN 60529) KR plug US plug

MSE-1

MSE-2

MSE-3

MSM-1

Scale Analog Up to 1,400 Up to 1,200 Up to 900 50 ~ 1,400 None Digital 20 30 50 20 15 27 53 15 15 / 1.2 20.4 / 1.7 31.2 / 2.6 15 / 1.2 Aluminum, PP 65×135×190 / 70×150×200 / 70×150×215 / 65×135×190 / 2.56×5.31×7.48 2.76×5.91×7.87 2.76×5.91×8.46 2.56×5.31×7.48 2 / 4.41 2.5 / 5.51 3 / 6.61 2 / 4.41 AC 100 ~ 240V, 50/60Hz Thermal protection, Current protection, Emergency stop (MSM) 3 ~ 10 / 0.12 ~ 0.39 IP10 AAH372115K AAH372215K AAH372315K AAH370115K AAH372115U AAH372215U AAH372315U AAH370115U

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5-40Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 80%). Ⲽ Protection class according to DIN EN 60529: waterproof, Dust production index based on the test level. Ⲽ Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.

152

MSM-2

MSM-3

50 ~ 1,200

50 ~ 900

30 27 20.4 / 1.7

50 53 31.2 / 2.6

70×150×200 / 2.76×5.91×7.87 2.5 / 5.51

70×150×215 / 2.76×5.91×8.46 3 / 6.61

AAH370215K AAH370215U

AAH370315K AAH370315U

Hotplates & Stirrers Overhead Stirrers (Digital Models)

Specially designed for optimum usability and the highest efficiency in the same class with advanced safety features.

Features t Compact and slim head design. t Prevention of accidental spills or splashes thanks to microprocessor controlled smooth start and stop functions. t Maintenance of constant motor speed by PID feedback control system even under conditions of changing viscosity. t Powerful torque capable of handling high viscosity tasks. t Bright digital display panel with touch sensitive buttons. t Selectable display modes: rpm, power ratio (%), motor temp, and run time. t Convenient emergency stop feature. t Safety features against overload and overheating. - sequential auto-stop safety features: visible warning → audible warning → auto-stop. t High speed, vibration-free, and silent operation. t Speed adjustment dial knob. t Built-in USB port for external control and data collection. (Lab Companion software required)

t A wide range of accessories available.

MSP Models Specifications & Ordering Information Model

Technical Data

Speed Control Speed Range (rpm) Display Stirring Capacity, Max. (L, H2O) Torque, Max. (N·cm) Power Max. (W / A) Body Material Dimension (mm / inch, W×D×H)

General Data

Cat. No.

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements Safety Device Shaft Die, Max (mm / Inch) Protection Class (DIN EN 60529) KR plug US plug

MSP-1

MSP-2

MSP-3

PID feedback control 50 ~ 1,400 50 ~ 1,200 50 ~ 900 Digital 20 30 50 15 27 53 15 / 1.2 20.4 / 1.7 31.2 / 2.6 Aluminum, PP 65×135×190 / 70×150×200 / 70×150×215 / 2.56×5.31×7.48 2.76×5.91×7.87 2.76×5.91×8.46 2 / 4.41 2.5 / 5.51 3 / 6.61 AC 100 ~ 240V, 50 / 60Hz Thermal protection, Current protection, Emergency stop, Automatic speed-down (MSP) 3 ~ 10 / 0.12 ~ 0.39 IP10 AAH371115K AAH371215K AAH371315K AAH371115U AAH371215U AAH371315U

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5-40Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 80%). Ⲽ Protection class accroof, Dust production index based on the test level. Ⲽ Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.

153

Hotplates & Stirrers Accessories & Options

for Hotplates & Hotplate Stirrers

Temperature Probe

Heating Bath

Cat. No.

Transparent Safety Shield

Description

AAA34501

Temperature Probe (PT 100, Max. 250Ⳅ, SN-8-4 connector sensor)

AAA34502

Temperature Probe (PT 100, Max. 350Ⳅ, SN-8-4 connector sensor)

Suitable for TS series only

HPS0012

Heating Bath

T / TS / TM-14 series only

HPS0015

Heating Bath

T / TS / TM-17 series only

HPS0059

Transparent Safety Shield (PC)

T / TS / TM-14 series only

HPS0039

Transparent Safety Shield (PC)

T / TS / TM-17 series only

MTT0132

Support Rod, M10 (Ø12mmx400mm / Ø0.47˝x15.74˝)

All models

Clamp Holder (C-10)

Clamp Holder (C-7)

Cat. No.

Clamp Holder (C-5)

Description

AAA37512

Clamp Holder, C-10 (Al body, Ø17mm / Ø0.66˝)

AAA37513

Clamp Holder, C-7 (Al body, Ø12mm / Ø0.47˝)

AAA37514

Clamp Holder, C-5 (PP body, Ø12mm / Ø0.47˝)

BEA1000014

Suitable for All models

2 Prong Clamp (60mm / 2.36˝ grip)

for Magnetic Stirrers

Plate Covers (Black & White)

154

Silicone Pad

Power Divider(5 channels*)

Cat. No.

Description

Cat. No.

Description

MTT0144

Plate cover (White color, Silicone Ø115mm / Ø4.53˝)

MS-12T

MTS0015

Silicone pad (355×475×1mm / 13.98x18.70x0.04˝)

MS-53M

MTT0146

Plate cover (White color, Silicone Ø165mm / Ø6.49˝)

MS-17T

MTS0016

Silicone pad (235×475×1mm / 9.25x18.70x0.04˝)

MS-52M

MTT0002

Plate cover (White color, Silicone Ø120mm / Ø4.72˝)

MS-12B

MTS0017

Silicone pad (115×475×1mm / 4.53x18.70x0.04˝)

MS-51M

MTT0003

Plate cover (White color, Silicone Ø170mm / Ø6.69˝)

MS-17B/G

MTS0041

Silicone pad (235×310×1mm / 9.25x12.20x0.04˝)

MS-32M

MTT0004

Plate cover (White color, Silicone Ø220mm / Ø8.66˝)

MS-22B/G

MTS0042

Silicone pad (355×310×1mm / 13.98x12.20x0.04˝)

MS-23M/33M

MTT0143

Plate cover (Black color, Silicone Ø115mm / Ø4.53˝)

MS-12T

MTT0001

Power Adapter (100~240V, 50/60Hz)

MTT0145

Plate cover (Black color, Silicone Ø165mm / Ø6.49˝)

MS-17T

MTT0005

Plate cover (Black color, Silicone Ø120mm / Ø4.72˝)

MS-12B

AAA33501

Power Divider(5 channels*) with M10 rod, adapter(100~240V, 50/60Hz), five DC plugs

MTT0006

Plate cover (Black color, Silicone Ø170mm / Ø6.69˝)

MS-17B/G

MTT0132

Support Rod (M10, Ø12×400mm / Ø0.47x15.75˝)

MTT0007

Plate cover (Black color, Silicone Ø220mm / Ø8.66˝)

MS-22B/G

Suitable for

Ⲽ Power supply to max. five units at the same time.

Suitable for

MS-12B/T, MS-17B/T MS-17G/ 22G

Hotplates & Stirrers Accessories & Options

for Hotplates Stirrers & Magnetic Stirrers Magnetic Stirring Bars

Octahedral Magnetic Stirring Bars

Cylindrical Magnetic Stirring Bars Cat. No.

Oval Magnetic Stirring Bars

Cat. No.

Ø (mm / inch)

L (mm / inch)

Ø (mm / inch)

L (mm / inch)

Cat. No.

Ø (mm / inch)

L (mm / inch)

BCW1513

8 / 0.31

13 / 0.51

BCW11138

8 / 0.31

13 / 0.51

BCW1610

5 / 0.19

10 / 0.39

BCW1515

8 / 0.31

15 / 0.59

BCW11156

6 / 0.23

15 / 0.59

BCW1615

6 / 0.23

15 / 0.59

BCW1620

10 / 0.39

20 / 0.78

BCW162510

10 / 0.39

25 / 0.98

BCW1630

16 / 0.63

30 / 1.18

BCW1522

8 / 0.31

22 / 0.86

BCW11208

8 / 0.31

20 / 0.78

BCW1525

8 / 0.31

25 / 0.98

BCW11258

8 / 0.31

25 / 0.98

BCW1528

8 / 0.31

28 / 0.10

BCW11308

8 / 0.31

30 / 1.18

BCW1635

16 / 0.63

35 / 1.38

BCW1538

8 / 0.31

38 / 1.49

BCW1140

8 / 0.31

40 / 1.57

BCW1640

20 / 0.78

40 / 1.57

BCW1541

8 / 0.31

41 / 1.61

BCW1150

8 / 0.31

50 / 1.96

BCW1650

20 / 0.78

50 / 1.96

BCW1551

8 / 0.31

51 / 2.00

BCW155110

10 / 0.39

51 / 2.00

Plastic Retrievers

Plastic Retrievers (PP) Cat. No.

Plastic Retrievers (PTFE)

Ø (mm / inch)

L (mm / inch)

Cat. No.

Ø (mm / inch)

L (mm / inch)

BCW41300

10 / 0.39

300 / 11.81

BCW4150

10 / 0.39

150 / 5.90

BCW41350

10 / 0.39

350 / 13.77

BCW4250

10 / 0.39

250 / 9.84

BCW41450

10 / 0.39

450 / 17.71

BCW4350

10 / 0.39

350 / 13.77

BCW4450

10 / 0.39

450 / 17.71

155

Hotplates & Stirrers Accessories & Options

for Overhead Stirrers Impellers Propeller Impellers

Turbine Impellers

Half-Moon Impellers Centrifugal Impellers

Anchor Impellers Paddle Impellers

Standard grade stainless steel with Teflon shaft produces anaxial flow stir between the bottom and top levels of a sample with local shearing force. Used at medium or high speeds for mixing normal range level viscosity samples.

A radial flowing stir from the top and bottom levels of a sample with a powerful, high shearing turbulent force. Used ideally for the gassing of liquids and mixing medium to high range level viscosity samples.

Tiltable moon-shaped and blade shaft produces a normal axial flow percentage mixing of samples. Used with round bottom shaped containers, medium mixing speed, and samples ranging from low to medium viscosity levels.

An anchored shaft that produces a strong tangential flow with a high shearing percentage force on samples with medium to high viscosity level with speed setting in the low to medium range.

Stainless Steel Impellers

Propeller (3-Bladed / 4-Bladed)

Cat. No.

Blade, WxH (mm / inch)

3-Bladed Propeller AAA37521 50 / 1.97 AAA37522 70 / 2.76 AAA37523 100 / 3.94 4-Bladed Propeller AAA37531 50 / 1.97 AAA37532 70 / 2.76 AAA37533 100 / 3.94 Turbine AAA37561 40 / 1.57 AAA37562 70 / 2.76 Dissolver BEA0570031 55 / 2.17 BEA0570032 75 / 2.95

Turbine / Dissolver

Shaft Ø

(mm / inch)

Half-Moon / Centrifugal

Length

(mm / inch)

8 / 0.31 8 / 0.31 8 / 0.31

400 / 15.75 400 / 15.75 400 / 15.75

8 / 0.31 8 / 0.31 8 / 0.31

400 / 15.75 400 / 15.75 400 / 15.75

8 / 0.31 8 / 0.31

500 / 19.69 500 / 19.69

8 / 0.31 8 / 0.31

350 / 13.78 350 / 13.78

Cat. No. Half-Moon AAA37541 AAA37542 Centrifugal AAA37551 AAA37552 Anchor AAA37571 AAA37572 Paddle A AAA37581

Blade, WxH (mm / inch)

Anchor / Paddle

Shaft Ø

(mm / inch)

Length

(mm / inch)

65x20 / 2.56x0.79 90x25 / 3.54x0.98

8 / 0.31 8 / 0.31

300 / 11.81 500 / 19.69

50x15 / 1.97x0.59 80x15 / 3.15x0.59

8 / 0.31 8 / 0.31

500 / 19.69 500 / 19.69

45x45 / 1.77x1.77 60x60 / 2.36x2.36

8 / 0.31 8 / 0.31

300 / 11.81 500 / 19.69

70x70 / 2.76x2.76

8 / 0.31

500 / 19.69

PTFE Coated Impellers

Propeller (4-Bladed)

Cat. No.

Turbine

Blade, WxH (mm / inch)

4-Bladed Propeller BEA0570081 50 / 1.97 BEA0570082 70 / 2.76 Turbine BEA0570131 70 / 2.76

156

Shaft Ø

(mm / inch)

Half-Moon / Centrifugal

Length

(mm / inch)

8 / 0.31 8 / 0.31

500 / 19.69 500 / 19.69

8 / 0.31

500 / 19.69

Cat. No. Half-Moon BEA0570091 Centrifugal BEA0570101 Anchor BEA0570111 BEA0570121 Paddle BEA0570141 Paddle A BEA0570151

Blade, WxH (mm / inch)

Anchor / Paddle

Shaft Ø

(mm / inch)

Length

(mm / inch)

60x18 / 2.36x0.71

8 / 0.31

500 / 19.69

76x17 / 2.99x0.67

8 / 0.31

500 / 19.69

80x50 / 3.15x1.97 80x40 / 3.15x1.57

8 / 0.31 8 / 0.31

500 / 19.69 500 / 19.69

70 / 2.76

8 / 0.31

500 / 19.69

78x80 / 3.07x3.15

8 / 0.31

500 / 19.69

Hotplates & Stirrers Accessories & Options

for Overhead Stirrers Stands & Support Rods

Dial Stand with two optional support rods Cat. No.

Basic Stand 1 with

Basic Stand 2

two optional support rods

Description

Cat. No.

Basic Stand 3

Description

AAA37501

Dial Stand (W×D×H, 400×400×700 / 15.75×15.75×27.56)

AAA37502

Basic Stand 1 (W×D×H, 400×400×700 / 15.75×15.75×27.56)

MSS0052

Ø18mm (Ø0.71˝) Support Rod, 500mm (19.68˝) , M14 Nut

AAA37503

Basic Stand 2 (W×D×H, 300×400×700 / 11.81×15.75×27.56)

MSS0053

Ø20mm (Ø0.79˝) Support Rod, 500mm (19.68˝) , M14 Nut

AAA37504

Basic Stand 3 (W×D×H, 250×350×700 / 9.84×13.78×27.56)

MSS0051

Ø15mm (Ø0.59˝) Support Rod, 500mm (19.68˝) , M14 Nut

Clamps & Others

Utility Clamp 3 Prong

Clamp Holder (C-10)

Utility Clamp Plat

Clamp Holder (C-20)

Cat. No.

Description

3 Prong Clamp

2 Prong Clamp

Flexible Coupling

PTFE Stirring seals

Cat. No.

Fixing Clamp

Description

BEA1000001

Utility Clamp 3 Prong

AAA37512

Clamp Holder, C-10 (Al body, Ø17mm / 0.67˝ )

BEA1000002

Utility Clamp Plat

AAA37511

Clamp Holder, C-20 (Al body, Ø27mm / 1.06˝ )

BEA1000011

3 Prong Clamp (80mm / 3.15˝ grip)

BEA0570191

Flexible Coupling

BEA1000012

3 Prong Clamp (60mm / 2.36˝

grip)

BEA0570161

PTFE Stirring Seals (24 / 40)

BEA1000013

3 Prong Clamp (20mm / 0.79˝

grip)

BEA0570162

PTFE Stirring Seals (29 / 42)

BEA1000014

2 Prong Clamp (60mm / 2.36˝ grip)

BEA0570163

PTFE Stirring Seals (34 / 45)

BEA0570181

Fixing Clamp

157

Vortex Mixers Low profile design and highly touch sensitive sensor reduce wrist stresses when pushing and holding experiment tools resulting in less fatigue and less unpleasant feeling .

VM-96B / VM-96E Included Accessories

158

t Rubber Platform

Features t Well-balanced design and optimized safety features.

t Sparkless BLDC motor adopted for safety, quick acceleration, and low maintenance.

t Low-profile with small footprint ideal for use on lab benches and within fume hoods or clean benches.

t Built-in safety features against overload and over current.

t Real-time mixing for thanks to highly touch sensitive switch.

t Chemically resistant PP (polypropylene) molded exterior.

t Selective mixing modes with Variable speed control knob. - VM-96B: Touch, Continuous, High-continuous. - VM-96E: Touch, Continuous.

t A wide range of accessories available. (rubber platform comes standard)

t Built-in LED lamps in case of VM-96B for easy recognition of the mixing mode selected.

Specifications & Ordering Information

RoHS compliant only for VM-96B

Model

Technical Data

Orbital

VM-96E

Speed Range (RPM)

0 - 3,000

Control

Scale

Orbit (mm / inch, Ø)

4 / 0.16

Operating Mode

Touch, Continuous, High-continuous

Motor Rating Input / Output (W)

12W / 6W

200 - 3,000

Motor

BLDC motor

Max. Load (kg / lbs) - incl. attachment

0.5 / 1.1

Material

General Data

VM-96B

Motion

Body

Polypropylene

Platform

Silicone rubber

Touch, Continuous

Dimension (mm / inch, W×D×H)*

154×210×83 / 6.1×8.3×3.3

148×159×77 / 5.8×7.4×3

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

3.1 / 6.8

2.6 / 5.7

Electrical Requirements

AC 100V ~ 240V, 50 / 60Hz

Safety Device

Self-resetting / Current limit protection

Protection Class (DIN EN 60529)

IP 42

KR Plug

Parsian blue

AAH360115K

Cat. No. US Plug

Current limit protection

AAH360115U

AAH361115BK

Orange

AAH361115RK

Parsian blue

AAH361115BU

Orange

AAH361115RU

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5-40Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 80%) Ⲽ Protection class according to DIN EN 60529: Waterproof, Dust production index based on the test level. * Exterior dimension without attachment.

Accessories & Options Cat. No.

Description

VMS0008

Microplate Tray

VMS0011

Rubber Platform

AAA36520

Tube Holder with Insert Retainer

AAA36521

Tube Holder with Insert Retainer (Ø10mm / Ø0.39˝)

AAA36522

Tube Holder with Insert Retainer (Ø12mm / Ø0.47˝)

AAA36523

Tube Holder with Insert Retainer (Ø15mm / Ø0.59˝)

AAA36524

Tube Holder with Insert Retainer (Ø20mm / Ø0.79˝)

AAA36525

Tube Holder with Insert Retainer (Ø25mm / Ø0.98˝)

AAA36521

AAA36522

VMS0011

AAA36520

Rubber Platform

VMS0008

AAA36523

Tube Holders

159

Temperature Chambers SELECTION GUIDE

Heating Chambers Operating Temp. Range (Ⳅ/ⳅ)

Description Heating Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Heating Chambers

LBV Models

Amb. +45 to 250 / Amb. +113 to 482

LTV Models

Amb. +45 to 350 / Amb. +113 to 662

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) 125 to 1000 / 4.4 to 35.3

Page

162

(Floor Standing Models)

Heating & Cooling Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Heating & Cooling Chambers (Tabletop Models)

Heating & Cooling Chambers Operating Temp. Range (Ⳅ/ⳅ)

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

KBD Models

-70 to 180 / -94 to 356

125 to 420 / 4.4 to 14.8

KMV Models

-35 to 180 / -31 to 356

125 to 1000 / 4.4 to 35.3

Heating & Cooling Chambers

JMV Models

-35 to 180 / -31 to 356

125 to 990 / 4.4 to 34.9

(Floor Standing Models)

PBV Models

-25 to 100 / -13 to 212

PMV Models

-5 to 100 / 23 to 212

Description Heating & Cooling Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

LCH Models Heating & Cooling Chambers

LCH-11-2C

(Floor Standing Models)

LCH-G Models LCH-11G-2C

-20 to 100 / -4 to 212

0 to 100 / 32 to 212

Heating & Cooling Chambers

TC-KE Models

-35 to 150 / -31 to 302

(Tabletop Models)

TC-ME Models

-20 to 120 / -4 to 248

Page

168

173

125 to 1000 / 4.4 to 35.3 150 to 485 / 5.3 to 17.1 150 / 5.3 x 2 chambers 150 to 485 / 5.3 to 17.1 150 / 5.3 x 2 chambers

182

25 to 100 / 0.9 to 3.53

184

Accessories & Options Description for Temperature Chambers

160

Page 190-191

GENERAL APPLICATIONS Temperature Chambers Test for reliability, durability, climatic, freezing resistance, quality assurance, thermal endurance etc. - Testing for electric and electronic component, sensors. - Testing for semiconductor, PCB, LCD & LED. - Pharmaceutical tests. - Mechanical / Military / Aircraft engineering. - Automobile, Transport / automobile supply industries. - Chemical / Petrochemical industries. - Construction materials / Plastic / Textile industries. - Testing mould, liquor, cigar, paintings. - Testing metal related industries like plating etc.

TECHNICAL BENEFITS Safety Features 1) Self-protecting cut-off function: - Over temperature, electrical leakage or over voltage automatically cuts the power from the unit, in an orderly fashion, starting with the heating element then the controller unit. 2) Time setting function for automated RUN / OFF: - Enable automatic start and shut off of a unit at any specific time. - Data can be recorded in time, day, or week intervals. 3) Door-open warning alarm: - Intermittent toned alarm audible alarm and visual alarms. - Heating element, fan, and platform automatically stops when the door is opened to minimize heat loss and to ensure users safety.

Optimum Control Features

Protect the Global Environment

1) Microprocess PID control / Auto-tuning / Calibration.

1) Use of HFC refrigerant prevents damage to the ozone layer.

2) Optimize CPU logic control system. - Optimum control of temperature with economical controls that reduces power consumption.

2) Complies with the Montreal Protocol on Substances That Deplete the Ozone Layer control measures.

3) Touch screen type display. - Color LCD display with interactive input system. ( Floor Standing Models only) - Temperature / timer settings, and oper-ation condition. - Temp., other operating parameters can be recorded using a recorder. - Easily visible set value: set point value (SV) / pre-sent value (PV) are also added on the colorful LCD controller.

161

Temperature Chambers Heating Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

LBV-040 / LTV-040 with optional recoder

162

Temperature Chambers

Heating Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Reliable International Standard Designed and tested in accordance with the international standards. Temperature values of all chambers are measured according to DIN 12880 and IEC 60068-3-5. t Increase in reliability of accurate temperature implementation and test results. (27 point measurement data) ( 27 point measur

ement )

Uniform Air Circulation An unrivalled designed air circulation system boosts a uniform temperature distribution. t Horizontal forced convection increases temperature uniformity by flowing heated air throughout the whole chamber. t Air intake and exhaust damper rapidly cools-down and ventilates chamber. t Various applications are available for higher air exchange. - Freely control of air volume by adjusting the air flap position with damper handle based on individual application needs. t Safe damper guard protect users from overheated damper.

LBV series t Amb.+45Ⳅ to 250Ⳅ / Amb. +113ⳅ to 482ⳅ t Horizontal Airflow

LTV series t Amb.+45Ⳅ to 350Ⳅ / Amb. +113ⳅ to 662ⳅ t Horizontal Airflow Horizontal Airflow

163

Temperature Chambers Heating Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Constructional Features Silicone

Ceramic

t Air-tight door closure with double sealed packings. - Heat-resistant silicone double packing completely blocks high heat leakage from the inner chamber. (only for LBV Models)

- Non-conducting ceramic and heat-resistant silicone packing completely blocks high heat leakage from the inner chamber. (only for LTV Models) - Two-point door latch also enhances tightness to door closure.

Two-point Door Latch

Double Sealed Packings (only for LTV Models)

t Energy efficiency is achieved thanks to optimization of the insulation system. - Even if the unit is operating at max. temperature, the surface of the unit doesnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t allow high temperatures of over 51âł&#x201E;. (DIN EN 563) t Reliable design and production of door is guaranteed. - Evaluates the results after opening the door by 90 degrees and applying 50kg load to the point of 30cm from hinges. t Corrosion resistance stainless steel inner chamber. t Space efficient and easy loading chamber design. - Included two shelves for loading of large amounts of samples. - Heavy load shelving, rated for 40kg are also available. (optional)

Safety Features t Over-current & Current Leakage Protection (ELCB, Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker)

Warning Signal Lamp (optional)

Indication Lamp & Emergency Stop

t Independent Safety Fuse. - Important parts such as controller and heaters are highly secured from short circuit. Especially each heater has an individual fuse to completely break a short circuit. t Reversed-phase Protection - Electrical connection error indicator helps user to rapidly fix the connection. t Over-current Protection of Motor - Automatic Shut-off in situations where there is over-current to the Motor. t Door Open Warning - Heater & Fan stop when the door is the open state. t Electric wiring panel access warning - Automatic stop if the cover of electric wiring panel is opened.

Individual Over Temperature Limiter

164

Temperature Chambers

Heating Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Operating Features t Suitable for specific use such as heat treatment and drying process. t Colorful interactive touch type LCD controller. t Set point temperature and present temperature are clearly shown together on display. t Sufficient programmable control support. t Operating progress can be shown in graph mode for better data understanding. t Automatic start/stop can be programmed for unattended operations. t User selectable operation mode after power interruption ether Automatic run or Manual run. t Display indicates abnormal temperature changes or power failures. t Three different language support. (English / Chinese / Korean) t Temperature and other operating parameters can be recorded using a six channel digital recorder.(optional)

Color LCD Controller

5FNQ

&/%

Description Programmable pattern capacity Pattern repeat time Part repeat time Max. segments per a pattern Available max. segments* Programmable process time per a segment

NO 100 999 255 100 6000

5JNF

Automatic Start

End of Program

5FNQ

0 to 99 hr 59 min

* Even though the max. segments per pattern are 100, the total available segments are up to 6000 not 10000, therefore arrangement of the number of segment and patterns will need to be done properly.

5JNF

Program Control

Software t RS-485 communication port(optional) enables connection up to maximum 32 units. Simultaneous monitoring and operating of multiple units is an available feature. t Program patterns are simple to set with the use of our software. t Easy to check status of real-time operations. Graph data supports easy understanding.

Function Setup

Program Setup

Operating Status

Graph Display

t Storage and documentation of programs. t Data with saving capabilities in excel and text format. t Storage of program information, backup of value settings, recovery, and temperature values. t RS-232 communication port as standard offer.

165

Temperature Chambers Heating Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

LBV-012

LBV-025

125 / 4.4

Controller

Programmable, Touch screen type controller (3.5” Color monitor)

Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

intake/damper 100% close intake/damper 100% open

Temperature Fluctuation

253 / 8.9

LBV-040

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

420 / 14.8

LBV-070

LBV-100

720 / 25.4

1000 / 35.3

Amb.+45 to 250 / Amb. +113 to 482 Max. 80 / Max. 176

Max. 80 / Max. 176

Max. 120 / Maz. 248

Max. 80 / Max. 176

Max. 140 / Max. 284

0.3 / 0.54

1) 2)

BU Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) BU Ⳅ

0.4 / 0.72

1.3 / 2.34

0.5 / 0.90

BU Ⳅ

0.7 / 1.26

2.3 / 4.14

0.7 / 1.26

0.8 / 1.44

BU Ⳅ

1.1 / 1.98

3.2 / 5.76

1.1 / 1.98

1.2 / 2.16

BU Ⳅ

1.7 / 3.06

4.1 / 7.38

1.5 / 2.70

1.7 / 3.06

10.5

6.5

9.5

BU Ⳅ

4.5

8.5

BU Ⳅ

9.5

5.5

9.5

Air Change rate (approx, x/h)

213

266

173

233

193

Air Circulation (approx, x/h)

374

590

294

348

220

Exhaust air volume flow (approx, L/min)

380

1240

1400

1910

1560

Air flow velocity (m/s)

0.2 to 0.6

Interior (mm / inch)

500×500×500 / 19.7×19.7×19.7

600×650×650 / 23.6×25.6×25.6

750×700×800 / 29.5×27.6×31.5

900×800×1000 / 35.4×31.5×39.4

1000×910×1100 / 39.4×35.8×43.3

Exterior (mm / inch)

1100×745×1362 / 43.3×29.3×53.6

1200×995×1559 / 47.2×39.2×61.4

1350×1045×1712 / 53.1×41.1×67.4

1500×1145×1912 / 59×45.1×75.3

1600×1255×2012 / 62.9×49.4×79.2

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

170 / 374.8

260 / 573.2

320 / 705.5

390 / 859.8

440 / 970

Temperature Variation 2) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)

Heating Time 2) (min.) from Amb. to 250Ⳅ BU Ⳅ

Recovery time 2) BU Ⳅ after door was opened (min.)

Dimension (W×D×H)

Interface Port Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

Basically RS-232C [RS-485(Maximum 32 Units Control)-optional] 1ph / 14A AAHK1011K AAHK1012K

Electrical Requirements (380V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

1) According to IEC 60068-3-5 2) According to DIN 12880 Ⲽ Above specification value is recorded by 230V/60Hz, 380V/50Hz. Ⲽ Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.

166

1ph / 14A -

3ph / 7.1A

3ph / 9.4A

3ph / 12A

3ph / 14.2A

AAHK1028K

AAHK1038K

AAHK1048K

AAHK1058K

Temperature Chambers

Heating Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

LTV-012

LTV-025

125 / 4.4

Controller

Programmable, Touch screen type controller (3.5” Color monitor)

Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

intake/damper 100% close intake/damper 100% open

Temperature Fluctuation

253 / 8.9

LTV-040

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

420 / 14.8

LTV-070

LTV-100

720 / 25.4

1000 / 35.3

Amb.+45 to 350 / Amb. +113 to 662 Max. 115 / Max. 239

Max. 115 / Max. 239

Max. 180 / Max. 356

Max. 150 / Max. 302

Max. 210 / Max. 410

0.4 / 0.72

0.3 / 0.54

0.5 / 0.90

0.4 / 0.72

1) 2)

BU Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) BU Ⳅ

0.5 / 0.90

0.6 / 1.08

0.7 / 1.26

0.4 / 0.72

BU Ⳅ

0.7 / 1.26

1.0 / 1.80

1.1 / 1.98

0.6 / 1.08

BU Ⳅ

1.1 / 1.98

1.7 / 3.06

1.9 / 3.42

1.1 / 1.98

BU Ⳅ

1.6 / 2.88

2.5 / 4.5

2.7 / 4.86

1.6 / 2.88

BU Ⳅ

2.4 / 4.32

3.4 / 6.12

2.4 / 4.32

BU Ⳅ

3.4 / 6.12

4.1 / 7.38

3.2 / 5.76

BU Ⳅ

8.5

7.5

BU Ⳅ

8.5

7.5

9.5

Recovery time2) BU Ⳅ

3.5

8.5

BU Ⳅ

11.5

8.5

9.5

BU Ⳅ

7.5

12.5

8.5

BU Ⳅ

8.5

12.5

Air Change rate (approx, x/h)

213

266

173

233

193

Air Circulation (approx, x/h)

374

590

294

348

220

Exhaust air volume flow (approx, L/min)

380

1240

1400

1910

1560

Air flow velocity (m/s)

0.2 to 0.6

Interior (mm / inch)

500×500×500 / 19.7×19.7×19.7

600×650×650 / 23.6×25.6×25.6

750×700×800 / 29.5×27.6×31.5

900×800×1000 / 35.4×31.5×39.4

1000×910×1100 / 39.4×35.8×43.3

Exterior (mm / inch)

1100×745×1362 / 43.3×29.3×53.6

1200×995×1559 / 47.2×39.2×61.4

1350×1045×1712 / 53.1×41.1×67.4

1500×1145×1912 / 59×45.1×75.3

1600×1255×2012 / 62.9×49.4×79.2

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

170 / 374.8

260 / 573.2

320 / 705.5

390 / 859.8

440 / 970

Temperature Variation 2) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)

Heating Time 2) (min.) from Amb. to 350Ⳅ

after door was opened (min.)

Dimension (W×D×H)

Interface Port Electrical Requirements (380V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

Basically RS-232C [RS-485(Maximum 32 Units Control)-optional] 3ph / 9.3A

3ph / 13.9A

3ph / 18.5A

3ph / 23.4A

3ph / 27.9A

AAHK2018K

AAHK2028K

AAHK2038K

AAHK2048K

AAHK2058K

1) According to IEC 60068-3-5 2) According to DIN 12880 Ⲽ Above specification value is recorded by 380V/50Hz. Ⲽ Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.

167

Temperature Chambers

Heating & Cooling Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

KBD-040 with optional recoder

168

Temperature Chambers

Heating & Cooling Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Reliable International Standard Designed and tested in accordance with the international standards. Temperature values of all chambers are measured according to IEC 60068-3-5 and DIN 12880. t Increase in reliability of accurate temperature implementation and test results. (27 point measurement data) ( 27 point measur

ement )

Uniform Air Circulation An unrivalled designed air circulation system boosts a uniform temperature distribution. Chamber

Evaporator aporat

t Horizontal forced convection increases temperature uniformity by flowing heated air throughout the whole chamber.

Heater

KBD series t -70Ⳅ to 180Ⳅ / -94ⳅ to 356ⳅ t Horizontal Airflow

Horizontal Airflow

169

Temperature Chambers

Heating & Cooling Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

40kg

Constructional Features t Air-tight door closure with double sealed packings. - Heat-resistant silicone double packing completely blocks high heat leakage from the inner chamber. - Two-point door latch also enhances tightness to door closure. t Energy efficiency is achieved thanks to optimization of the insulation system. - Even if the unit is operating at max. temperature, the surface of the unit doesnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t allow high temperatures of over 51âł&#x201E;. (DIN EN 563)

Perforated Shelves for Heavy Load (optional)

t Reliable design and production of door is guaranteed. - Evaluates the results after opening the door by 90 degrees and applying 50kg load to the point of 30cm from hinges. t Corrosion resistance stainless steel inner chamber. t Space efficient and easy loading chamber design. - Included two shelves for loading of large amounts of samples. - Heavy load shelving, rated for 40kg are also available. (optional)

Safety Features t Over-current & Current Leakage Protection. (ELCB, Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker)

Stainless Steel Chamber

Two-point Door Latch

t Independent Safety Fuse. - Important parts such as controller and heaters are highly secured from short circuit. Especially each heater has an individual fuse to completely break a short circuit. t Reversed-phase Protection. - Electrical connection error indicator helps user to rapidly fix the connection. t Over-current Protection of Motor. - Automatic Shut-off in situations where there is over-current to the Motor. t Door Open Warning. - Heater & Fan stop when the door is the open state. t Electric wiring panel access warning. - Automatic stop if the cover of electric wiring panel is opened.

Individual Over Temperature Limiter

170

Warning Signal Lamp (optional)

Temperature Chambers

Heating & Cooling Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Color LCD Controller

5FNQ

&/%

Description Programmable pattern capacity Pattern repeat time Part repeat time Max. segments per a pattern Available max. segments* Programmable process time per a segment

NO 100 999 255 100 6000

5JNF

Automatic Start

End of Program

5FNQ

0 to 99 hr 59 min

* Even though the max. segments per pattern are 100, the total available segments are up to 6000 not 10000, therefore arrangement of the number of segment and patterns will need to be done properly.

5JNF

Program Control

Function Setup

Program Setup

Operating Status

Graph Display

171

Temperature Chambers

Heating & Cooling Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

KBD-012

KBD-025

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

125 / 4.4

Controller

Programmable, Touch screen type controller (5.7â&#x20AC;? Color monitor)

Temperature Range

(âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

Temperature Fluctuation 1) 2)

253 / 8.9

KBD-040 420 / 14.8

-70 to 180 / -94 to 356 0.2 / 0.36

0.2 / 0.36

at -70âł&#x201E;

0.3 / 0.54

at -50âł&#x201E;

0.4 / 0.72

0.5 / 0.90

0.4 / 0.72

at -25âł&#x201E;

0.5 / 0.9

0.4 / 0.72

at -10âł&#x201E;

0.5 / 0.9

0.4 / 0.72

0.5 / 0.9

at 25âł&#x201E;

0.5 / 0.9

0.4 / 0.72

at 70âł&#x201E;

0.4 / 0.72

0.7 / 1.26

0.6 / 1.08

at 100âł&#x201E;

1.2 / 2.16

1.0 / 1.80

at 150âł&#x201E;

1.1 / 1.98

1.0 / 1.80

at 180âł&#x201E;

1.2 / 2.16

1.1 / 1.98

Heating Time 2) (min.) from 25 to 180âł&#x201E;

Cooling Time 2) (min.) from 25âł&#x201E; to -70âł&#x201E;

BU âł&#x201E; (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

Temperature Variation 2) (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

0.2 / 0.36

100

at -70âł&#x201E;

at -50âł&#x201E;

at -25âł&#x201E;

âł&#x201E; Recovery time at -10 after door was at 25âł&#x201E;

opened (min.)

at 70âł&#x201E;

at 100âł&#x201E;

at 150âł&#x201E;

at 180âł&#x201E;

Temperature Range (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

-50 to 120 / -58 to 248 3.0 / 5.4

3.0 / 5.4

1.7 / 3.06

Interior (mm / inch)

500Ă&#x2014;500Ă&#x2014;500 / 19.7Ă&#x2014;19.7Ă&#x2014;19.7

600Ă&#x2014;650Ă&#x2014;650 / 23.6Ă&#x2014;25.6Ă&#x2014;25.6

750Ă&#x2014;700Ă&#x2014;800 / 29.5Ă&#x2014;27.6Ă&#x2014;31.5

Exterior (mm / inch)

1114Ă&#x2014;1360Ă&#x2014;1208 / 43.9Ă&#x2014;53.6Ă&#x2014;47.6

1240Ă&#x2014;1525Ă&#x2014;1308 / 48.8Ă&#x2014;60.0Ă&#x2014;51.5

1424Ă&#x2014;1600Ă&#x2014;1509 / 56.1Ă&#x2014;62.9Ă&#x2014;59.4

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

170 / 374.8

260 / 573.2

320 / 705.5

Program Control

Heating Rate (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026; QFS NJO )

from -50âł&#x201E; to 120âł&#x201E;

Cooling Rate (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026; QFS NJO )

from 120âł&#x201E; to -50âł&#x201E;

Dimension (WĂ&#x2014;DĂ&#x2014;H)

Interface Port

Basically RS-232C [RS-485(Maximum 32 Units Control)-optional]

Electrical Requirements (380V, 50Hz) Cat. No. 1) 1) According to IEC 60068-3-5 2) According to DIN 12880 â˛ź Above specification value is recorded by 380V/50Hz. â˛ź Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.

172

3ph / 12A

3ph / 15A

3ph / 20A

AAHKC1114K

AAHKC2114K

AAHKC3114K

Temperature Chambers

Heating & Cooling Chambers (Floor Standing Models) Please visit

.com

For further information on Jeio TechÂ´s Temperature Chamber products Information is readily available on our website.

K / J / P series with optional recorder

173

Temperature Chambers

Heating & Cooling Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

PBV-040 / PMV-040 with optional recorder

174

Temperature Chambers

Heating & Cooling Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

( 27 point meas asure urem me ment ent )

ent )

K / P series

t Increase in reliability of accurate temperature implementation and test results. (27 point measurement data)

J series

Uniform Air Circulation Horizontal airflow and vertical airflow models can be selected depending on the volume and loading type of the sample. t Forced convection increases temperature uniformity by flowing heated air throughout the whole chamber and all around samples.

Chamber

Evaporator aporat

Heater

Horizontal Airflow (K / P series)

KMV series t -35Ⳅ to 180Ⳅ / -31ⳅ to 356ⳅ t Horizontal Airflow

JMV series t -35Ⳅ to 180Ⳅ / -31ⳅ to 356ⳅ Chamber

Heater te

t Vertical Airflow

Evaporator ra

Front

PBV / PMV series t -25Ⳅ to 100Ⳅ / -13ⳅ to 212ⳅ t -5Ⳅ to 100Ⳅ / 23ⳅ to 212ⳅ t Horizontal Airflow

Vertical Airflow (J series)

175

T /

Temperature Chambers

Heating & Cooling Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

/ Constructional Features t Heat-resistant silicone packing completely blocks high heat leakage from the inner chamber. t Two-point door latch also enhances tightness to door closure. t Energy efficiency is achieved thanks to optimization of the insulation system. - Even if the unit is operating at max. temperature, the surface of the unit doesnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t allow high temperatures of over 51âł&#x201E;. (DIN EN 563) t Reliable design and production of door is guaranteed. - Evaluates the results after opening the door by 90 degrees and applying 50kg load to the point of 30cm from hinges.

Two-point Door Latch

Stainless Steel Chamber

40kg

t Corrosion resistance stainless steel inner chamber. t Space efficient and easy loading chamber design. - Included two shelves for loading of large amounts of samples. - Heavy load shelving, rated for 40kg are also available. (optional)

Safety Features t Over-current & Current Leakage Protection. (ELCB, Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker)

Perforated Shelves for Heavy Load (optional)

t Independent Safety Fuse. - Important parts such as controller and heaters are highly secured from short circuit. Especially each heater has an individual fuse to completely break a short circuit. t Reversed-phase Protection. - Electrical connection error indicator helps user to rapidly fix the connection. t Over-current Protection of Motor. - Automatic Shut-off in situations where there is over-current to the Motor. t Door Open Warning. - Heater & Fan stop when the door is the open state. t Electric wiring panel access warning. - Automatic stop if the cover of electric wiring panel is opened.

Individual Over Temp. Limiter (except for P series)

176

Indication Lamp & Emergency Stop

Temperature Chambers

Heating & Cooling Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Color LCD Controller

5FNQ

&/%

Description Programmable pattern capacity Pattern repeat time Part repeat time Max. segments per a pattern Available max. segments* Programmable process time per a segment

NO 100 999 255 100 6000

5JNF

Automatic Start

End of Program

5FNQ

0 to 99 hr 59 min

* Even though the max. segments per pattern are 100, the total available segments are up to 6000 not 10000, therefore arrangement of the number of segment and patterns will need to be done properly.

5JNF

Program Control

Function Setup

Program Setup

Operating Status

Graph Display

177

Temperature Chambers

Heating & Cooling Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

KMV-012

KMV-025

125 / 4.4

Controller

Programmable, Touch screen type controller (3.5â&#x20AC;? Color monitor)

Temperature Range

(âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

Temperature Fluctuation 1) 2)

(Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

0.4 / 0.72

0.3 / 0.54

0.2 / 0.36

0.6 / 1.08

0.7 / 1.26

0.4 / 0.72

at -25âł&#x201E;

0.6 / 1.08

0.7 / 1.26

0.5 / 0.9

at -10âł&#x201E;

0.8 / 1.44

0.7 / 1.26

0.5 / 0.9

at 25âł&#x201E;

0.8 / 1.44

0.5 / 0.9

at 70âł&#x201E;

0.8 / 1.44

0.9 / 1.62

0.8 / 1.44

at 100âł&#x201E;

1.0 / 1.8

0.9 / 1.62

1.0 / 1.8

0.9 / 1.62

at 150âł&#x201E;

1.1 / 1.98

1.7 / 3.06

1.6 / 2.88

0.9 / 1.62

at 180âł&#x201E;

1.6 / 2.88

2.0 / 3.6

1.9 / 3.42

1.0 / 1.8

216

210

239

292

at -35âł&#x201E;

8.0

6.5

7.0

6.0

at -25âł&#x201E;

3.5

7.5

6.0

7.0

at -10âł&#x201E;

2.5

6.5

at 25âł&#x201E;

4.0

5.5

4.5

5.0

at 70âł&#x201E;

4.0

5.5

5.0

8.0

at 100âł&#x201E;

4.0

6.5

6.0

at 150âł&#x201E;

4.0

4.5

3.5

at 180âł&#x201E;

11.5

6.0

5.0

4.0

2.3 / 4.14

2.2 / 3.96

2.8 / 5.04

1.7 / 3.06

2.0 / 3.6

1.9 / 3.42

Interior (mm / inch)

500Ă&#x2014;500Ă&#x2014;500 / 19.7Ă&#x2014;19.7Ă&#x2014;19.7

600Ă&#x2014;650Ă&#x2014;650 / 23.6Ă&#x2014;25.6Ă&#x2014;25.6

750Ă&#x2014;700Ă&#x2014;800 / 29.5Ă&#x2014;27.6Ă&#x2014;31.5

900Ă&#x2014;800Ă&#x2014;1000 / 35.4Ă&#x2014;31.5Ă&#x2014;39.4

1000Ă&#x2014;910Ă&#x2014;1100 / 39.4Ă&#x2014;35.8Ă&#x2014;43.3

Exterior (mm / inch)

1070Ă&#x2014;775Ă&#x2014;1385 / 42.1Ă&#x2014;30.5Ă&#x2014;54.5

1170Ă&#x2014;925Ă&#x2014;1585 / 46.1Ă&#x2014;36.4Ă&#x2014;62.4

1370Ă&#x2014;975Ă&#x2014;1780 / 53.9Ă&#x2014;38.4Ă&#x2014;70.1

1495Ă&#x2014;1625Ă&#x2014;1650 / 58.9Ă&#x2014;63.9Ă&#x2014;64.9

1595Ă&#x2014;1725Ă&#x2014;1800 / 62.8Ă&#x2014;67.9Ă&#x2014;70.9

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

170 / 374.8

260 / 573.2

320 / 705.5

390 / 859.8

440 / 970

Temperature Range (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

Program Control

KMV-100 1000 / 35.3

0.4 / 0.72

Cooling Time 2) (min.) from 180âł&#x201E; to -35âł&#x201E; 216

after door was opened (min.)

KMV-070 720 / 25.4

-35 to 180 / -31 to 356

Heating Time 2) (min.) from -35âł&#x201E; to 180âł&#x201E; 80

Recovery time 2)

420 / 14.8

at -35âł&#x201E;

BU âł&#x201E; (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

Temperature Variation 2)

253 / 8.9

KMV-040

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

Heating Rate (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026; QFS NJO )

-25 to 120 / -13 to 248

from -25âł&#x201E; to 120âł&#x201E;

Cooling Rate (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026; QFS NJO )

from120âł&#x201E; to -25âł&#x201E;

Dimension (WĂ&#x2014;DĂ&#x2014;H)

Interface Port Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

Basically RS-232C [RS-485(Maximum 32 Units Control)-optional] 1ph / 23A

1ph / 28A

AAHK9011K

AAHK9021K

1ph / 23A

1ph / 28A

AAHK9012K

AAHK9022K

Electrical Requirements (380V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

1) According to IEC 60068-3-5 2) According to DIN 12880 â˛ź Above specification value is recorded by 230v/50Hz, 380/50Hz. â˛ź Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.

178

3ph / 13A

3ph / 18A

3ph / 20A

AAHK9038K

AAHK9048K

AAHK9058K

Temperature Chambers

Heating & Cooling Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

JMV-012

JMV-025

125 / 4.4

Controller

Programmable, Touch screen type controller (3.5â&#x20AC;? Color monitor)

Temperature Range

(âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

Temperature Fluctuation 1) 2) BU âł&#x201E; (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

253 / 8.9

JMV-040

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

420 / 14.8

JMV-070

JMV-100

720 / 25.4

990 / 34.9

0.4 / 0.72

0.3 / 0.54

-35 to 180 / -31 to 356 0.5 / 0.9

0.5 / 0.9

0.3 / 0.54

at -35âł&#x201E;

0.7 / 1.26

0.5 / 0.9

1.0 / 1.8

0.7 / 1.26

at -25âł&#x201E;

0.7 / 1.26

0.6 / 1.08

1.1 / 1.98

0.8 / 1.44

at -10âł&#x201E;

0.8 / 1.44

0.6 / 1.08

1.2 / 2.16

0.9 / 1.62

at 25âł&#x201E;

0.8 / 1.44

0.5 / 0.9

0.8 / 1.44

0.9 / 1.62

at 70âł&#x201E;

0.9 / 1.62

0.7 / 1.26

1.2 / 2.16

0.8 / 1.44

at 100âł&#x201E;

1.0 / 1.8

0.8 / 1.44

1.2 / 2.16

0.9 / 1.62

at 150âł&#x201E;

1.2 / 2.16

1.3 / 2.34

1.1 / 1.98

at 180âł&#x201E;

1.4 / 2.52

1.5 / 2.7

1.3 / 2.34

1.4 / 2.52

Heating Time 2) (min.) from -35âł&#x201E; to 180âł&#x201E; 86

Cooling Time 2) (min.) from 180âł&#x201E; to -35âł&#x201E; 203

203

186

183

320

Temperature Variation 2) (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

Recovery time 2) after door was opened (min.)

at -35âł&#x201E;

6.0

6.5

9.0

at -25âł&#x201E;

5.0

6.5

7.0

6.5

at -10âł&#x201E;

6.5

8.5

6.5

at 25âł&#x201E;

5.5

4.5

2.0

7.0

at 70âł&#x201E;

8.5

8.0

9.5

7.5

at 100âł&#x201E;

5.5

4.5

6.0

5.5

at 150âł&#x201E;

6.5

7.0

9.0

3.5

at 180âł&#x201E;

6.5

8.0

4.0

2.0 / 3.6

3.1 / 5.58

3.4 / 6.12

2.4 / 4.32

2.1 / 3.78

2.3 / 4.14

2.7 / 4.86

1.6 / 2.88

Interior (mm / inch)

500Ă&#x2014;500Ă&#x2014;500 / 19.7Ă&#x2014;19.7Ă&#x2014;19.7

600Ă&#x2014;650Ă&#x2014;650 / 23.6Ă&#x2014;25.6Ă&#x2014;25.6

750Ă&#x2014;700Ă&#x2014;800 / 29.5Ă&#x2014;27.6Ă&#x2014;31.5

900Ă&#x2014;800Ă&#x2014;1000 / 35.4Ă&#x2014;31.5Ă&#x2014;39.4

1000Ă&#x2014;910Ă&#x2014;1100 / 39.4Ă&#x2014;35.8Ă&#x2014;43.3

Exterior (mm / inch)

890Ă&#x2014;1000Ă&#x2014;1200 / 35.0Ă&#x2014;39.4Ă&#x2014;47.2

990Ă&#x2014;1230Ă&#x2014;1350 / 38.9Ă&#x2014;48.4Ă&#x2014;53.1

1140Ă&#x2014;1380Ă&#x2014;1590 / 44.9Ă&#x2014;54.3Ă&#x2014;62.6

1290Ă&#x2014;1480Ă&#x2014;1940 / 50.8Ă&#x2014;58.3Ă&#x2014;76.4

1390Ă&#x2014;1580Ă&#x2014;2040 / 54.7Ă&#x2014;62.2Ă&#x2014;80.4

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

170 / 374.8

260 / 573.2

320 / 705.5

390 / 859.8

440 / 970

Temperature Range (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

Program Control

Heating Rate (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026; QFS NJO )

-25 to 120 / -13 to 248

from -25 âł&#x201E; to 120âł&#x201E;

Cooling Rate (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026; QFS NJO )

from 120âł&#x201E; to -25âł&#x201E;

Dimension (WĂ&#x2014;DĂ&#x2014;H)

Interface Port Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

Basically RS-232C [RS-485(Maximum 32 Units Control)-optional] 1ph / 17.8A

1ph / 24.3A

AAHKB011K

AAHKB021K

1ph / 17.8A

1ph / 24.3A

AAHKB012K

AAHKB022K

Electrical Requirements (380V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

3ph / 12.5A

3ph / 19.6A

AAHKB038K

AAHKB048K

AAHKB058K

1) According to IEC 60068-3-5 2) According to DIN 12880 â˛ź Above specification value is recorded by 230v/50Hz, 380/50Hz. â˛ź Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.

179

Temperature Chambers

Heating & Cooling Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

PBV-012

PBV-025

125 / 4.4

Controller

Programmable, Touch screen type controller (3.5â&#x20AC;? Color monitor)

Temperature Range

(âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

Temperature Fluctuation 1) 2)

(Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

400 / 14.1

PBV-070

PBV-100

700 / 24.7

1000 / 35.3

-25 to 100 / -13 to 212 0.3 / 0.54

0.3 / 0.54

0.4 / 0.72

0.2 / 0.36

at -25âł&#x201E;

0.3 / 0.54

0.4 / 0.72

at -15âł&#x201E;

0.3 / 0.54

0.4 / 0.72

at -10âł&#x201E;

0.3 / 0.54

0.4 / 0.72

at 25âł&#x201E;

0.3 / 0.54

0.4 / 0.72

at 70âł&#x201E;

0.4 / 0.72

0.6 / 1.08

at 100âł&#x201E;

0.6 / 1.08

0.7 / 1.26

0.8 / 1.44

BU âł&#x201E; (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

Temperature Variation 2)

250 / 8.8

PBV-040

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

Heating Time 2) (min.) from -25âł&#x201E; to 100âł&#x201E;

Cooling Time 2) (min.) from 100âł&#x201E; to -25âł&#x201E; 73

at -25âł&#x201E;

5.0

4.0

7.0

at -15âł&#x201E;

4.5

3.5

5.5

5.0

at -10âł&#x201E;

6.0

4.5

4.0

5.0

at 25âł&#x201E;

5.0

4.0

5.5

3.5

at 70âł&#x201E;

5.0

9.5

5.0

7.5

at 100âł&#x201E;

5.5

9.0

6.0

7.0

Recovery time 2) after door was opened (min.)

Temperature Range (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

Program Control

Heating Rate

-12.5 to 87.5 / 9.5 to 189.5 2.6 / 4.68

2.6 / 4.68

1.5 / 2.7

2.7 / 4.86

2.0 / 3.6

2.1 / 3.78

2.8 / 5.04

2.5 / 4.5

2.4 / 4.32

Interior (mm / inch)

500Ă&#x2014;500Ă&#x2014;500 / 19.7Ă&#x2014;19.7Ă&#x2014;19.7

600Ă&#x2014;650Ă&#x2014;650 / 23.6Ă&#x2014;25.6Ă&#x2014;25.6

750Ă&#x2014;700Ă&#x2014;800 / 29.5Ă&#x2014;27.6Ă&#x2014;31.5

900Ă&#x2014;800Ă&#x2014;1000 / 35.4Ă&#x2014;31.5Ă&#x2014;39.4

1000Ă&#x2014;910Ă&#x2014;1100 / 39.4Ă&#x2014;35.8Ă&#x2014;43.3

Exterior (mm / inch)

1060Ă&#x2014;702Ă&#x2014;1340 / 41.7Ă&#x2014;27.6Ă&#x2014;52.8

1154Ă&#x2014;852Ă&#x2014;1540 / 45.4Ă&#x2014;33.5Ă&#x2014;60.6

1304Ă&#x2014;902Ă&#x2014;1724 / 51.3Ă&#x2014;35.5Ă&#x2014;67.9

1454Ă&#x2014;1540Ă&#x2014;1628 / 57.2Ă&#x2014;60.6Ă&#x2014;64.1

1720Ă&#x2014;1650Ă&#x2014;1534 / 67.7Ă&#x2014;64.9Ă&#x2014;60.4

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

160 / 352.7

260 / 573.2

320 / 705.5

390 / 859.8

440 / 970

(âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026; QFS NJO )

from -12.5âł&#x201E; to 87.5âł&#x201E;

Cooling Rate (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026; QFS NJO )

from 87.5âł&#x201E; to -12.5âł&#x201E;

Dimension (WĂ&#x2014;DĂ&#x2014;H)

Interface Port Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

Basically RS-232C [RS-485(Maximum 32 Units Control)-optional] 1ph / 16A

1ph / 23A

AAHK5011K

AAHK5021K

1ph / 15A

1ph / 22A

AAHK5012K

AAHK5022K

Electrical Requirements (380V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

1) According to IEC 60068-3-5 2) According to DIN 12880 â˛ź Above specification value is recorded by 230V/50Hz, 380V/50Hz. â˛ź Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.

180

3ph / 10A

3ph / 13A

3ph / 17A

AAHK5038K

AAHK5048K

AAHK5058K

Temperature Chambers

Heating & Cooling Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

PMV-012

PMV-025

125 / 4.4

Controller

Programmable, Touch screen type controller (3.5â&#x20AC;? Color monitor)

Temperature Range

(âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

Temperature Fluctuation 1) 2)

(Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

0.3 / 0.54

0.4 / 0.72

0.3 / 0.54

at 0âł&#x201E;

0.4 / 0.72

0.3 / 0.54

at 25âł&#x201E;

0.2 / 0.36

0.3 / 0.54

0.4 / 0.72

0.3 / 0.54

at 40âł&#x201E;

0.3 / 0.54

0.4 / 0.72

0.3 / 0.54

at 60âł&#x201E;

0.5 / 0.90

0.4 / 0.72

at 80âł&#x201E;

0.7 / 1.26

0.6 / 1.08

0.5 / 0.90

at 100âł&#x201E;

1.0 / 1.80

0.8 / 1.44

0.7 / 1.26

Cooling Time 2)

(min.) from 100âł&#x201E; to -5âł&#x201E;

105

100

at -5âł&#x201E;

8.0

6.5

5.0

at 0âł&#x201E;

6.0

8.0

at 25âł&#x201E;

0.5

4.0

6.0

at 40âł&#x201E;

2.5

at 60âł&#x201E;

4.0

4.5

5.0

6.0

at 80âł&#x201E;

5.0

5.5

6.0

at 100âł&#x201E;

7.0

6.5

8.0

Temperature Range (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

Program Control

PMV-100 1000 / 35.3

0.3 / 0.54

(min.) from -5âł&#x201E; to 100âł&#x201E;

after door was opened (min.)

PMV-070 700 / 24.7

-5 to 100 / 23 to 212

Heating Time 2)

Recovery time 2)

400 / 14.1

at -5âł&#x201E;

BU âł&#x201E; (Âąâł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026;)

Temperature Variation 2)

250 / 8.8

PMV-040

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

Heating Rate

5.5 to 89.5 / 9.9 to 161.1 1.7 / 3.06

1.7 / 3.06

1.6 / 2.88

1.5 / 2.7

1.3 / 2.34

0.9 / 1.62

Interior (mm / inch)

500Ă&#x2014;500Ă&#x2014;500 / 19.7Ă&#x2014;19.7Ă&#x2014;19.7

600Ă&#x2014;650Ă&#x2014;650 / 23.6Ă&#x2014;25.6Ă&#x2014;25.6

750Ă&#x2014;700Ă&#x2014;800 / 29.5Ă&#x2014;27.6Ă&#x2014;31.5

900Ă&#x2014;800Ă&#x2014;1000 / 35.4Ă&#x2014;31.5Ă&#x2014;39.4

1000Ă&#x2014;910Ă&#x2014;1100 / 39.4Ă&#x2014;35.8Ă&#x2014;43.3

Exterior (mm / inch)

1060Ă&#x2014;702Ă&#x2014;1340 / 41.7Ă&#x2014;27.6Ă&#x2014;52.8

1154Ă&#x2014;852Ă&#x2014;1540 / 45.4Ă&#x2014;33.5Ă&#x2014;60.6

1304Ă&#x2014;902Ă&#x2014;1724 / 51.3Ă&#x2014;35.5Ă&#x2014;67.9

1454Ă&#x2014;1540Ă&#x2014;1628 / 57.2Ă&#x2014;60.6Ă&#x2014;64.1

1720Ă&#x2014;1650Ă&#x2014;1534 / 67.7Ă&#x2014;64.9Ă&#x2014;60.4

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

160 / 352.7

260 / 573.2

320 / 705.5

390 / 859.8

440 / 970

(âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026; QFS NJO )

from 5.5âł&#x201E; to 89.5âł&#x201E;

Cooling Rate (âł&#x201E; / âł&#x2026; QFS NJO )

from 89.5âł&#x201E; to 5.5âł&#x201E;

Dimension (WĂ&#x2014;DĂ&#x2014;H)

Interface Port Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

Basically RS-232C [RS-485(Maximum 32 Units Control)-optional] 1ph / 10A

1ph / 13A

1ph / 15A

1ph / 22A

AAHK4011K

AAHK4021K

AAHK4031K

AAHK4041K

1ph / 9A

1ph / 11A

1ph / 14A

1ph / 20A

AAHK4012K

AAHK4022K

AAHK4032K

AAHK4042K

Electrical Requirements (380V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

3ph / 6A

AAHK4058K

1) According to IEC 60068-3-5 2) According to DIN 12880 â˛ź Above specification value is recorded by 230V/50Hz, 380V/50Hz. â˛ź Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.

181

T Please visit

Temperature Chambers

Heating & Cooling Chambers (Floor Standing Models) .com

For further information on Jeio TechÂ´s Incubator products Information is readily available on our website.

LCH-11-2C Included Accessories

t 2 Wire Shelves for IL -11 t 3 Wire Shelves for IL -21 Optional Accessories t Perforated Shelves see page 191

182

Temperature Chambers

Heating & Cooling Chambers (Floor Standing Models) High-performance horizontal air flow provides excellent uniformity and fast heat-up time. Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions. t Digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function: 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t High temperature limit setting and open door alarm. t Convenient preset function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t Up to 9 temperature steps and maximum 200 cycles of repetition programmable for each profile. t Adjustable three-step fan speed with defrosting time and period control. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display (0.1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t RS-232 interface.

Constructional Features t Forced air convection using an optimal cross flow fan for chamber temperature uniformity. t Two independently controlled chambers merged into a single unit for space saving. t Energy efficiency is achieved thanks to optimization of the insulation system. The surface of the unit doesn’t allow high temperatures of over 60Ⳅ.

LCH-21 with optional recorder

t Included cable port Ⱍ NN for user’s convenience.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

LCH-11

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Temperature Time

Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Fluctuation (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation at 80°C (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Heating (Min.) Cooling (Min.) Interior (mm / inch)

Dimension (W×D×H)

Exterior (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Cable Port (mm / inch) Interface Port Electrical Requirements (230V,60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V,50Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V,60Hz) Cat. No.

150/5.3

LCH-21 255/9.0

-20 to 100 / -4 to 212 0.2 to 0.3 / 0.36 to 0.54 0.8 / 1.44 80 (from 20Ⳅ to100Ⳅ) 60 (from100Ⳅ to 40Ⳅ) 600x500x500 600x500x850 /23.6x19.7x19.7 /23.6x19.7x33.5 794x1070x1280 794x1070x1630 /31.3x42.1x50.4 /31.3x42.1x64.2 125/275.6 185/407.9 Ø 80 / Ø 3.15 RS-232C 6.7A 10.0A AAHK6111K AAHK6211K 6.7A 10.0A AAHK6112K AAHK6212K 12.8A AAHK6113U -

LCH-31 485/17.1

LCH-11-2C 150/5.3 x 2 chambers

LCH-11G 150/5.3

LCH-21G

LCH-31G

255/9.0

485/17.1

LCH-11G-2C 150/5.3 x 2 chambers

0 to 100 / 32 to 212

700x680x1020 /27.6x26.8x40.2 894x1250x1800 /35.2x49.2x70.9 225/496.0

600x500x500 /23.6x19.7x19.7 794x1070x1900 /31.3x42.1x74.8 195/429.9

600x500x500 /23.6x19.7x19.7 794x1070x1280 /31.3x42.1x50.4 120/264.6

600x500x850 /23.6x19.7x33.5 794x1070x1630 /31.3x42.1x64.2 180/396.8

700x680x1020 /27.6x26.8x40.2 894x1250x1800 /35.2x49.2x70.9 220/485.0

600x500x500 /23.6x19.7x19.7 794x1070x1900 /31.3x42.1x74.8 190/418.9

12.4A AAHK6311K 12.4A AAHK6312K

13.4A AAHK6411K 13.4A AAHK6412K 23.8A AAHK6413U

5.9A AAHK6121K 5.9A AAHK6122K 11.4A AAHK6123U

8.7A AAHK6221K 8.7A AAHK6222K

11.0A AAHK6321K 11.0A AAHK6322K

11.9A AAHK6421K 11.9A AAHK6422K 22.7A AAHK6423U

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

183

T Please visit

Temperature Chambers

Heating & Cooling Chambers (Tabletop Models) .com

For further information on Jeio Tech´s Temperature Chamber products Information is readily available on our website.

Certification only for TC-ME models

TC-KE-100

TC-ME-100 with optional Viewing Window and Stand

Ⲽ In the year of 2014, this products design can be changed without prior notice. Ⲽ Inner glass door is not equipped to the unit since 2013.

184

Temperature Chambers

Heating & Cooling Chambers (Tabletop Models)

Dimension (TC-KE / ME Models)

Models TC-KE TC-ME

Capacity

25L (0.9 cu ft)

610mm (24”)

875mm (34.4”)

920mm (36.2”)

220mm (8.7”)

498mm (19.6”)

65L (2.3 cu ft)

660mm (26”)

1040mm (40.9”)

1065mm (41.9”)

258mm (10.2”)

570mm (22.4”)

100L (3.53 cu ft)

760mm (29.9”)

1110mm (43.7”)

1085mm (42.7”)

270mm (10.6”)

586mm (23.1”)

Air Flow & Operating Range

TC-KE Models t -35Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ / -31ⳅ to 302ⳅ

TC-ME Models t -20Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ -4ⳅ to 248ⳅ

185

Temperature Chambers

Heating & Cooling Chambers (Tabletop Models)

Operating & Constructional Features Constructional Features t Small size and light weight. t Compact design with high performance. t Choose from 6 different model chambers based on size and temperature preference. - The series comes in 2 different model based on temp. ranging in -35Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ, -20Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ and three different volume capacities of 20L, 65L, 100L. t Efficient system with durable materials. - The evaporating system for better thermal efficiency with corrosion-resistant materials. - The heating system with minimized potential heat when heating or cooling for prompt reaction time and advanced performance. Stainless Steel Inner Chamber

t Viewing window (optional) - A tempered glass window provides a clear view of samples in the chamber, beneficial during testing. t Cable port for external probes or wires. - 50mm diameter cable port comes standard on the left side of the unit. Additional 50mm or 80mm diameter cable ports can be custom ordered. (optional) t Optional stand for space-saving layout. - For use in limited spaces: stand and casters. Ⲽ Be sure to secure the stand onto floor with earthquake resistant fitting for your safety when using stand.

Safety Features t Leakage breaker for power supply. t Over current protection. t Overheat protection. Controller

t Switch-off after alarm for over heating. t Door open alarm.

Portable Recorder (optional)

186

Temperature Chambers

Heating & Cooling Chambers (Tabletop Models)

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control / Auto-tuning / Calibration. t Digital LCD display with touch-sensitive keys. t Easy operation with wide LCD screen. - Temperature / timer settings and operating condition. t Program patterns are memorized for 10 years due to a battery built into the PCB. t Expansion parameter inputs. (displayed by letters) t Programming operation. Description

TC - KE / ME

Programmable Pattern Capacity

Pattern Repeat Time

999

Max. Segments per a Pattern

100

Available Max. Segments* Programmable Process Time per a Segment

100

Door Handle

0 to 99 hr 59 min

* Even though the max. segments per a pattern are 100, available total segments are up to 300 not 3000, so you need to arrange the number of segment and patterns properly.

t Computer interface. (optional) - Software provided. - Save data in excel format. - Storage of program information, backup of value settings / recovery, and temperature values. - RS-232C port as standard offer. t Chart Recorder. (optional) - 6 point dot type recorder with digital display. t RS-485 communication port offers a maximum of 9 temp. chambers to be connected by one PC. (optional)

Viewing Window (optional)

Multi-control Display

Single-control Display

Program Setting Display

Graph Display

Cable Port

187

Temperature Chambers

Heating & Cooling Chambers (Tabletop Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

TC-KE-025

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

25 / 0.9

Controller

PID control (LCD Type)

Temperature1)

Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

-35~150 / -31~302

Fluctuation2) at 50Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)

0.5 / 0.9

Variation2) at 50Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)

1.0 / 1.8

Heating

60 (-35Ⳅ UP 100Ⳅ)

(min.)

TC-KE-065 65 / 2.3

TC-KE-100 100 / 3.53

Time

Refrigeration

Cooling3) (min.)

70 (25Ⳅ UP -35Ⳅ)

System

Mechanical single stage refrigerator system (air-cooled condenser)

Refrigerant

R-404A

Capacity (W)

470

Cooler Heater

Material

Ni-Cr Wire Heater

Drying Bulb (W)

1000

Temperature Sensor

Material

565

657

1200

1500

Plate fin cooler (cooper)

Pt 100

Internal

Stainless steel #304 (2B polish)

External

SUS #304 & Steel, 0.8t, Double painted & baked

Insulation

Polyurethane foam 100mm [3.94”]

Door

Glasswool

Air Flow (sirocco fan)

60W×2EA

Interface Port

Basically RS-232C, [RS-485:optional]

Cable Port

Basically one hole provided / Ø50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available / Ø50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)

Dimension (W×D×H)

Electrical Requirements

Internal (mm / inch)

350×220×350 / 13.8×8.7×13.8

400×330×495 / 15.7×13×19.5

500×380×530 / 19.7×15×20.9

External (mm / inch)

610×875×920 / 24×34.4×36.2

660×1040×1065 / 26×40.9×41.9

760×1110×1085 / 29.9×43.7×42.7

Weight (kg / lbs)

110 ±10 / 242.5 ±22

140 ±10 / 308.6 ±22

150 ±10 / 330.7 ±22

AC230V, 1ph, 60Hz AC230V, 1ph, 50Hz

7.4A

8.8A

10.8A

AAH86111K

AAH86121K

AAH86131K

7.1A

8.4A

10.3A

AAH86112K

AAH86122K

AAH86132K

1) All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), no load. 2)Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068. 3) Up to 98% of the set value.

* 80mm cable access hole is NOT available for 25L chamber (TC-ME-025). * Above the dimensions are NOT included size of attached accessories. ⲼPermissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ and relative humidity (up to 85%). Æ Recommended ambient temperature : +20Ⳅ (68ⳅ).

188

Temperature Chambers

Heating & Cooling Chambers (Tabletop Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

TC-ME-025

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

25 / 0.9

Control System

Cooling PID control system

Controller

Temperature

TC-ME-065

TC-ME-100

65 / 2.3

100 / 3.53

Program controller (LCD type) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

-20 to 120 / -4 to 248

Program Control (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

-15 to 120 / -5 to 248

Fluctuation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 100Ⳅ

0.4 / 0.72

0.3 / 0.55

Variation (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 100Ⳅ

2.0 / 3.60

1.9 / 3.42

1.8 / 3.24

Heating (Min.)

55 From -15Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (5ⳅ to 248ⳅ)

Cooling (Min.)

60 From 20Ⳅ to -15Ⳅ (68ⳅ to 5ⳅ) on singe point control *

System

Mechanical single stage refrigerator system (air-cooled condenser)

Refrigerant

R-404A

Capacity (W)

250

Time

Refrigeration Cooler Heater

Material

Ni-Cr Wire Heater

Drying Bulb (W)

800

Temperature Sensor

Material

(W×D×H)

375

1000

1200

Pt 100

Interior

Stainless steel #304

Exterior

SUS #304 & Steel, 0.8t, Double painted & baked

Insulation

Polyurethane foam 100mm [3.94”]

Door

Glass wool

Air Flow (sirocco fan)

Dimension

250

Plate fin cooler (cooper)

60W×2EA

Interior (mm / inch)

350×220×350 / 13.8×8.7×13.8

400×330×495 / 15.7×13×19.5

500×380×530 / 19.7×15×20.9

Exterior (mm / inch)

610×875×920 / 24×34.4×36.2

660×1040×1065 / 26×40.9×41.9

760×1110×1085 / 29.9×43.7×42.7

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

80±5 / 176±11

110±5 / 242±11

130±5 / 286±11

Cable Port

Basically one hole provided / Ø 50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available / Ø 50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)

Interface Port

Basically RS-232C [RS-485 (Maximum 9 Units Control) - optional]

Electrical Requirements

AC230V, 1ph, 60Hz AC230V, 1ph, 50Hz

5.3A

6.1A

6.8A

AAH86011K

AAH86021K

AAH86031K

5.1A

6.5A

AAH86012K

AAH86022K

AAH86032K

1)Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068.

* 80mm cable access hole is NOT available for 25L chamber (TC-ME-025). * Above the dimensions are NOT included size of attached accessories. Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ and relative humidity (up to 85%). Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), no load.

189

Temperature Chambers Accessories & Options

Viewing Window

Recorder

Cable Port

Viewing Window

Cable Port

t A tempered dual window provides a clear view of samples during testing.

t A through hole of 50 or 80mm dia. (2.0 or 3.2˝ dia.) is provided on the wall of chamber to allow electrical cables to be introduced into the chamber.

Tabletop Chambers Cat. No.

Description

25L

TC-KE 65L

100L

25L

TC-ME 65L

100L

AAA8T504

Portable Recorder (6 points)

AAA8T506

Portable Recorder (digital, 6 channels)

AAA8T540

Interface Converter (RS - 485 ⳨ 232) included a cable (5m / 16.4ft)

AAA8T542

Interface Cable (5m / 16.4ft)

AAA80550

Warning Signal Lamp

AAA82501

Viewing window for TC-KE/ME-025

AAA82502

Viewing window for TC-KE/ME-065 / 100

RTD679

Wire Shelf for TC-KE/ME-025

RTD680

Wire Shelf for TC-KE/ME-065

RTD681

Wire Shelf for TC-KE/ME-100

AAA80602-6

Perforated Shelf forTC-KE/ME-025

AAA80602-7

Perforated Shelf for TC-KE/ME-065

AAA80602-8

Perforated Shelf for TC-KE/ME-100

AAA8T612

Cable Port (Ø 50mm / 2.0”) for TC-ME Models

AAA8T613

Cable Port (Ø 80mm / 3.2”) for TC-ME Models

AAA8T610

Cable Port (Ø 50mm / 2.0”) for TC-KE Models

AAA8T611

Cable Port (Ø 80mm / 3.2”) for TC-KE Models

AAA80631

Stand for TC-KE/ME-025

AAA80632

Stand for TC-KE/ME-065

AAA80633

Stand for TC-KE/ME-100

AAA80634

Two Step Stand for TC-KE/ME-025

AAA80635

Two Step Stand for TC-KE/ME-065

Temperature Sensor (RTD type)

CFA1910

Ⲽ 80mm cable access hole is NOT available for 25L chamber.

Wire & Perforated Shelves for Tabletop Chambers Models

Maximum

TC-KE/ME-025

20mm (0.8”)

195×310mm (7.7×12.2”)

TC-KE/ME-065

20mm (0.8”)

280×360mm (11×14.2”)

TC-KE/ME-100

20mm (0.8”)

330×460mm (13×18.1”)

* Only wire shelves are included.

190

Description Space

Included*

Dimension (W×L)

Temperature Chambers

Accessories & Options

Digital Recorder

Perforated shelf

Warning Signal Lamp

Wire Shelves

Perforated Shelves

t Wire shelves (shelf brackets included) are made of durable stainless steel. Standard shelves and shelf brackets come standard.

t This optional perforated shelves are rated for 40kg. It is ideal for heavy loading samples.

Warning Signal Lamp t A malfunction indicator can be placed on the right upper side.

Floor Standing Chambers Cat. No.

Description

LBV

LTV

Models KBD KMV

JMV PBV/PMV

LCH

AAA8T505

Recorder (digital, 6 channels)

AAA8T540

Interface Converter (RS - 485 ⳨ 232) included a cable (5m / 16.4ft)

AAA80550

Warning Signal lamp

LTV0052

Wire Shelf for LBV/LTV/KBD/KMV/JMV/PBV/PMV-012

LTV0053

Wire Shelf for LBV/LTV/KBD/KMV/JMV/PBV/PMV-025

LTV0029

Wire Shelf for LBV/LTV/KBD/KMV/JMV/PBV/PMV-040

LTV0030

Wire Shelf for LBV/LTV/KBD/KMV/JMV/PBV/PMV-070

LTV0054

Wire Shelf for LBV/LTV/KBD/KMV/JMV/PBV/PMV-100

EDA8219

Wire Shelf for LCH-11 Models

EDA8220

Wire Shelf for LCH-21 Models

AAAK6531

Wire Shelf for LCH-31 Models

AAAK1501

Perforated Shelf (max. load 40kg) for LBV/LTV/KBD/KMV/JMV/PBV/PMV-012

AAAK1502

Perforated Shelf (max. load 40kg)

for LBV/LTV/KBD/KMV/JMV/PBV/PMV-025

AAAK1503

Perforated Shelf (max. load 40kg)

for LBV/LTV/KBD/KMV/JMV/PBV/PMV-040

AAAK1504

Perforated Shelf (max. load 40kg) for LBV/LTV/KBD/KMV/JMV/PBV/PMV-070

AAAK1505

Perforated Shelf (max. load 40kg) for LBV/LTV/KBD/KMV/JMV/PBV/PMV-100

AAA22521

Perforated Shelf for LCH-11 Models

AAA22522

Perforated Shelf for LCH-21 Models

AAAK6532

Perforated Shelf for LCH-31 Models

Wire & Perforated Shelves for Floor Standing Chambers Description

Models

Included*

Maximum

Space

Dimensions (W×L)

LBV/LTV/KBD/KMV/JMV/PBV/PMV-012

60mm (2.4”)

458*488 (18.0x19.2”)

LBV/LTV/KBD/KMV/JMV/PBV/PMV-025

60mm (2.4”)

558*648 (21.9x25.5”)

LBV/LTV/KBD/KMV/JMV/PBV/PMV-040

60mm (2.4”)

708*698 (27.9x27.5”)

LBV/LTV/KBD/KMV/JMV/PBV/PMV-070

60mm (2.4”)

858*798 (33.8x31.4”)

LBV/LTV/KBD/KMV/JMV/PBV/PMV-100

60mm (2.4”)

958*908 (37.7x35.7”)

* * Only wire shelves are included. Ⲽ In addition to providing standard accessories, we will manufacture customized accessories to meet your specific requirements. Contact us for details.

191

Temperature & SELECTION GUIDE

Temperature & Humidity Chambers 25 to 98

189 to 1000 / 7.4 to 35.3

20 to 98

180 to 408 / 6.4 to 14.4

TH-GU-300

-60 to 150 / -76 to 302

25 to 98

300 / 10.6

TH-TG Models

-5 to 100 / 23 to 212

10 to 95

190 to 1500 / 6.7 to 53

TH-ICH 3) Models

-5 to 85 / 23 to 185

20 to 85

300, 760 / 10.6, 26.8

TH-KE Models

-35 to 150 / -31 to 302

20 to 95

TH-ME Models

-20 to 150 / -4 to 302

20 to 95

TH-PE Models

0 to 120 / 32 to 248

30 to 95

Fingerprint Development Chamber

TH-PF-100

40 to 100 / 104 to 212

Clean Temp. & Humid. Chamber

TH-CR-270

-35 to 100 / -31 to 212

TH-G Models

Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Temp. & Humid. Chambers

Operating Temp. Operating Humid. Chamber Page Range 1) (Ⳅ/ⳅ) Full Range 2) (%RH) Volume (L / cu ft)

Description

-35 to 150 / -31 to 302

TH-I Models Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

(Tabletop Models)

Fingerprint Development Chamber Clean Temp. & Humid. Chamber

Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Tabletop Models)

Plant Growth Chambers

194

201

25 to 100 / 0.9 to 3.53

206

50 to 95

100 / 3.53

213

30 to 90

270 / 9.5

216

1) Operating temperature ranges obtained without using humidity. 2) Please, refer to the specification details in the catalog. 3) TH-ICH Models temperature ranges obtained w/o using light or humidity.

Plant Growth Chambers Description Plant Growth Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

GC-300TL GC-300TLH GC-1000TLH

Operating Temp. Range 1) (Ⳅ/ⳅ) 5 to 50 / 41 to 122 - Lamp off 10 to 50 / 50 to 122 - Lamp on

Operating Humid. Chamber Page Full Range 2) (%RH) Volume (L / cu ft) 40 to 90 50 to 90

300 / 10.6

222

1000 / 35.3

Accessories & Options Description for Temperature & Humidity Chambers for Plant Growth Chambers

Page 220-221 225

Humidity Chambers GENERAL APPLICATIONS

Temperature & Humidity Chambers Test for reliability, durability, climatic, freezing resistance, quality assurance, thermal endurance etc. - Testing for electric and electronic component, sensors. - Testing for semiconductor, PCB, LCD & LED. - Pharmaceutical tests. - Mechanical / Military / Aircraft engineering. - Automobile, Transport / automobile supply industries. - Chemical / Petrochemical industries. - Construction materials / Plastic / Textile industries. - Testing mould, liquor, cigar, paintings. - Testing metal related industries like plating etc. - Ninhydrin, DFO and other fingerprint development processes. (only TH-PF-100)

Plant Growth Chambers - Agriculture experiment with growth of plants. - Growth experiment of animals and insects. - Food preservation experiments. - Genetic of life science researches. - Genetic researches and pathology of plants. - Retardation researches of seeds. - Tissue culture of plants and germinating researches of seeds.

TECHNICAL BENEFITS Safety Features

Optimum control Features

1) Self-protecting cut-off function - Over temperature, electrical leakage or over voltage automatically cuts the power from the unit, in an orderly fashion, starting with the heating element then the controller unit.

1) Microprocess PID control / Auto-tuning / Calibration.

2) Time setting function for automated RUN / OFF - Enable automatic start and shut off of a unit at any specific time. - A timer can be set for a month and data can be recorded in time, day, or week intervals.

3) Touch screen type display. - 5.7-inch Color LCD display with interactive input system.

3) Low fluid level protection water leakage alarm - Intermittent toned alarm audible alarm and visual alarms. - Water supply and circuit compartment separate from each other to ensure safety. 4) Door-open warning alarm - Intermittent toned alarm audible alarm and visual alarms. - Heating element, fan, and platform auto-matically stops when the door is opened to minimize heat loss and to ensure users safety.

2) Optimize CPU logic control system. - Optimum control of temperature / humidity with economical controls that reduces power consumption.

(Floor Standing Models only)

- Temperature & humidity timer settings, and operation condition. - Temperature & humidity and other operating parameters can be recorded using a recorder. - Easily visible set value: set point value (SV) / present value (PV) are also added on the colorful LCD controller.

Protect the global environment 1) Use of HFC refrigerant prevents damage to the ozone layer. 2) Complies with the Montreal Protocol on Sub-stances That Deplete the Ozone Layer control measures.

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Floor Standing Models

TH-G with optional Recorder

TH-I / TH-GU Models with optional Recorder

194

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Floor Standing Models) Dimension

Models TH-I / GU

TH-G

Capacity 180L (6.4cu ft) 300L (10.6cu ft) 408L (14.4cu ft) 189L (7.4cu ft) 302L (11.9cu ft) 408L (14.4cu ft) 800L (28.3cu ft) 1000L (35.3cu ft)

1025mm (40.4”) 1120mm (44.1”) 1120mm (44.1”) 1003mm (39.5”) 1103mm (43.4”) 1103mm (43.4”) 1503mm (59.2”) 1503mm (59.2”)

1035mm (40.7”) 1070mm (42.1”) 1240mm (48.8”) 1139mm (44.8”) 1139mm (44.8”) 1359mm (53.5”) 1319mm (51.9”) 1519mm (59.8”)

1530mm (60.2”) 1730mm (68.1”) 1730mm (68.1”) 1468mm (57.8”) 1668mm (65.7”) 1668mm (65.7”) 1968mm (77.5”) 1968mm (77.5”)

A 450mm (17.7”) 450mm (17.7”) 520mm (20.5”) 412mm (16.2”) 432mm (17.0”) 532mm (20.9”) 509mm (20.0”) 609mm (23.9”)

B 1230mm (48.4”) 1230mm (48.4”) 1230mm (48.4”) 1110mm (43.7”) 1246mm (49.0”) 1246mm (49.0”) 1465mm (57.7”) 1465mm (57.7”)

Temperature & Humidity Control Range

Temperature Ⳅ

TH-G (189, 302, 408L)

Temperature Ⳅ

TH-I (180, 300, 408L)

Temperature Ⳅ

TH-GU-300

t 40 ~ 85% RH at 15Ⳅ

t 40 ~ 70% RH at 10Ⳅ

t 40 ~ 85% RH at 15Ⳅ

t 25 ~ 98% RH at 25 ~ 80Ⳅ

t 20 ~ 90% RH at 20Ⳅ

t 25 ~ 98% RH at 25 ~ 80Ⳅ

t 25 ~ 80% RH at 90Ⳅ

t 20 ~ 98% RH at 25 ~ 80Ⳅ

t 25 ~ 80% RH at 90Ⳅ

t 20 ~ 80% RH at 90Ⳅ

TH-G (800, 1000L) t 50 ~ 90% RH at 20Ⳅ t 40 ~ 95% RH at 30 ~ 80Ⳅ t 40 ~ 80% RH at 90Ⳅ

195

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Operating & Constructional Features Constructional Features t Standard environmental test chambers. t High quality #304 stainless steel exterior and interior. t Casters for easy mobility when installing or moving temp. and Humid. test chamber. t Spacious chamber volume maximum capacity of 1000L. t Choose from 9 different model chambers based on size and temperature preference. - The series comes in 3 different models based on temp. and humid. ranges ranging in -35Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ, -60Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ / upmost 20 to 98% RH and five different volume capacities of 180L, 300L, 408L, 800L, 1000L. Door Handle (TH-G)

Door Handle (TH-I/GU)

t Air-tight door closure with perfect sealed packing. - Heat-resistant silicone packing completely blocks high heat leakage formed the inner chamber. - Two-point door latch for TH-G models and vice lock type door for TH-I/GU models enhances tightness to door closure. t Inner door. - Optional inner glass door comes with four holes to handle samples in the chamber. (except for TH-G-800, 1000) t Energy efficiency is achieved thanks to optimization of the insulation system. t Chart recorder. (optional) - 6-point dot type recorder with a digital display.

Color LCD Controller

t Container type tank for easy adding and changing of water. - Maintenance of the water tank can be easily performed from the front side. t Viewing window for observation. - Tempered glass window with ligthing provides a clear view of samples in the chamber, beneficial during testing. t Cable port for external probes or wires. - 50mm diameter cable port comes standard on the left side of the unit. Additional 50mm or 80mm diameter cable ports can be custom ordered. (optional) t Easy cleaning of condenser air-filter. - To prevent deterioration of refrigeration system and keep filter dust free by periodically cleaning the filter.

Safety Features t Leakage breaker for power supply. t Over current protection, Overheat protection. t Switch-off after alarm for over heating. t Water empty alarm, Door open alarm.

Digital Recorder (optional)

196

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Operating Features t Microprocess PID control / Auto-tuning / Calibration. t Chamber supports three different languages: English, Chinese, and Korean. t Optimize CPU logic control system. - Optimum control of temperature with economical power consumption. t Convenient maintenance-available to view total operating time. t Built-in SD card drive. t Touch screen type display. - 5.7-inch Color LCD display with interactive input system. : Easily visible set value: set point value (SV) /present value (PV) are also added on the colorful LCD controller. - Temperature and humidity / timer settings and operation condition. - Temperature, humidity, and other operating parameters can be recorded using a chart recorder. t Programming operation. Description

Water Tank (TH-G)

Water Tank (TH-I/GU)

TH-G, I, GU

Programmable Pattern Capacity Pattern Repeat Time Max. Segments per a Pattern Available Max. Segments* Programmable Process Time per a Segment

120 999 100 1200 0 to 999hr 59 min 59 sec

* Even though the max. segments per a pattern are 100, available total segments are up to 1200 not 12000, so you need to arrange the number of segment an patterns properly.

t Computer interface. - Save data in excel format. - Software provided. - Storage of program information, backup of value settings / recovery, and temperature values. - RS-232C port as standard offer.

Air filter

t RS-485 communication port offers connection to PC. (optional)

Multi-control Display

Single-control Display

Program Setting Display

Graph Display

Ventilation

197

Temp. & Humid. Chambers

Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

TH-G-180

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Control System Controller

Temperature

-35 to 150 / -31 to 302 * best programmable control range : -30 to 140 / -22 to 284

Fluctuation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 40Ⳅ / 75%RH

0.3 / 0.55

Variation at 40Ⳅ / 75%RH

0.5 / 0.9

Heating - without Humidity (Min.)

60 From -35Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (-31ⳅ to 248ⳅ)

(±Ⳅ / ⳅ)

Cooling - without Humidity (Min.)

TH-G-800

TH-G-1000

800 / 28.3

1000 / 35.3

70 From 20Ⳅ to -35Ⳅ (68ⳅ to -31ⳅ) On singe point control * 40 to 85 at 15Ⳅ (59ⳅ) 25 to 98 at 25Ⳅ to 80Ⳅ (77ⳅ to 176ⳅ) 25 to 80 at 90Ⳅ (194ⳅ)

50 to 90 at 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ) 40 to 95 at 30Ⳅ to 80Ⳅ (86ⳅ UP 176ⳅ) 40 to 80 at 90Ⳅ (194ⳅ)

Fluctuation 1) (±%RH) at 75%RH / 40Ⳅ

0.4

1.0

Variation (±%RH) at 75%RH / 40Ⳅ

System

Mechanical single stage refrigerator system

Mechanical dual stage refrigerator system

(air-cooled condenser)

Refrigerant Capacity (W)

R-507 2080 Plate fin cooler

2080 / 800

Material

SUS sheath Heater

Drying Bulb (W) Humidity Bulb (W) Temperature Humidity Interior Exterior Insulation Door

700 x 3 600 x 3 Pt 100 Electronic sensor - Free of drying a wet pack and good reaction time Stainless steel #304 Stainless steel #304 Polyurethane foam 100mm (3.94”) Glass wool 2 sets of sirocco fan (2×90W) 15L (0.53cu ft) - Cartridge type pH6.2 to 7.2 / Electrical conductivity 20⽜ /cm to below

900 x 3 700 x 3

Interior (mm / inch)

500×630×600 / 19.7×24.8×23.6

600×630×800 / 23.6×24.8×31.5

600×850×800 / 23.6×33.5×31.5

1000×800×1000 / 39.4×31.5×39.4

1000×1000×1000 / 39.4×39.4×39.4

Exterior (mm / inch)

1003×1139×1468 / 39.5×44.8×57.8

1103×1139×1668 / 43.4×44.8×65.7

1103×1359×1668 / 43.4×53.5×65.7

1503×1319×1968 / 59.2×51.9×77.5

1503×1519×1968 / 59.2×59.8×77.5

Viewing Windows

200×330 / 7.9×13

Range (%RH) Humidity

TH-G-408

Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) - without Humidity

Time

TH-G-300

189 / 7.4 302 / 11.9 408 / 14.4 BDBC2 system - Balanced Dehumidifying & Bath Cooling control Programmable, Touch screen type controller (5.7” Color monitor)

Refrigeration Cooler Heater

Sensor

Material Air Flow Water Supply

Dimension (W×D×H)

Capacity Water Quality

(mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

320 / 705.5

270×330 / 10.6×13 385 / 848.8

410 / 903.9

Cable Port

Basically one hole provided / Ø50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available / Ø50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)

Interface Port

Basically RS-232C [RS-485-optional]

Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (380V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

1ph / 28.7A AAH80011K 3ph / 16.6A AAH80012K 3ph / 9.6A AAH80018K

1ph / 29A AAH80021K

AAH80031K

AAH80041K

AAH80032K

AAH80042K

3ph / 16.7A AAH80022K 3ph / 9.7A AAH80028K

680 / 1499.1

AAH80051K 3ph / 22.8A AAH80052K 3ph / 13.2A

AAH80038K

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068.

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 85%). Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No load.

198

620 / 1366.9

AAH80048K

AAH80058K

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

TH-I-180

TH-I-300

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

180 / 6.4

Control System

BDBC2 system - Balanced Dehumidifying & Bath Cooling control

Controller

Programmable, Touch screen type controller (5.7” Color monitor)

Temperature

TH-I-408 408 / 14.4

Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

-35 to 150 / -31 to 302 without humidity * best programmable control range : -30 to 140 / -22 to 284

Fluctuation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 55Ⳅ / 60%RH

0.1 / 0.18

0.2 / 0.36

Variation at 55Ⳅ / 60%

0.6 / 1.08

0.5 / 0.9

Time

300 / 10.6

(±Ⳅ / ⳅ)

Heating - without Humidity (Min.) 50 From -35Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (-31ⳅ to 248ⳅ) Cooling - without Humidity (Min.) 60 From 20Ⳅ to -35Ⳅ (68ⳅ to -31ⳅ) on singe point control * 40 to 70 at 10Ⳅ (50ⳅ) Range (%RH)

20 to 90 at 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ) 20 to 98 at 25 to 80Ⳅ (77ⳅ to 176ⳅ) 20 to 80 at 90Ⳅ (194ⳅ)

Humidity Fluctuation 1) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 55Ⳅ

0.3

0.4

0.3

Variation (±%RH) at 60%RH / 55Ⳅ

System

Mechanical single stage refrigerator system

Refrigeration

R-404A

Capacity (W)

1500

Cooler Heater

Sensor

Material

Plate fin cooler Material

Ni-Cr Wire Heater / SUS sheath Heater

Drying Bulb (W)

2000

Humidity Bulb (W)

1500

Temperature

Pt 100

Humidity

Electronic sensor - Free of drying a wet pack and good reaction time

Interior

Stainless steel #304

Exterior

Stainless steel #304

Insulation

Polyurethane foam 100mm (3.94”)

Door

Glass wool

Capacity

15L (0.53cu ft) - Cartridge type

Air Flow Water Supply

Dimension (W×D×H)

(air-cooled condenser)

Refrigerant

Tangent blower (90W) Water Quality

pH6.2 to 7.2 / Electrical conductivity 20⽜ /cm to below

Interior (mm / inch)

500×630×600 / 19.7×24.8×23.6

600×630×800 / 23.6×24.8×31.5

600×850×800 / 23.6×33.5×31.5

Exterior (mm / inch)

1025×1035×1530 / 40.4×40.7×60.2

1120×1070×1730 / 44.1×42.1×68.1

1120×1240×1730 / 44.1×44.8×68.1

Viewing Windows (mm / inch)

200×330 / 7.9×13

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

310±10 / 683.4±22

375±10 / 826.7±22

400±10 / 881.8±22

Cable Port

Basically one hole provided / Ø50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available / Ø50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)

Interface Port

Basically RS-232C [RS-485-optional]

Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

1ph / 23A AAH80111K

Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

AAH80131K

1ph / 23A AAH80112K

AAH80122K

AAH80132K

3ph / 7.7A

Electrical Requirements (380V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

AAH80121K

AAH80118K

AAH80128K

AAH80138K

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068.

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ)and relative humidity (up to 85%). Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient Temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No Load.

199

Temp. & Humid. Chambers

Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

TH-GU-300

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

300 / 10.6

Controller

Programmable, Touch screen type controller (5.7” Color monitor)

Temperature

Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

-60 to 150 / -76 to 302 without humidity *best programmable control range : -50 to 140 / -58 to 284

Fluctuation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 40Ⳅ / 60%RH

0.3 / 0.54

Variation (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 40Ⳅ / 60%RH

0.5 / 0.9

Time

Heating - without Humidity (Min.) 60 From -60Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (-76ⳅ to 248ⳅ) Cooling - without Humidity (Min.) 65 From 20Ⳅ to -60Ⳅ (68ⳅ to -76ⳅ) on singe point control 40 to 85 at 15Ⳅ (59ⳅ) Range (%RH)

25 to 98 at 25 to 80Ⳅ (77ⳅ to 176ⳅ) 25 to 80 at 90Ⳅ (194ⳅ)

Humidity

Fluctuation 1) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 55Ⳅ

Variation (±%RH) at 60%RH / 55Ⳅ

Refrigeration

System

Mechanical dual stage refrigerator system (air-cooled condenser)

Refrigerant

R-404A(1st step), R-23(2nd step)

Capacity (W)

3000

Cooler Heater

Sensor

Material

Plate fin cooler Material

Ni-Cr Wire Heater / SUS sheath Heater

Drying Bulb (W)

2000

Humidity Bulb (W)

1500

Temperature

Pt 100

Humidity

Electronic sensor - Free of drying a wet pack and good reaction time

Interior

Stainless steel #304

Exterior

Stainless steel #304

Insulation

Polyurethane foam 100mm (3.94”)

Door

Glass wool

Air Flow Water Supply

Dimension (W×D×H)

Tangent blower (90W) Capacity

15L (0.53cu ft) - Cartridge type

Water Quality

pH6.2 to 7.2/ Electrical conductivity 20⽜ / cm to below

Interior (mm / inch)

600×630×800 / 23.6×24.8×31.5

Exterior (mm / inch)

1120×1070×1730 / 44.1×42.1×68.1

Viewing Windows (mm / inch)

200×330 / 7.9×13

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

395±10 / 870.8±22

Cable Port

Basically one hole provided / Ø50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available / Ø50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)

Interface Port

Basically RS-232C [RS-485-optional]

Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (380V, 50Hz) Cat. No. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068.

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 85 ). Ⲽ Upon request, other sizes of chambers are available. Please contact with us. Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No load.

200

1ph / 23A AAH80321K 1ph / 23A AAH80322K 3ph / 7.7A AAH80328K

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chamber (Floor Standing Models) Please visit

.com

For further information on Jeio TechÂ´s Temperature & Humidity Chamber products Information is readily available on our website.

TH-TG Models with optional Recorder

TH-ICH Models with optional Recorder 201

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chamber (Floor Standing Models)

Dimension (TH-TG / TH-ICH Models)

Model TH-TG-180 TH- TG -300 TH-TG-408 TH-TG-800 TH-TG-1000 TH-TG-1500 TH-ICH-300 TH-ICH-800

Capacity 190L (6.7 cu ft) 300L (10.6 cu ft) 410L (14.5 cu ft) 760L (26.8 cu ft) 960L (33.9 cu ft) 1500L (53 cu ft) 300L (10.6 cu ft) 760L (26.8 cu ft)

W 880mm (34.6”) 1130mm (44.5”) 1130mm (44.5”) 1220mm (48”) 1220mm (48”) 1450mm (57.1”) 1130mm (44.5”) 1220mm (48”)

945mm (37.2”) 945mm (37.2”) 1045mm (41.1”) 1175mm (46.3”) 1415mm (55.7”) 1900mm (74.8”) 985mm (33.8”) 1215mm (47.8”)

1465mm (57.7”) 1520mm (59.8”) 1520mm (59.8”) 1965mm (77.4”) 1965mm (77.4”) 2065mm (81.3”) 1520mm (59.8”) 1965mm (77.4”)

A 420mm (16.5”) 420mm (16.5”) 520mm (20.5”) 520mm (20.5”) 635mm (25”) 635mm (25”) 460mm (18.1”) 545mm (21.5”)

B 880mm (34.6”) 905mm (35.6”) 905mm (35.6”) 1010mm (39.8”) 1010mm (39.8”) 800mm (31.5”) 905mm (35.6”) 1185mm (46.7”)

Temperature & Humidity Control Range

Temperature Ⳅ

TH-TG (190 to 410L)

202

Temperature Ⳅ

TH-TG (760 to 1500L)

Temperature Ⳅ

TH-ICH (300, 760L)

t 40~70% RH at 10Ⳅ

t 40~95% RH at 20Ⳅ

t 40~80% RH at 15Ⳅ

t 30~95% RH at 20Ⳅ

t 30~95% RH at 30Ⳅ

t 30~85% RH at 30Ⳅ

t 10~95% RH at 50~80Ⳅ

t 20~95% RH at 50~80Ⳅ

t 20~90% RH at 80Ⳅ

t 10~80% RH at 90Ⳅ

t 20~85% RH at 85Ⳅ

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chamber (Floor Standing Models) The temperature & humidity chamber units comply with the ICH guidelines. Stability Testing Q1A (R2)-ICH, TG Chamber Models. Photostability Testing Q1B (Option 2)-ICH Chamber Models.

Constructional Features

Operating Features

t High quality #304 stainless steel exterior and interior.

t Microprocess PID control / Auto-tuning / Calibration.

t Casters for easy mobility when installing or moving environmental test chamber.

t Digital LCD display with touch-sensitive 7 keypads.

t Convenient maintenance - Available to check total operating time. t Unique door lock & trim. t Vice lock type door and foam silicone packing to ensure a perfect seal.

t Easy operation with wide LCD screen. - Temperature and humidity / timer settings and operation condition. t Program patterns are memorized for 10 years due to a battery built into the PCB. t Expansion parameter inputs. (conveniently display by letters)

t Cable port for external probes or wires.

t Programming operation.

t 50mm diameter cable port comes standard on the left side of the unit. Additional 50mm or 80mm diameter cable ports can be custom ordered. (optional)

t Container type tank for easy adding and changing of water. - Maintenance of the water tank can be easily performed from the front side. t Door lock. t Cyclic defrost functions does not affect the temperature and humidity control for extended operation.

t Chart recorder. (optional) - 6-point dots type recorder with digital display. - Digital recorder. (6-channels)

(Under 15âł&#x201E; set value)

t Powerful two Sirocco fans maintains a constant airflow in the chamber.

Additional TH-ICH 300/800 Features t In the event of a validation the apparatus correctly controls each light and then transfers accurate data and is equipped with light sensors. (UV light sensor / VIS light sensor) t Samples that have to be exposed to the light in which it is completely near the UV energy of less than 200W-hr/m2 is provided to compare directly the results from overall intensity of less than 1.20 million lux-hr, drug substances and reagent. t Total fluorescent lamp and UV lamp indicator and operating time indicator.

Safety Features t Leakage breaker for power supply. t Over current protection. t Overheat protection. t Switch-off after alarm for over heating. t Door open alarm. t Water empty. t Vice lock door type locking mechanism. (optional) t Alarm for completed Photostability Test. (only TH-ICH Models)

203

Temp. & Humid. Chambers

Temp. & Humid. Chamber (Floor Standing Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

TH-TG-180

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Controller

TH-TG-408 410 / 14.5

TH-TG-800 760 / 26.8

TH-TG-1000 960 / 33.9

TH-TG-1500 1500 / 53

without Humidity (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

-5 to 100 / 23 to 212

with Humidity (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

+10 to 90 / 50 to 194

+15 to 85

Fluctuation (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 40Ⳅ / 60%RH

0.3 / 0.55

0.5 / 0.9

Variation (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 40Ⳅ / 60%RH

0.5 / 0.9

0.7 / 1.3

Range (%RH)

FULL RANGE : 10 to 95 40 to 70 at 10Ⳅ ( 50ⳅ) 30 to 95 at 20Ⳅ ( 68ⳅ) 10 to 95 at 50Ⳅ to 80Ⳅ (122ⳅ to 176ⳅ) 10 to 80 at 90Ⳅ (194ⳅ)

FULL RANGE : 20 to 95 40 to 90 at 20Ⳅ (59ⳅ) 30 to 95 at 30Ⳅ (86ⳅ) 20 to 95 at 50Ⳅ to 80Ⳅ (122ⳅ to 176ⳅ) 20 to 85 at 85Ⳅ (194ⳅ)

Fluctuation 2) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 40Ⳅ

Variation (±%RH) at 60%RH / 40Ⳅ

Heating 4)

50min

55min

(-5Ⳅ 100Ⳅ)

Cooling 4)

120min

145min

(100Ⳅ -5Ⳅ)

Range Temperature

TH-TG-300

190 / 6.7 300 / 10.6 PID control (LCD Type)

Humidity

1 / 1.8

Time System Refrigeration Refrigerant Capacity (W) Cooler Material Heater Drying Bulb (W) Humidity Bulb (W) Temperature Sensor Humidity

Air - cooled R- 404A 150 250 250 470 Copper plate fin cooler Ni-Cr Wire Heater / SUS Tube Heater 1000 1500 1500 2300 1000 1200 1200 2000 Pt 100 Electronic sensor (Free of drying a wet pack and good response time)

Air Flow

2 set of sirocco fan (2×60 W) : Vertical type

Material

Water Tank

Internal External Insulation Door Capacity (L / cu ft) Water Quality

Interface Port

470×2

2300 2000

3000 2500

4 set of sirocco fan(4×60W) : Vertical type

SUS #304 (2B polish) SUS #304 (Hairline finish) & Steel, 2t, Double painted & baked Polyurethane (70mm / 2.76”) Glasswool 15 / 0.53 pH6.2 ~ 7.2, Electrical conductivity 20⽜ / cm to below Basically RS-232C, [RS-485 : optional]

30 / 1.1

Basically one hole provided / Ø 50mm (2”), Optionally max. two holes available / Ø 50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)

Cable Port Viewing Window (mm / inch)

Dimension

Internal

(W×D×H)

(mm / inch)

External (mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / lbs) AC230V, 1ph, 60Hz Cat.No. Electrical Requirements AC230V, 1ph, 50Hz Cat.No.

230×340 / 9.1×13.4 (option) 500×650×600 / 19.7×25.6×23.6

750×650×650 / 29.5×25.6×25.6

750×850×650 / 29.5×33.5×25.6

750×880×1160 / 29.5×34.6×45.7

750×1110×1160 / 29.5×43.7×45.7

880×945×1465 / 34.6×37.2×57.7

1130×945×1520 / 44.5×37.2×59.8

1130×1045×1520 / 44.5×41.1×59.8

1220×1175×1965 / 48×46.3×77.3

1220×1415 ×1965 1450×1900×2065 / 48×55.7×77.4 / 57.1×74.8×81.3

220±10 / 485±22 13.1 A AAHC2001K 12.4 A AAHC2002K

250±10 / 485±22 15.4 A AAHC2011K 14.7 A AAHC2012K

280±10 / 617±22 15.4 A AAHC2021K 14.7 A AAHC2022K

360±10 / 794±22 24.5 A AAHC2031K 23.5 A AAHC2032K

410±10 / 904±22 24.5 A AAHC2041K 23.5 A AAHC2042K

1) All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No load. 2) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068 3) The value is measured on the center of chamber at the point of vertical direction. 4) Up to 98% of the set value.

204

470

1000×1000×1500 / 39.4×39.4×59.1

480±10 / 1058±22 30.5A AAHC2051K 29.2A AAHC2052K

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chamber (Floor Standing Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

TH-ICH-300

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

300 / 10.6

Controller

Range Temperature 1)

without Humidity (Ⳅ / ⳅ) with Humidity (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

TH-ICH-800 760 / 26.8

PID control (LCD Type) -5 to 85 / 23 to 185 without Light 0 to 85 / 32 to 185 with Light +15 to 85 / 59 to185 with Light

Fluctuation at 40Ⳅ / 60%RH

0.3 / 0.55

Variation at 40Ⳅ / 60%RH

0.5 / 0.9

0.7 / 1.3

Range (%RH)

FULL RANGE : 20 to 85 40 to 85 at 15Ⳅ (59ⳅ) 30 to 85 at 30Ⳅ (86ⳅ) 20 to 90 at 80Ⳅ (176ⳅ) 20 to 85 at 85Ⳅ (185ⳅ)

Fluctuation 2) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 40Ⳅ

Variation (±%RH) at 60%RH / 40Ⳅ

Cool White 3) Ultraviolet-A 3)

6,000 lux 4.5 W/⽋

6,500 lux 5 W/⽋

Light Uniformity

VIS. : ±10% UVA : ±15%

VIS. : ±15% UVA : ±15%

Typical Time Required to Reach ICH Recommendation of 1.2 million lux-hr

ⴊ 200Hr

ⴊ 184Hr

Typical Time Required to Reach ICH Recommendation of 200 W-hr/m2

ⴊ 50Hr

ⴊ 40Hr

Humidity

(±Ⳅ / ⳅ)

Light Source (ICH Q1B option 2)

Time

Refrigeration

Heating 4) Cooling 4) System Refrigerant Capacity (W)

Cooler Heater

Sensor

Material Drying Bulb (W) Humidity Bulb (W) Temperature Humidity

Air Flow

Material

Water Tank

Internal External Insulation Door Capacity (L / cu ft) Water Quality

Interface Port

Basically one hole provided / Ø 50mm (2”), Optionally max. two holes available / Ø 50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)

Cable Port Dimension (W×D×H)

25min (20Ⳅ Æ 85Ⳅ) 30min (20Ⳅ Æ 85Ⳅ) 35min (20Ⳅ Æ -5Ⳅ) 40min (20Ⳅ Æ -5Ⳅ) Air - cooled R- 404A 250 470 Copper plate fin cooler Ni-Cr Wire Heater / SUS Tube Heater 1500 2300 1200 2000 Pt 100 Electronic sensor (Free of drying a wet pack and good response time) 2 set of sirocco fan (2×60 W) : Vertical type SUS #304 (2B polish) SUS #304 (Hairline finish) & Steel, 2t, Double painted & baked Polyurethane (70mm / 2.76”) EPDM Sheet 15 / 0.53 pH6.2 ~ 7.2, Electrical conductivity 20⽜ / cm to below Basically RS-232C, [RS-485 : optional]

Internal (mm / inch) External (mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / lbs) AC230V, 1ph, 60Hz Cat.No. Electrical Requirements AC230V, 1ph, 50Hz Cat.No.

750×650×650 / 29.5×25.6×25.6 1130×985×1520 / 44.5×38.8×59.8 280±10 / 617±22 15.4 A AAHC1001K 14.7 A AAHC1002K

750×880×1160 / 29.5×34.6×45.7 1220×1215×1965 / 48×47.8×77.4 400±10 / 882±22 24.5 A AAHC1011K 23.5 A AAHC1012K

1) All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No load. 2) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068. 3) The value is measured on the center of chamber at the point of vertical direction. 4) Up to 98% of the set value.

205

T Please visit

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Tabletop Models) .com

For further information on Jeio Tech´s Temperature & Humidity Chamber products Information is readily available on our website.

Certification only for TH-ME / PE models

TH-ME/KE/PE Models with optional Viewing Windows Ⲽ In the year of 2014, this products design can be changed without prior notice. Ⲽ Inner glass door is not equipped to the unit since 2013.

206

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Tabletop Models) Temperature & Humidity Control Range

TH-KE (25 to 100L)

TH-ME (25 to 100L)

TH-PE (25 to 100L)

t 45~65% RH at 15Ⳅ

t 45~95% RH at 20Ⳅ

t 20~95% RH at 40~85Ⳅ

t 20~95% RH at 40~80Ⳅ

t 30~95% RH at 30~80Ⳅ

t 20~90% RH at 90Ⳅ

t 30~90% RH at 85Ⳅ

Dimension (TH-KE / ME / PE Models)

Models TH-KE TH-ME TH-PE

Capacity

25L (0.9 cu ft)

610mm (24”)

875mm (34.4”)

920mm (36.2”)

65L (2.3 cu ft)

660mm (26”)

1040mm (40.9”)

100L (3.53 cu ft)

760mm (29.9”)

1110mm (43.7”)

220mm (8.7”)

498mm (19.6”)

1065mm (41.9”)

258mm (10.2”)

570mm (22.4”)

1085mm (42.7”)

270mm (10.6”)

586mm (23.1”)

207

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Tabletop Models)

Operating & Constructional Features Constructional Features t Small size and light weight. t Compact design with high performance. t Choose from 9 different model chambers based on size and temperature preference. - The series comes in 3 different models based on temp. and humid. ranging in -35Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ, -20Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ, -0Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ / upmost 20 to 95% RH and three different volume capacities of 20L, 65L, 100L. t Efficient system with durable materials. - The evaporating system for better thermal efficiency with corrosion-resistant materials. - The heating system with minimized potential heat when heating or cooling for prompt reaction time and advanced performance. Stainless Steel Inner Chamber

t Water tank for easy water supply. - Maintenance can be done easily from the front side. t Viewing window (optional) - A tempered glass window provides a clear view of samples in the chamber, beneficial during testing. t Cable port for external probes or wires. - 50mm diameter cable port comes standard on the left side of the unit. Additional 50mm or 80mm diameter cable ports can be custom ordered. (optional) t Optional stand for space-saving layout. - For use in limited spaces: stand and casters. Ⲽ Be sure to secure the stand onto floor with earthquake resistant fitting for your safety when using stand.

Safety Features t Leakage breaker for power supply. Controller

t Over current protection. t Overheat protection. t Switch-off after alarm for over heating. t Door open alarm. t Water empty alarm. (TH-KE / ME / PE)

Portable Digital Recorder (optional)

208

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Tabletop Models)

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control / Auto-tuning / Calibration. t Digital LCD display with touch-sensitive keys. t Easy operation with wide LCD screen. - Temperature and humidity / timer settings and operating condition. t Program patterns are memorized for 10 years due to a battery built into the PCB. t Expansion parameter inputs. (displayed by letters) t Programming operation Description

TH-KE / ME / PE

Programmable Pattern Capacity

Pattern Repeat Time

999

Max. Segments per a Pattern

100

Available Max. Segments* Programmable Process Time per a Segment

100

Water Tank

0 to 99 hr 59 min

* Even though the max. segments per a pattern are 100, available total segments are up to 300 not 3000, so you need to arrange the number of segment and patterns properly.

t Computer interface. (optional) - Software provided - Save data in excel format. - Storage of program information, backup of value settings / recovery, and temperature and humidity values. - RS-232C port as standard offer. t Chart Recorder. (optional) - 6 point dot type recorder with digital display. t RS-485 communication port offers a maximum of 9 temp. and humidity chambers to be connected by one PC. (optional)

Multi-control Display

Single-control Display

Program setting Display

Graph Display

Stand with Caster (optional)

209

Temp. & Humid. Chambers

Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Tabletop Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

TH-KE-025

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

25 / 0.9

Controller

Program controller (LCD type)

Temperature 1)

Time

-35 to 150 / -31 to 302 without humidity +15 to 90 / 59 to 194 with humidity

Fluctuation2) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 50Ⳅ / 60%RH

0.4 / 0.72

0.3 / 0.54

Variation2) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 50Ⳅ / 60%RH

0.3 / 0.54

0.4 / 0.72

Heating3) Æ without Humidity (Min.)

60 (-35Ⳅ Æ 100Ⳅ)

Cooling3) Æ without Humidity (Min.)

70 (25Ⳅ Æ -35Ⳅ)

Range (%RH)

FULL RANGE : 20 to 95 45 to 65 at 15Ⳅ (59ⳅ) 20 to 95 at 40 to 80Ⳅ (104 to 176ⳅ) 20 to 90 at 90Ⳅ (194ⳅ)

Fluctuation2) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 50Ⳅ 4.1 / 7.38

2.8 / 5.04

1.8 / 3.24

Variation2) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 50Ⳅ

0.9 / 1.62

1.0 / 1.8

1.2 / 2.16

System

Mechanical single stage refrigerator system (air-cooled condenser)

Refrigerant

R-404A

Capacity (W)

470

Cooler

656

Sensor

Material

Ni-Cr Wire Heater/SUS TUBE Heater

Drying Bulb (W)

800

1000

1200

Humidity Bulb (W)

800

1000

1200

Temperature

Pt 100

Humidity

Water Tank

Electronic sensor - Free of drying a wet pack and good reaction time 60W×2EA

(sirocco fan)

Material

Internal

Stainless steel #304 (2B polish)

External

SUS #304 & Steel, 0.8t, Double painted & baked

Insulation

Polyurethane foam 100mm [3.94”]

Door

Glasswool

Capacity (L / cu ft)

6.0 / 0.21

Quality

pH6.2 ~ 7.2, Electrical conductivity 20Ⳅ / cm to below

7.5 / 0.26

10.0 / 0.35

Interface Port

Basically RS-232C, [RS-485: optional]

Cable Port

Basically one hole provided / Ø 50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available/ Ø 50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)

Dimension (W×D×H)

Internal (mm / inch)

350×220×350 / 13.8×8.7×13.8

400×330×495 / 15.7×13×19.5

500×380×530 / 19.7×15×20.9

External (mm / inch)

610×875×920 / 24×34.4×36.2

660×1040×1065 / 26×40.9×41.9

760×1110×1085 / 29.9×43.7×42.7

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

110 ±10 / 242.5 ±22

140 ±10 / 308.6 ±22

150 ±10 / 330.7 ±22

Electrical Requirements (AC230V, 1ph, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (AC230V, 1ph, 50Hz) Cat. No.

10.1A

12.4A

16A

AAH82411K

AAH82421K

AAH82431K

9.7A

11.8A

15.6A

AAH82412K

AAH82422K

AAH82432K

1) All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No load. 2) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068. 3) Up to 98% of the set value.

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 85%). Ⲽ Recommended ambient temperature: +20Ⳅ(68ⳅ).

210

750

Plate fin cooler (cooper)

Heater

Air Flow

TH-KE-100 100 / 3.53

Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

Humidity

Refrigeration

TH-KE-065 65 / 2.3

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Tabletop Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

TH-ME-025

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

25 / 0.9

Controller

Program controller (LCD type)

Temperature

-20 to 150 / -4 to 302 without humidity

Fluctuation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 25Ⳅ / 60%RH

0.3 / 0.54

0.2 / 0.36

Variation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 25Ⳅ / 60%

0.6 / 1.08

0.2 / 0.36

Time Cooling -without Humidity (min.)

Material

Dimension (W×D×H)

144

153

from 120Ⳅ to -20Ⳅ (248ⳅ to -4ⳅ)

Fluctuation 1) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 55Ⳅ

2.0 / 3.6

2.7 / 4.86

Variation 1) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 55Ⳅ

0.6 / 1.08

1.1 / 1.98

1.2 / 2.16

System

Mechanical single stage refrigerator system (air-cooled condenser)

Refrigerant

R-404A

Capacity (W)

250

375

Plate fin cooler (cooper) Material

Ni-Cr Wire Heater / SUS sheath Heater

Drying Bulb (W)

800

1000

1200

Humidity Bulb (W)

500

650

1000

Temperature

Pt 100

Humidity

Electronic sensor - Free of drying a wet pack and good reaction time

Interior

Stainless steel #304

Exterior

SUS #304 & Steel, 0.8t, Double painted & baked

Insulation

Polyurethane foam 100mm [3.94”]

Door

Glass wool 60W x 2EA

Air Flow (sirocco fan) Water Tank

174

FULL RANGE : 20 to 95 45 to 65% at 15Ⳅ (59ⳅ) 20 to 95% at 40 to 80Ⳅ (104 to176ⳅ) 20 to 90% at 90Ⳅ (194ⳅ)

Cooler

Sensor

from -20Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (-4ⳅ to 248ⳅ)

Range (%RH) Humidity

Heater

TH-ME-100 100 / 3.53

Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

Heating -without Humidity (min.)

Refrigeration

TH-ME-065 65 / 2.3

Capacity (L / cu ft)

6.0 / 0.21

Water Quality

pH6.2 to 7.2 / Electrical conductivity 20Ⳅ/cm to below

Interior (mm / inch)

350×220×350 / 13.8×8.7×13.8

400×330×495 / 15.7×13×19.5

500×380×530 / 19.7×15×20.9

Exterior (mm / inch)

610×875×920 / 24×34.4×36.2

660×1040×1065 / 26×40.9×41.9

760×1110×1085 / 29.9×43.7×42.7

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

80±5 / 176±11

110±5 / 242±11

130±5 / 286±11

7.5 / 0.26

10.0 / 0.35

Cable Port

Basically one hole provided / Ø 50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available / Ø 50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)

Interface Port

Basically RS-232C [RS-485-optional]

Electrical Requirements (230V, 1ph, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 1ph, 50Hz) Cat. No.

9.6A

12A

14.4A

AAH82111K

AAH82121K

AAH82131K

9.2A

11.1A

13.8A

AAH82112K

AAH82122K

AAH82132K

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068.

* 80mm cable access hole is NOT available for 25L chamber. (TH-ME-025). * Above the dimensions are NOT included size of attached accessories. Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 85 ). Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No load.

211

Temp. & Humid. Chambers

Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Tabletop Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

TH-PE-025

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

25 / 0.9

Controller

Program controller (LCD type)

Temperature

TH-PE-065 65 / 2.3

Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

0 to 120 / 32 to 248 - without humidity

Fluctuation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 25Ⳅ / 60%RH

0.2 / 0.36

Variation (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 25Ⳅ / 60%

0.3 / 0.54

TH-PE-100 100 / 3.53

0.3 / 0.54

0.2 / 0.36

Time

Humidity

Refrigeration

Heating - without Humidity (Min.) 40 From 0Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (32ⳅ to 248ⳅ) Cooling - without Humidity (Min.) 30 From 20Ⳅ to 0Ⳅ (68ⳅ to 32ⳅ) on singe point control * Range (%RH)

FULL RANGE : 30 to 95 45 to 95 at 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ) 30 to 95 at 30 to 80Ⳅ (86 to176ⳅ) 30 to 90 at 85Ⳅ (185ⳅ)

Fluctuation 1) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 55Ⳅ

1.6 / 2.88

Variation 1) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 55Ⳅ

3.0 / 5.4

Sensor

Material

System

Mechanical single stage refrigerator system (air-cooled condenser) R-404A

Capacity (W)

250

Dimension (W×D×H)

250

Material

Ni-Cr Wire Heater/ SUS sheath Heater

Drying Bulb (W)

800

1000

1200

Humidity Bulb (W)

500

650

1000

Temperature

Pt 100

Humidity

Electronic sensor - Free of drying a wet pack and good reaction time

Interior

Stainless steel #304

Exterior

SUS #304 & Steel, 0.8t, Double painted & baked

Insulation

Polyurethane foam 100mm [3.94”]

Door

Glass wool 60W x 2EA

Capacity (L / cu ft)

6.0 / 0.21

Water Quality

pH6.2 ~ 7.2, Electrical conductivity 20Ⳅ / cm to below

Interior (mm / inch)

350×220×350 / 13.8×8.7×13.8

400×330×495 / 15.7×13×19.5

500×380×530 / 19.7×15×20.9

Exterior (mm / inch)

610×875×920 / 24×34.4×36.2

660×1040×1065 / 26×40.9×41.9

760×1110×1085 / 29.9×43.7×42.7

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

80±5 / 176±11

110±5 / 242±11

130±5 / 286±11

7.5 / 0.26

10.0 / 0.35

Cable Port

Basically one hole provided / Ø 50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available / Ø 50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)

Interface Port

Basically RS-232C [RS-485-optional]

Electrical Requirements (230V, 1hp, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 1hp, 50Hz) Cat. No.

9.6A

12A

14.4A

AAH82211K

AAH82221K

AAH82231K

9.2A

11.1A

13.8A

AAH82212K

AAH82222K

AAH82232K

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068.

* 80mm cable access hole is NOT available for 25L chamber (TH-PE-025). * Above the dimensions are NOT included size of attached accessories. Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 85 ). Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No load.

212

375

Plate fin cooler (cooper)

Air Flow (sirocco fan) Water Tank

0.5 / 0.9

Refrigerant

Cooler Heater

0.4 / 0.72

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Fingerprint Development Chamber Please visit

.com

For further information on Jeio Tech´s Temperature & Humidity Chamber products Information is readily available on our website.

TH-PF-100

Temperature & Humidity Control Range TH-PF-100 t 80 ~ 90% RH at 40Ⳅ t 65 ~ 95% RH at 50Ⳅ t 50 ~ 95% RH at 60Ⳅ t 50 ~ 90% RH at 90Ⳅ

Temperature Ⳅ

213

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Fingerprint Development Chamber

Exceptional design for Ninhydrin, DFO and other fingerprint development processes. Highly precise controlled microprocessor PID controller for rapid performance. Advanced safety features for protecting evidence. A clear display with LED light indicator and heated glass window.

Constructional Features t Small size & light weight. t Compact design with high performance. t Efficient system with durable materials. - The evaporating system for better thermal efficiency with corrosion-resistant materials. - The heating system with minimized potential heat when heating or cooling for prompt reaction time and advanced performance. t Stainless steel interior. - High quality and corrosion-resistant. t Water tank for easy water supply. - Maintenance can be done easily from the front side. (optional direct water system.)

t Large viewing window. - A tempered glass door provides a clear view of your specimen during testing. t Vice lock type door and foam silicone packing to ensure a perfect seal. t Cable port for external probes or wires. - B50mm diameter cable port comes standard on the left side of the unit. - Additional 50mm or 80mm diameter cable ports can be custom ordered. (optional) t Optional stand for space-saving layout. - For use in limited spaces: stand & casters. - Chambers can be stacked maximum two high. â˛ź Be sure to secure the stand to the floor with an earthquake resistant fitting for safety.

Control Board

Operating Features t Intuitive Control Panel. - Sight Lamp, Window Clean, Water Level indicators. t Microprocessor PID control / auto tuning / calibration. - Precise temperature & humidity control. - Faster fingerprint development. - Rapid recovery time after the door has been opened. t Touch screen type digital LCD display with touch-sensitive keys. t Easy operation with wide LCD screen. - Temperature and humidity / timer settings and operating condition. t Digital Timer with acoustic alarm. - Start / Stop button for easy operation. - Digital display for time remaining. - Set time expiring alarm. t Programming operation. t Program patterns are memorized for 10 years due to a battery built into the PCB. t Expansion parameter inputs.

Safety Features t Key lockable door for your evidences. t Leakage breaker for power supply. t Over current protection. t Over heat protection. t Switch-off after alarm for overheating. t Automatic shut off after overheat alarm. t Low and empty water level alarm.

214

(conveniently display by letters.)

t Computer Interface. (optional) - Software provided. - Save data in excel format. - Storage of program information, backup of value settings / recovery, and temperature / humidity values. - RS-232C port standard. t Chart Recorder. (optional) - 6-point dot type recorder with a digital display.

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Fingerprint Development Chamber

Large window for viewing samples and with LED lighting on left and right of the interior door window. Heated glass window eliminates condensation.

Water Tank included Easy maintenance. Direct water system. (optional)

Key Lockable Door for your evidences.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

TH-PF-100

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

100 / 3.53

Controller

PID control (LCD Type) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

Temperature

Variation (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 100Ⳅ

0.5 / 0.9

Range (%RH)

FULL RANGE : 50 to 95 80 to 90 at 40Ⳅ 65 to 95 at 50Ⳅ 50 to 90 at 90Ⳅ

Fluctuation (±%RH)

Humidity

Heater

Sensor

Variation (±%RH)

Material

Ni-Cr Wire Heater / SUS cartridge Heater

Drying Bulb

400W

Humidity Bulb

400W

Temperature

Pt 100

Humidity

Electronic sensor (free of drying a wet pack and good response time)

Interior

SUS #304 (2B polish)

Exterior

SUS #304 & Steel, 1t, Double painted & baked

Insulation

Polyurethane (70mm)

Door

Glasswool

Capacity (L / cu ft)

9 / 0.32

Quality

pH6.2 ~ 7.2, Electrical conductivity 20⽜ / cm to below

Air Flow

Material

Water Tank

40 to 100 / 104 to 212 without humidity

Fluctuation (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 100Ⳅ 0.5 / 0.9

2 set of sirocco fan (60W)

Viewing Window (mm / inch)

280×430 / 11.02×16.9

Cable Port

Basically one hole provided / Ø 50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available/ Ø 50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)

Interface Dimension (W×D×H)

Basically RS-232C [RS-485-optional] Interior (mm / inch)

500×380×530 / 1.97×15×20.9

Exterior (mm / inch)

670×845×1045 / 26.4×33.3× 41.15

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

115kg±5kg / 253.5±11

Electrical Requirements AC230V, 1ph, 60Hz Cat. No. Electrical Requirements AC230V, 1ph, 50Hz Cat. No.

4.5A AAH82331K 4.3A AAH82332K

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 85 ). Ⲽ Recommended ambient temperature: +20Ⳅ(68ⳅ) Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ(68ⳅ), No load.

215

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Clean Temp. & Humid Chamber

TH-CR-270 with optional Recorder Temperature & Humidity Control Range TH-CR-270 t 50 to 90% RH at 20Ⳅ t 40 to 90% RH at 30Ⳅ t 30 to 90% RH at 40 to 85Ⳅ

Temperature Ⳅ

216

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Clean Temp. & Humid Chamber Dimension (TH-CR-270)

Models TH-CR-270

Capacity 270L (9.5 cu ft)

W 1180mm (46.5”)

D 1120mm (44.1”)

H* 1935mm (76.1”)

A 325mm (12.8”)

B 1155mm (45.5”)

Operating & Constructional Features User-friendly Design t Standard clean environmental test chambers. t Silicone-free safe construction. t High quality type 304 grade stainless steel exterior and interior. t Casters for easy mobility when installing or moving environmental test chamber. t Convenient maintenance-available to view total operating time. t Unique door lock & trim. - Vice lock type door and foam silicone packing to ensure a perfect seal. - Door open warning alarm.

t Viewing window. - Tempered glass window provides a clear view of samples in the chamber, beneficial during testing. - Fluorescent lighting source included. t Cable port for external probes or wires. - 50mm diameter cable port comes standard on the left side of the unit. - Additional 50mm or 80mm diameter cable ports can be custom ordered. (optional) t Easy cleaning of condenser air-filter. - To prevent deterioration of refrigeration system and keep filter dust free by periodically cleaning the filter.

t Inner door. - Optional inner glass door comes with four holes to handle samples inside the chamber. t Exhaust duct. - Exhaust duct is located at the upper right side of the unit. t Chart Recorder. (optional) - 6 point dot type recorder with digital display. t Container type tank for easy adding and changing of water. - Maintenance of the water tank can be easily performed from the front side. - Checking of the water level and the amount of water remaining in the tank can be performed by looking through the center viewing window. Inner Chamber

217

Temp. & Humid. Chambers

Clean Temp. & Humid Chamber

Capable for the best cleaned temperature and humidity chamber! By employing a HEPA filter and a top to bottom laminar air flow system, a class 100 controlled chamber is achieved.

Operating & Constructional Features Operating Features t Microprocess PID control / Auto-tuning / Calibration. t Chamber supports three different languages: English, Chinese, and Korean. t CPU logic control system. - Optimum control of temperature / humidity with economical power consumption. t Touch Screen Type Display. - 5.7-inch Color LCD display with interactive input system. : Easily visible set value: set point value (SV) /present value (PV) are also added on the colorful LCD controller. - Temperature & humidity, timer settings, and operation conditions. - Temperature, humidity, and other operating parameters can be recorded using a chart recorder. (optional) t Programming operation. Description

Control Panel

TH-CR-270

Programmable Pattern Capacity

120

Pattern Repeat Time

999

Max. Segments per a Pattern

100

Available Max. Segments*

1200

Programmable Process Time per a Segment

0 to 99 hr 59 min

* Even though the max. segments per a pattern are 100, available total segments are up to 1200 not 12000, so you need to arrange the number of segment and patterns properly.

t Computer interface. - Software provided. - Save data in excel format. - Storage of program information, backup of value settings / recovery, and temperature / humidity values. - RS-232C port as standard offer. - RS-485 communication port offers connection of a maximum of 9 temperature & humidity chamber units to one PC. (optional)

Door Catch & Trim

Safety Features t Leakage breaker for power supply. t Over current protection. t Over heat protection. t Automatic shut off after overheat alarm. t Low and empty water level alarm. t Door opening alarm. t Vice lock door closing equipment. Air-filter

218

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Clean Temp. & Humid Chamber

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

TH-CR-270

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

270 / 9.5

Controller

Programmable, Touch screen type controller (5.7” Color monitor) Local controller (Fixed - command control) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

Temperature

Time

-35 to 100 / -31 to 212 without humidity

Fluctuation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 40Ⳅ / 60%RH

0.5 / 0.9

Variation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 40Ⳅ / 60%RH

0.5 / 0.9

Heating - without Humidity (Min.)

60 From -35Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (-31ⳅ to 248ⳅ)

Cooling - without Humidity (Min.)

65 From 20Ⳅ to -35Ⳅ (68ⳅ to -31ⳅ) 50 to 90 at 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ)

Range (%RH) Humidity

30 to 90 at 40 to 85Ⳅ (104 to185ⳅ) Fluctuation 1) (±%RH)

Variation 1) (±%RH) at 60%RH

Cleanliness Refrigeration

Class 100 (ISO 14644-1) System

Mechanical single stage refrigerator system (air-cooled condenser)

Refrigerant

R-404A

Capacity (W)

1500

Cooler Heater

Sensor

Plate fin cooler Material

Ni-Cr Wire Heater / SUS sheath Heater

Drying Bulb (W)

2000

Humidity Bulb (W)

2000

Temperature

Pt 100

Humidity

Electronic sensor - Free of drying a wet pack and good reaction time

Interior

Stainless steel #304

Exterior Material

Insulation

Stainless steel #304 (Base & Control panels are made of Stainless steel with powder coating)

Polyurethane

Door

Glass wool

*Silicon Free (optional)

EPDM for door packing, chamber sealing and tube Poly Urethane for DI water inlet & drainage

Air Flow Water Supply

40 to 90 at 30Ⳅ (86ⳅ)

Sirocco fan Capacity

15L (0.53cu ft) - Cartridge type

Water Quality

pH6.2 to 7.2 / Electrical conductivity 20⽜ /cm to below

Interior (mm / inch)

600×700×648 / 23.6×27.6×25.4

Dimension

Exterior (mm / inch)

1180×1120×1935 / 46.5×44.1×76.2

(W×D×H)

Viewing Windows (mm / inch)

200×330 / 7.9×13

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

400±10 / 881.8±22

Cable Port

Basically one hole provided / Ø 50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available / Ø 50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)

Interface Port

Basically RS-232C [RS-485-optional]

Electrical Requirements (230V, 1ph)

60Hz / 29A

50Hz / 29A

Cat. No.

AAH83011K

AAH83012K

Electrical Requirements (380V, 3ph)

50Hz / 9.6A

Cat. No.

AAH83018K

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068.

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 85 ). Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No load. Ⲽ Upon request, other sizes of chambers are available. Please contact with us.

219

Temp. & Humid. Chambers

Accessories & Options

for TH Chambers

Viewing Window

Cable Port

t A tempered dual window provides a clear of view of samples during testing.

t A through hole of 50 or 80mm dia. (2.0 or 3.2˝ dia.) is provided on the wall of chamber to allow electrical cables to be introduced into the chamber. A 50mm hole is provided, maximum two holes (50 or 80mm) are optional.

Inner Door t An inner glass door comes installed with the clean temperature & humidity chamber for quick viewing of samples and to prevent outside air from flowing in. (Table top - without hand entry ports.)

Water Purifier t Water purifier with reverse osmosis membrane. (optional)

Temperature and Humidity Recorder

Shelves

t 6-point dot type recorder.

t Wire and perforated type shelves (shelf brackets included) are made of durable stainless steel. Standard shelves and shelf brackets come standard.

t digital display.

Water Supply

Warning Signal Light

t Water supply system for supplying pure water for humidification. - Maintenance of the water tank can be easily performed from the front side.

t A malfunction indicator can be placed on the right upper side.

Tabletop Chambers Cat. No. AAA8T504 AAA8T506 AAA8T540 AAA8T542 AAA8T550 AAA82501 AAA82502 RTD679 RTD680 RTD681 AAA80602-6 AAA80602-7 AAA80602-8 AAA8T612 AAA8T613 AAA8T610 AAA8T611 AAA80631 AAA80632 AAA80633 AAA80634 AAA80635 AAA8T621 RTD0794 CFA1910

Models TH-KE/ME/PE TH-PF

Description Portable Recorder (6 points) Portable Recorder (Digital, 6 channels) Interface Converter CRS-485 ⳨ 232C Included a Cable (5m / 16.4ft) Interface Cable (5m / 16.4ft) Warning Signal Lamp Viewing window for TH-KE/ME/PE-025 Viewing window for TH-KE/ME/PE-065 / 100 Wire Shelf for TH-KE/ME/PE-025 Wire Shelf for TH-KE/ME/PE-065 Wire Shelf for TH-KE/ME/PE-100 Perforated Shelf for TH-KE/ME/PE-025 Perforated Shelf for TH-KE/ME/PE-065 Perforated Shelf for TH-KE/ME/PE-PF-100 Cable Port (Ø 50mm / 2.0”) for TH-ME/PE Models Cable Port (Ø 80mm / 3.2”) for TH-ME/PE Models Cable Port (Ø 50mm / 2.0”) for TH-KE Models Cable Port (Ø 80mm / 3.2”) for TH-KE Models Stand for TH-KE/ME/PE-025 Stand for TH-KE/ME/PE-065 Stand for TH-KE/ME/PE/PF-100 Two Step Stand for TH-KE/ME/PE-025 Two Step Stand for TH-KE/ME/PE-065 Water Purifier Humidity Sensor Temperature Sensor (RTD type)

t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t

t t t t t t t t t t t t t

Ⲽ 80mm cable access hole is NOT available for 25L chamber.

Wire & Perforated Shelves for Tabletop Chambers Models TH-KE/ME/PE-025 TH-KE/ME/PE-065 TH-KE/ME/PE/PF-100

* Only for wire shelf.

220

Included*

Maximum

2 2 2

7 10 10

Description Space 20mm (0.8”) 20mm (0.8”) 20mm (0.8”)

Dimension (W×L)

195×310mm (7.7×12.2”) 280×360mm (11×14.2”) 330×460mm (13×18.1”)

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Accessories & Options for TH Chambers Floor Standing Chambers Cat. No. AAA8T500 AAA8T505 AAA8T540 AAA8T542 AAA80550 AAA81552 AAA81551 AAA81550 AAA81553 AAA81554 AAA81555 AAA80671 AAA80672 AAA80673 EDA8212 EDA8213 EDA8214 EDA8215 EDA8216 RTD1195 RTD1196 RTD1197 RTD1198 RTD1199 EDA8234 STT1040 AAA80602-1 AAA80602-2 AAA80602-3 AAA80602-4 AAA80602-5 AAA80604-1 AAA80604-2 AAA80604-3 AAA80604-4 AAA80604-5 AAA80630-1 AAA8T610 AAA8T611 AAA8T621 AAA80622 RTD0794 CFA1185 RTD1190 RTD1191 RTD1188 RTD1189 AAA80680 AAA80681 EDA9175 EDA9184 AAA80620

Description

TH-G

TH-I

Models TH-TG

TH-ICH

TH-CR

t t t t t t t t t t t t t -

t t t t t t t t t t t -

t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t

t t t t t t t -

t t t t t -

t t t t t t t t t t t t

t t t t t t t t t t

t t t t t t t t t t t

t t t t t t t t t t t t t t

t t t t t t t t t t t

Recorder (6 points) Recorder (Digital, 6 channels) Interface Converter CRS-485 ⳨ 232C Included a Cable (5m / 16.4ft) Interface Cable (5m / 16.4ft) Warning Signal Lamp Inner Glass Door for TH-G/I-180 Inner Glass Door for TH-G/I/GU-300, 408 Inner Glass Door for TH-G/I-800, 1000 Inner Glass Door for TH-TG-180 Inner Glass Door for TH-TG-300, 408 Inner Glass Door for TH-TG-800, 1000 Viewing Window for TH-TG-180 Viewing Window for TH-TG-300, 408 Viewing Window for TH-TG-800, 1000, 1500 Wire Shelf for TH-G/I-180 Wire Shelf for TH-G/I/GU-300 Wire Shelf for TH-G/I-408 Wire Shelf for TH-G-800 Wire Shelf for TH-G-1000 Wire Shelf for TH-TG-180 Wire Shelf for TH-TG/ICH-300 Wire Shelf for TH-TG-408 Wire Shelf for TH-TG/ICH-800 Wire Shelf for TH-TG-1000 Wire Shelf for TH-TG-1500 Wire Shelf for TH-CR-270 Perforated Shelf for TH-G/I-180 Perforated Shelf for TH-G/I/GU-300 Perforated Shelf for TH-G/I-408 Perforated Shelf for TH-G-800 Perforated Shelf for TH-G-1000 Perforated Shelf for TH-TG-180 Perforated Shelf for TH-TG/ICH-300 Perforated Shelf for TH-TG-408 Perforated Shelf for TH-TG/ICH-800 Perforated Shelf for TH-TG-1000/1500 Perforated Shelf for TH-CR-270 Cable Port (Ø 50mm / 2”) Cable Port (Ø 80mm / 3.2”) Water Purifier Water Cartridge Tank Humidity Sensor Temperature Sensor (RTD type) Fluorescent Lamp(Cool White) for TH-ICH-300 Fluorescent Lamp(Cool White) for TH-ICH-800 UVA Lamp for TH-ICH-300 UVA Lamp for TH-ICH-800 THE-680 UV Sensor TH-ICH THE-681 Illumination Sensor for TH-ICH ULPA Filter (optional) HEPA Filter (1EA included) Direct Water System

Wire & Perforated Shelves for Floor Standing Chambers Models TH/I-180 TH/I-300 TH/I-408 TH/I-800 TH/I-1000, 1500 TH-TG-180 TH-TG/ICH-300 TH-TG-408 TH-TG/ICH-800 TH-TG-1000 TH-TG-1500 TH-CR-270

Included* 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 2

Maximum 9 10 10 14 14 7 8 8 17 17 34 10

Description Space 40mm (1.6”) 40mm (1.6”) 40mm (1.6”) 40mm (1.6”) 40mm (1.6”) 60mm (2.4”) 60mm (2.4”) 60mm (2.4”) 60mm (2.4”) 60mm (2.4”) 60mm (2.4”) 40mm (1.6”)

Dimension (W×L) 463×518mm (17.2×20.4”) 518×558mm (20.4×22”) 560×740mm (22×29.1”) 750×960mm (30×37.8”) 950×960mm (37.4×37.8”) 458×608 (18×23.9) 708×608 (27.9×23.9) 708×808 (27.9×31.8) 708×718 (27.9×28.3) 1008×708 (39.7×27.9) 960×480 (37.8x18.9) 640×558mm (25.2×22”)

* Only for wire shelf. Ⲽ In addition to providing standard accessories, we will manufacture customized accessories to meet your specific requirements. Contact us for details.

221

T Please visit

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Plant Growth Chambers .com

For further information on Jeio TechÂ´s Temperature & Humidity Chamber products Information is readily available on our website.

GC-1000TLH

222

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Plant Growth Chambers Enough capacity, maximum 1000L to satisfy the user's plant growth needs. User-friendly programmable logic microprocessor, streamlined design, with optimized air flow and temperature flexibility.

Operating Features

t Removable shelving and rounded inner chamber corners for easy cleaning.

t +5Ⳅ to 50Ⳅ (lamp off ) / 10Ⳅ to 50Ⳅ. (lamp on) t Max. to 35,000Lux for GC-1000. Max. to 20,000Lux for GC-300 Models. t 40 to 80% RH for GC-300TLH. (at 20~35Ⳅ) 50 to 90% RH for GC-1000TLH. (at 20~35Ⳅ) t Max. 5,000ppm CO2 ON/OFF system. (optional) t Microprocessor PID control / Auto-tuning / Calibration. t Digital timer: 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t 10 step programmable temperature, humidity, and illumination profiles and repeat the steps up to 999 cycles. (self-testing)

Safety Features t Leakage breaker for power supply. t Over current protection. t Over heat protection with alarm. t Door opening alarm. t Low and empty water level alarm. (TLH Models only)

Constructional Features t High quality #304 grade stainless steel interior and dirt repellent powder coated exterior surface. t User-friendly door system. - Silicone packing for keep inner chamber perfectly. - External door with magnetic sealing for dual airtight. - Smoothly open to minimize damage of samples. t Wide inner tempered glass door provides a full view of the samples. - A tempered window provides a clear view of your specimen during testing. t Powerful air circulator for smooth airflow. - Air flow system very efficient for plant growth. - One propeller for GC-1000TLH / tangent blower and a sirocco fan for GC-300 Models. t High frequency electronic ballast lamps. - Reinforced Blue and Red spectrums lighting system for plant photosynthesis. - Economical with stable light and long life span. - Easy-to change bulbs. t Heat rise restraint. - Unique construction to minimize the heat from rising due to the luminous light source. - Designed to exhaust the heated air through the upper holes.

Efficient airflow for plant growth (1000Ⳇ)

(only for GC-1000TLH)

t Easy cleaning of condenser air-filter. - To prevent deterioration of refrigeration system and keep filter dust free by periodically cleaning the filter. t Casters for easy mobility when installing or moving environmental testing chamber. t Electronic humidity sensor is fast acting and easy to calibrate. t Dual type water level sensor. t Adjustable water tank positions. (only for GC-300TLH)

Temperature setting graph * 00:00 time value setting for the step 10 makes total number of step is 9 as the above graph.

223

Temp. & Humid. Chambers

Plant Growth Chambers

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

GC-300TL

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Control System Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature

Illumination

Humidity

GC-1000TLH 1000 / 35.3

Fluctuation (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 25Ⳅ

0.1 / 0.18 - without humidity

Variation (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 25Ⳅ

0.8 / 1.43 - without humidity

Range (Lux) Control (steps)

0 to 20,000 10

Lamp

Fl lamp (32W×18EA)

Range (RH %)

40 to 80 at 20 to 35Ⳅ 70 to 90 at 36 to 50Ⳅ

Fluctuation (±RH) at 60% RH

Range (ppm) Sensor

Co2(optional)

GC-300TLH

300 / 10.6 Microprocessor PID controller 5 to 50 / 41 to 122 - Lamp off 10 to 50 / 50 to 122 - Lamp on 20 to 50 / 68 to 122 - with humidity

Refrigerant (HP) Temp. Heater Power (W) Humid. Heater Power (W) Interior (mm / inch) Dimension Exterior (mm / inch) (W×D×H) Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No.

Max. 5,000 NDIR CO2 sensor 1/2 750×2EA 510×540×1100 / 20×21.3×43.3 700×805×1900 / 27.6×30.1×74.8 250 / 551.2 60Hz / 12.5A 50Hz / 12.5A AAHA1011K AAHA1012K

0 to 35,000 11 FL lamp (32W×16EA) Metal lamp (400W×3EA) 50 to 90 at 20 to 35Ⳅ 60 to 90 at 36 to 50Ⳅ

1300

60Hz / 16A AAHA1021K

50Hz / 16A AAHA1022K

3/4 1,500×2EA 1500 1200×800×1080 / 47.2×31.5×42.5 1410×1070×2150 / 550 / 1212.5 60Hz / 30A 50Hz / 30A AAHA1031K AAHA1032K

Lamps Setting Control illumination values with the below lamp setting arrangements.

GC-300 Lamp Arrangement

GC-1000 Lamp Arrangement

Lamps Setting for GC-300 No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Lux (lx) 1,500 3,500 5,500 6,000 8,000 10,000 12,000 14,000 17,000 20,000

Set Values on Display 0000 010 0000 101 0000 111 0101 010 0101 101 1010 010 1010 101 1111 010 1111 101 1111 111

Lamp Diagram 2 1,3 1,2,3 2,4,6 1,3,4,6 2,5,7 1,3,5,7 2,4,5,6,7 1,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7

Ⲽ Above the set values are measured at the center of chamber toward upside.

224

Lamps Setting for GC-1000 No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Lux (lx) 5,000 7,500 9,500 12,500 15,000 18,500 21,000 24,000 28,000 31,500 35,000

Set Values on Display 0101 000 0000 010 1111 000 0101 010 0000 101 1111 010 0101 101 0000 111 1111 101 0101 111 1111 111

Lamp Diagram 4,6 (or 5,7) 2 4,5,6,7 2 with 4,6 (or 5,7) 1,3 2,4,5,6,7 1,3 with 4,6 (or 5,7) 1,2,3 1,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3 with 4,6 (or 5,7) 1,2,3,4,5,6,7

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Accessories & Options for Plant Growth Chambers

Wire Shelves

Perforated Shelves

Recorder

CO 2 Sensor

Wire Shelves Cat. No.

Description Maximum

Included

Dimensions (W×L)

Models

EDA8220

466×490mm (18.3×19.3”)

GC-300TL GC-300TLH

EDA8222

580×770mm (22.8×30.3”)

GC-1000TLH

Perforated Shelves Cat. No.

Description Maximum

Included

Dimensions (W×L)

Models

AAA22522

466×490mm (18.3×19.3”)

GC-300TL GC-300TLH

AAAA1512

580×770mm (22.8×30.3”)

GC-1000TLH

Recorder Cat. No. AAAA1501

Description Recorder (6 points) with humidity sensor

Models All GC series

CO2 Control System Cat. No. AAAA1521

Description CO2 control system

Models All GC series

Ⲽ In addition to providing standard accessories, we will manufacture customized accessories to meet your specific requirements. Contact us for details.

225

Pipettes Mechanical Pipettes t Volume Locking device. t Volume on the knob is fully visible during both left and right handed operation. t The only pipetter with fixed and variable exchangeable counter mechanism. t Single-channel Models: Lightweight handle for ease of tip ejection with finger rest. t Multi-channel Models: Large handle for comfortable grip and soft-touch tip ejection. t Entire pipetter can be steam autoclaved. (No disassemble required) t Double O-ring for optimal tip seal.

Electronic Pipettes t Easy electronic setting and pipetting without hand fatigue. t Automatic calibration. t Large easy-to-read display. t Aspirating and Dispensing Speed: 5 steps. t Pipetting mode: - Auto: Automatic pipetting. - MD: Multi dispensing with Reverse pipetting. - Mix: Mixing - SE: Sequential Aspirating and Dispensing. t Acoustic Signals, Tip Ejection Alarm, Blow-Out function. t Program Recall: Maximum 9 protocols can be stored. t Lower half of the pipetter is Autoclavable. t Double O-ring for optimal tip seal. t Left and right handed operation available for Multi-channel Models.

Pipette Controller / Aid t Light and fatigue free: weights only 167g, including the battery. t Powerful: 50ml pipette is filled in less than 10 seconds. t Gravity delivery, blow-out dispensing and fully adjustable speed-setting. t Exchangeable 0.2 Îźm PTFE disc filter acts as effective shutdown system if overfill occurs. t Vapour outlet for venting out corrosive liquids or fumes. t Autoclavable: Nose cone, pipette holder and filter.

226

Mechanical Pipettes Electronic Pipettes Pipette Controller / Aid

Specifications & Ordering Information Mechanical Pipettes Cat No.

Type

Description

BCPC021S

Inaccuracy % Imprecision %

Color Code

variable vol. 0.2-2⼿

12 / 2

6/ 1

Violet

BCPC101

variable vol. 0.5-10⼿

2.5 / 1

1.8 / 0.5

White

BCPC201

variable vol. 2-20⼿

5/ 1

1.5 / 0.3

Gray

BCPC501

variable vol. 5-50⼿

2/1

1.2 / 0.3

Red

variable vol. 10-100⼿

2 / 0.7

0.8 / 0.2

Orange

BCPC1001

Single

BCPC2001

variable vol. 20-200⼿

1.5 / 0.6

0.5 / 0.15

Yellow

BCPC10001

variable vol. 100-1000⼿

1.5 / 0.8

0.4 / 0.15

Blue

BCPC50001

variable vol. 1000-5000⼿

1.2 / 0.6

0.3 / 0.15

Green

BCPC108

8-channel, 0.5-10 ⼿

5/2

3.6 / 1

White

BCPC208

8-channel, 2-20 ⼿

5/2

3.6 / 1

Gray

BCPC508

8-channel, 5-50 ⼿

3.2 / 1.4

1.6 / 0.6

Red

Multi

8-channel, 10-100 ⼿

2.5 / 1.3

1.2 / 0.5

Orange

BCPC2008

8-channel, 20-200 ⼿

1.8 / 1.2

0.8 / 0.4

Yellow

BCPC3008

8-channel, 30-300 ⼿

1.66 / 1.4

0.6 / 0.3

Black

BCPC1008

Specifications & Ordering Information Electronic Pipettes Cat No.

Type

BCPE201BA BCPE2001BA

Single

BCPE10001BA BCPE208BA BCPE2008BA

Description 1-channel, 2-20 ⼿

Multi

BCPE12008BA

Inaccuracy % Imprecision % 1

0.3

Color Code Red

1-channel, 10-200 ⼿

0.6

0.15

Yellow

1-channel, 100-1000 ⼿

0.5

0.15

Blue

8-channel, 2-20 ⼿

0.3

Red

8-channel, 10-200 ⼿

0.6

0.15

Yellow

8-channel, 100-1200 ⼿

0.5

0.15

Blue

Specifications & Ordering Information Pipette Controller / Aid Model Pipette Range Aspirating and Dispensing Speed

Material

Electrical Requirement Cat. No.

Pipette Controller 0.1~100ml 6ml/sec

Body

UV-resistant ABS housing

Filter

25 mm diameter, PTFE(external), Hydrophobic(internal), 0.2 ⽅,

Nose Cone

Polypropylene

Pipette Holder

Silicon

Battery

600 mAh / 3.6 V (up to 12 hours of continuous use of Lithium battery)

Power Adapter

AC 100~240V, AC-DC 3.6V BCPPA100

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5-40°C) and relative humidity (up to 80%)

227

Pipettes

Accessories & Options

Pipette Tips

Volume Controller Knobs

Combi Stands

Pipette Tips t A variety of Pipette tips - Standard tips, Low retention tips and Low retention filter tips.

t Superiority of Low retention tips. - Low retention tips deliver volumes within 0.1 % of the set volume, versus 0.5-0.7% for standard tips.

t Filter tips Eliminate opportunities for cross contamination. - No detectable nucleic acid contamination, No detectable PCR inhibitors, No detectable endonucleases, No detectable endotoxin, Sterile.

Cat. No.

Size(⼿)

Sterile

Packaging

Qty/Unit

Description

BCP5130010C

Bag

1000 Tips × 20

Clear

BCP5130070C

200

Bag

1000 Tips × 10

Clear

BCP5130100C

300

Bag

1000 Tips × 10

Clear

BCP5130130C

1000

Bag

1000 Tips × 4

Clear

5000

Bag

250 Tips × 10

Clear

300

Hinged Racks

10x96 Tips × 5

BCP5130135C

1000

Hinged Racks

16x60 Tips

BCP5130165C

5000

Racks

10x50 Tips

BCP5130160C BCP5130105C

Standard Tips

BCP5130110C

300

pre-sterile

Hinged Racks

10x96 Tips × 5

BCP5130140C

1000

pre-sterile

Hinged Racks

16x60 Tips

BCP5030010C

Bag

1000 Tips × 20

Clear

BCP5030070C

200

Bag

1000 Tips × 10

Clear

BCP5030015C

Hinged Racks

10x96 Tips × 5

BCP5030075C

Low Retention Tips

200

Hinged Racks

10x96 Tips × 5

BCP5030020C

(without filter)

pre-sterile

Hinged Racks

10x96 Tips × 5

BCP5030080C

200

pre-sterile

Hinged Racks

10x96 Tips × 5

BCP5030035C

pre-sterile

20x96 Tips × 4

Reload

BCP0530095C

200

pre-sterile

10x96 Tips × 10

Reload

BCP5131030C

pre-sterile

Bag

1000 Tips × 20

BCP5131062C

pre-sterile

Bag

1000 Tips × 10

BCP5131066C

100

pre-sterile

Bag

1000 Tips × 10

BCP5131090C

200

pre-sterile

Bag

1000 Tips × 10

BCP5131150C

1000

pre-sterile

Bag

1000 Tips × 10

BCP5030030C

228

Type

t Cost saving ReLoad system. - A unique ReLoad system makes re-filling the racks easier than ever, and is designed to cut down on both cost and waste.

Low Retention Tips

pre-sterile

Hinged Racks

10x96 Tips × 5

BCP5030062C

pre-sterile

Hinged Racks

10x96 Tips × 5

BCP5030066C

100

pre-sterile

Hinged Racks

10x96 Tips × 5

BCP5030090C

200

pre-sterile

Hinged Racks

10x96 Tips

BCP5130150C

1000

pre-sterile

Hinged Racks

8x60 Tips × 10

BCP5130155C

1000

pre-sterile

10x96 Tips × 5

Reload

(with filter)

Pipettes

Accessories & Options

Carousel Stands

Wall Holders

Stand for Electronic Pipettes

for Mechanical Pipettes Cat. No.

Description

Models

BCP2VZ

Variable volume controller knob for 0.2-2⼿ pipettes

Single t

Multi -

BCP10VZ

Variable volume controller knob for 0.5-10⼿ pipettes

BCP20VZ

Variable volume controller knob for 2-20⼿ pipettes

BCP50VZ

Variable volume controller knob for 5-50⼿ pipettes

BCP100VZ

Variable volume controller knob for 10-100⼿ pipettes

BCP200VZ

Variable volume controller knob for 20-200⼿ pipettes

BCP1000VZ

Variable volume controller knob for 100-1000⼿ pipettes

BCP5000VZ

Variable volume controller knob for 1000-5000⼿ pipettes

BCP300VZ1

Variable volume controller knob, 30-200 ⼿, for 30-300 ⼿ pipettes

BCP300VZ

Variable volume controller knob, 125-300 ⼿, for 30-300 ⼿ pipettes

BCP02FE1

1 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 0.2-2 ⼿ pipettes

BCP02FE2

2 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 0.2-2 ⼿ pipettes

BCP10FE5

5 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 0.5-10 ⼿ pipettes

BCP10FE10

10 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 0.5-10 ⼿ pipettes

BCP20FE10

20 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 2-20 ⼿ pipettes

BCP20FE20

20 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 2-20 ⼿ pipettes

BCP50FE20

20 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 5-50 ⼿ pipettes

BCP50FE25

25 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 5-50 ⼿ pipettes

BCP50FE50

50 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 5-50 ⼿ pipettes

BCP100FE30

30 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 10-100 ⼿ pipettes

BCP100FE50

50 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 10-100 ⼿ pipettes

BCP100FE100

100 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 10-100 ⼿ pipettes

BCP200FE100

100 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 20-200 ⼿ pipettes

BCP200FE200

200 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 20-200 ⼿ pipettes

BCP1000FE500

500 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 100-1000 ⼿ pipettes

BCP1000FE1000 BCPC10001FT BCPC50001FT

1000 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 100-1000 ⼿ pipettes

Disposable filter for use with 100-1000 ⼿ pipettes, bag w/ 50 pcs

Disposable filter for use with Capp 1000-5000 ⼿ pipettes, bag w/ 25 pcs

Block for 4 volume controllers

BCPC01

Combi Stand (2 modules) for up to 3 mechanical pipettes

BCPS06

Carousel stand for up to 6 mechanical pipettes

Wall holder for mechanical pipettes

Bench top stand for multichannel pipettes

BCP003921

BCPW1M BCP001691

for Electronic Pipettes Cat. No. BCPESTAND

Description Stand for 3 units of Electronic pipettes

Models Single t

Multi t

229

Plasticware

Ice Pan & On-Ice Rack

Ice pan keeps bottles, test tubes, and temperature-sensitive samples cool for hours.

Features

On-Ice Racks

t Rigid one molded urethane foam construction provides high durability and excellent insulating properties. t Water proof, leak proof, unbreakable with normal use. t Rim enables safe handling and transport. t Ice pan can be used with On-ice racks(optional) for higher heat transfer. Scratch-proof and high heat transfer aluminum rack with easy tube identification.(numbers carved into the rack) JCB-150

Specifications & Ordering Information Ice Pan Model Material

IBS-310 Urethane Foam

Volume (L / cu ft)

4 / 0.14

Dimension

Overall (mm / inch)

347x257x132 / 13.7x10.1x5.2

(WxDxH)

Net Weight (kg / Ibs)

1.4 / 3.1

Cat. No.

AAAJ2801

Optional Accessories On-Ice Rack Model Material Dimensions ( WxDxH, mm) Max. mountable tube Cat. No.

230

JCB-150 Aluminum 157.5 x 151.5 x 21.1 1.5ml micro tube x 50ea 0.2ml micro tube x 64ea AAAJ2011

Plasticware Carboys

Great for storing and dispensing solutions. Sturdy carboys have a spigot which is molded in to the body for convenience and strength.

DBR-10

DBC-05

DBR-05

DBR-20

DBC-10

Features t Gradations for easy checking. - DBR models : gradations on the side and front of the body are great for checking the volume of media at any side of view.

t Space-saving design for storing liquid solvent. t Polypropylene container features durable and excellent chemical resistance.

- DBC models : gradations on the front and bottom for convenience of storing media even when you stand the carboy up.

t Spigot provides easy dispensing and leak resistance. t The amount of liquid solvent is easily adjustable by spigot tap’s angle. t Molded in shoulder handles provide great convenience and strength.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

DBR-05

DBR-10

DBR-20

Description

Round type

Volume (L / gal)

5 / 1.32

Tube inner dia. (Ø, mm / inch)

15.9 / 5/8” (when used with provided spigot adapter : 6.35~7.94 / 1/4”~5/16”)

Material

Dimension

Cat. No.

DBC-05

DBC-10

Rectangular type 10 / 2.64

20 / 5.28

5 / 1.32

10 / 2.64

Body

Polypropylene

Cap

Polypropylene & Silicone

Spigot

Polypropylene & Teflon

Overall (WXDXH, mm / inch)

180 x 242 x 333 / 7.1 x 9.5 x 13.1

225 x 277 x 399 / 8.9 x 10.9 x 15.7

260 x 317 x 539 / 10.2 x 12.5 x 21.2

114 x 387 x 305 / 4.5 x 15.2 x 12

204 x 387 x 317 / 8 x 15.2 x 12.5

Opening inner size (Ø, mm/inch)

Ø 51 / 2

Ø 73 / 2.9

Ø 74 / 2.9

Ø 49 / 1.9

Ø 72 / 2.8

Net Weight (kg / Ibs)

0.8 / 1.8

1.5 / 3.3

2.1 / 4.6

1.4 / 3.1

1.8 / 4

AAAJ3011

AAAJ3021

AAAJ3031

AAAJ3111

AAAJ3121

231

Plasticware Flask Supports

It's concave recessed, secure, and safe multi-volume flask holder. Convenient grip for easy carrying Noticeable name tag for classification Multi-purpose holder also is able to hold ice.

Features

Flask Supports

t Flask size : 100ml, 250ml, 500ml, 1000ml, 2000ml t Chemically resistant to various organic solvents. t Material : Polypropylene t Heat Resistance: -30Ⳅ ~ +121Ⳅ

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Hole Capacity (ml) Hole (Dia, ×H) (mm / inch) Dimension (W×D×H) (mm / inch)

Cat. No.

Model Hole Capacity (ml) Hole (Dia, ×H) (mm / inch) Dimension (W×D×H) (mm / inch)

Cat. No.

232

FT 010 13

FT 010 34

FT 025 12

FT 025 23

100 70×91 / 2.76×3.58 310×100×100 / 12.2×3.94×3.94 AAA23706

100 70×91 / 2.76×3.58 384×265×98 / 15.12×10.43×3.86 AAA23701

250 98×122 / 3.86×4.8 280×125×130 / 11.02×4.92×5.12 AAA23707

250 98×122 / 3.86×4.8 389×239×130 / 15.31×9.41×5.12 AAA23702

FT 050 12

FT 100 12

FT 200 12

500 121×128 / 4.76×5.04 360×146×135 / 14.17×5.75×5.31 AAA23703

1000 148×156 / 5.83×6.14 415×192×165 / 16.34×7.56×6.5 AAA23704

2000 183×188 / 7.2×7.4 503×223×199 / 19.8×8.78×7.83 AAA23705

Plasticware Tube Racks

Transparent and chemical resistance tube racks are ready to play a vital role in the laboratory environment.

Micro tube Rack with Cap

30ml Centrifuge tube Rack

15ml Conical tube Rack

50ml Conical tube Rack

Micro tube Rack

Centrifuge tube Rack

t Autoclavable and chemical resistance PC rack.

t Included transparent cap has a recessed area allowing stacking.

t Hold six 30 ml centrifuge tubes.

t Use each rack itself alone and also it is suitable for use with Microplate Shakers.

Conical tube Rack

t Hold eighty 1.5/2.0 ml micro tubes on one side or eighty 1.5/2.0 ml micro tubes on the other.

t Chemical resistance ABS racks and PC rack are available. t Use each rack itself alone and also it is suitable for use with Microplate Shakers. (only for ABS racks) t Autoclavable (only for PC rack)

Specifications & Ordering Information Micro tube Rack 1.5/2.0ml Micro tube rack 0.2/0.5ml Micro tube rack

Model Material

PC (Polycarbonate)

Dimensions ( WxDxH, mm / inch)

269 x 90 x 50 (cap included) / 10.6 x 3.5 x 2.0

Max. mountable tube

80 (5 x 16), each side

Cat. No.

AAAJ2311

Centrifuge tube Rack Model

30ml Centrifuge tube Rack

Material

PC (Polycarbonate)

Dimensions ( WxDxH, mm / inch)

263 x 55 x 55, Ă&#x2DC; 25.7 / 10.4 x 2.2 x 2.2, Ă&#x2DC; 1.0

Max. mountable tube

Cat. No.

AAAJ2111

Conical tube Rack Model

15ml Conical tube Rack

50ml Conical tube Rack

Material

ABS (Acrylonitrile-butadienestyrene)

Dimensions ( WxDxH, mm / inch)

269x85x72 / 10.6x3.3x2.8

263x55x55 / 10.4x2.2x2.2

Max. mountable tube

30 (3 x 10)

12 (2 x 6)

6 (1 x 6)

Cat. No.

CPS0011

CPS0012

PC (Polycarbonate)

AAAJ2211

233

Ultrasonic Cleaners Aggressive cleaning ability in a variety of output modes! Industrial B.L.T type ultrasonic transducer (Bolt Clamped Langevin Type Transducer) generates high-frequency sound waves that provide maximum cleaning power.

UCP-02 / UCP-10 Included Accessories

r Cover, Basket, Drain Valve (except for UCP-02)

* Baskets as standard offer (1ea per a unit)

UCS-20 Included Accessories

234

t Cover, Basket, Drain Valve

Features for UCP Models (ABS, Membrane key pad, and SUS tank) t Durable / flame resistance ABS material used and cover with 304 stainless steel tanks. t Over-temperature protection with alarm. (except for UCP-02) t Digital LED display using splash-proof keypads: timer (1 to 99 min, Max 4 hour operating), temperature monitor. (except for UCP-02) t High-frequency 40 kHz sound waves provide greater cleaning power and increased reliability. t Multiple output mode(Normal/Pulse/Sweep) with power selection(Low/Middle/ High). (except for UCP-02) t Before cleaning, dissolved gas removed by degas function. (except for UCP-02) t Drain valve, basket, cover as standard offer. (except for UCP-02)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Ultrasonic Power (W) Bath Internal (W×L, D) (mm / inch)

Dimension

Overall (W×L×H) (mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

UCP - 02 2 / 0.07 100 142×132, 104 / 5.6×5.2, 4.1 290×210×200 / 11.4×8.4×7.9 2 / 4.4 0.6A BDH532011K 1A BDH532011U

UCP - 10 10 / 0.35 Amb. to 70 / Amb. to 158 300 295×240, 160 / 11.6×9.4, 6.3 490×368×297 / 19.3×14.5×11.7 11 / 24.3 1.3A BDH532012K 1.7A BDH532012U

UCP - 20 20 / 0.70 500 500×290, 160 / 19.7×11.4, 6.3 721×451×297 / 28.4×17.8×11.7 17/ 37.5 2.2A BDH532013K 4.2A BDH532013U

Features for UCS Models (SUS external and tank) t External and tank parts are made of durable 304 stainless steel. t Over-temperature protection with alarm. t Digital LED display using splash-proof keypads: timer (1 to 99 min, Max 4 hour operating), temperature monitor. t High-frequency 40 kHz sound waves provide greater cleaning power and increased reliability. t Multiple output mode(Normal/Pulse/Sweep) with power selection (Low/Middle/ High). t Drain valve, basket, cover as standard offer.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Ultrasonic Power (W) Bath Internal (W×L, D) (mm / inch)

Dimension

Overall (W×L×H) (mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No.

UCS-05 5.7 / 0.20 Amb. to 70 / Amb. to 158 200 295×160, 160 / 11.6×6.3, 6.3 325×230×320 / 12.8×9.1×12.6 8 / 17.6 0.9A BDH532031K 1.7A BDH532031U

UCS-10

UCS-20

10 / 0.35

20 / 0.70

300 295×240, 160 / 11.6×9.4, 6.3 325×330×320 / 12.8×12.9×12.6 11 / 24.3

500 500×290, 160 / 19.7×11.4, 6.3 530×330×297 / 20.9×12.9×11.7 15 / 33.1

1.3A BDH532032K 2.5A BDH532032U

2.2A BDH532033K 4.2A BDH532033U

235

Other Products

Electrophoresis Systems Three systems for different sized gels, satisfying your need for a more detailed DNA/RNA analysis.

EP- 05

EP- 10

EP- 18

Feature t The electrophoresis system is a molded transparent polycarbonate product with superior shock-resistance, transparent, and durability to acrylic adhesives t Detachable electrode assembly allows for easy cleaning and maintenance.

t Double-sided combs are provided depending on each model. - EP-5 : 1mm thick 27-and 40-well comb(1ea) - EP-10, 18 : 1.5mm thick 20-and 31-well comb(2ea), 1mm thick 20-and 31-well comb(2ea), 1.5mm thick 16-and 20-well comb(2ea), 1mm thick 16-and 20-well comb(2ea), 1.5mm thick 25-and 34-well comb(2ea), 1mm thick 25-and 34-well comb(2ea)

t Black & red cords are coupled together and can be inserted or extracted at the same time. t UV-transparent gel trays allow for viewing bands on the UV-transilluminator without removing gel tray. t Diverse-sized molded gel trays and casters for leak-free casting - EP-5 : 82x81mm(1ea) and 82x58mm(2ea) gel trays with one comb position. - EP-10 : 181x103mm (2ea) gel trays with max. four comb positions. - EP-18 : 181x206mm (1ea) gel tray with max. six comb positions.

t 31-well comb and 16-well comb for matching multichannel pipettes. Suitable for large amounts of sample screening- up to 186 samples at once using 6 combs in EP-18 gel tray. t Comb-setting grooves in gel trays or caster prevents sliding of combs. t Adjustable Gel Length. t Flat, uniformly thick gels are formed by built in level maker on the gel tray and level bubble on the gel castor.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Buffer capacity (L / cu ft) Tank, Lid, Gel tray, Gel Caster Material Comb Electrode Electrophoresis tank (mm / inch)

Gel caster (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Dimension Gel tray (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Comb (W×D) (mm / inch) Net Weight (Kg / lbs)1) Cat. No.

EP-05 0.5 / 0.02 PC (Polycarbonate) ABS (Acrylonitrile-butadienestyrene) Platinum wire 219x134x70 / 8.6x5.3x2.8 254x87x17 / 10x3.4x0.7 82x81x17 / 3.2x3.2x0.7 82x57x17 / 3.2x2.2x0.7 225x45 / 8.9x1.8 0.39 / 0.86 AAAJ6011

1) Electrophoresis unit's weight * Included Electrophoresis unit, Gel caster unit, Combs in one system. (power supply is not included)

236

EP-10

EP-18

1.0 / 0.04

1.8 / 0.07

219x214x70 / 8.6x8.4x2.8 167x264x30 / 6.6x10.4x1.2 180x102x29 / 7.1x4.0x1.1 158x46 / 6.2x1.8 0.60 / 1.32 AAAJ6021

387x214x70 / 15.2x8.4x2.8 167x264x30 / 6.6x10.4x1.2 180x205x29 / 7.1x8.1x1.1 158x46 / 6.2x1.8 0.93 / 2.05 AAAJ6031

Other Products

Accessories & Options

for Electrophoresis Systems

Electrophoresis Unit

Gel Caster Unit

Combs / Electrode Assembly

Electrophoresis Unit Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Suitable for

Description

Suitable for

AAAJ6501

Electrophoresis unit (Tank, Lid, Electrode assembly)

EP-05

AAAJ6523

Electrode assembly

EP-18

AAAJ6502

Electrophoresis unit (Tank, Lid, Electrode assembly)

EP-10

AAAJ6531

Comb 27/40 well, thickness 1.0mm (5each)

EP-05

AAAJ6503

Electrophoresis unit (Tank, Lid, Electrode assembly)

EP-18

AAAJ6536

Comb 25/34 welll, thickness 1.0mm (5each)

AAAJ6511

Gel caster unit(Gel caster/tray)

EP-05

AAAJ6537

Comb 25/34 well, thickness 1.5mm (5each)

AAAJ6512

Gel caster unit(Gel caster/tray)

EP-10

AAAJ6532

Comb 20/31 well, thickness 1.0mm (5each)

AAAJ6513

Gel caster unit(Gel caster/tray)

EP-18

AAAJ6533

Comb 20/31 well, thickness 1.5mm (5each)

AAAJ6521

Electrode assembly

EP-05

AAAJ6534

Comb 16/20 well, thickness 1.0mm (5each)

AAAJ6522

Electrode assembly

EP-10

AAAJ6535

Comb 16/20 well, thickness 1.5mm (5each)

EP-10/18

Power Supply Model

t Four pairs of outlet terminals enable running 4 cells simultaneously. t Compact and stackable design.

EPS-300

Output range

5-250 V, fully adjustable in 1 V increments 0.01-3 A, fully adjustable in 0.01 A increments 1~300 W, fully adjustable in 1 W increments

Type of output

Constant voltage, current or power with automatic crossover

Output terminals

4 pair recessed banana jack in parallel

Timer

1 to 99 hr 59 min

Pause/resume function

Yes

Display

7-segment 4 digit, 2 line

Safety features

No-load detection; rapid resistance change detection, ground leak detection, overload protection, overvoltage detection, input line protection, auto power-up after power failure

Dimensions (W x D x H, mm)

240x310x100 / 9.4x12.2x3.9

Weight (kg)

2.5 / 5.5

Electrical Requirements

100~240V, 50/60Hz, 5.0A(max)

Cat. No.

AAAJ6541

237

Other Products Magnetic Drives

Magnetic drives are designed for agitating a fully vacuumed flask. Multi-functional easy to replace impeller.

Feature t Use of rare-earth elements which is Neodymium (Nd), Samarium (Sm-Co) magnet. t High-speed rpm, vibration free. t Specifically designed with permanent magnets which has a dynamic torque rating. t Small size and powerful rotating magnetic drive is useful both for laboratory and manufacturing applications.

Magnetic Drive

Application of Magnetic Drive

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Ground Joint Material

Driving

MD-T6-29

Body / Housing Bushing / Seal Vacuum

Max. 1×10-4 mmHg

Pressure

Max. 5kg / cm2

Temp

Max. 70Ⳅ (without cooling), Max. 300Ⳅ (with cooling) Ø8 Ø3.2 Ø50×200 1.02 / 2.25 1.04 / 2.29 BEA511001 BEA511002

Shaft Size (Ø, mm) Cooling in / out Size (Ø, mm) Dimension (Ø×L, mm) Weight (kg / lbs) Cat. No.

238

MD-T6-24 24 / 40 SUS316L / CR-PLATE PTFE / Viton

29 / 42

MD-T6-34 34 / 45

1.08 / 2.38 BEA511003

Other Products

Clamp Holders

Clamp holders are ideal for use with overhead stirrers and hotplate stirrers.

Feature t Adjustable to fit support rods up to 5/8” in. diameter. t Lightweight, also selectable aluminum or polypropylene clamp holders.

C-20

C-10

C-7

C-5

t One-molded knob with fixing screw for strong support t Nonskid contact surface tightens stand rod stably. t C-20, C-10 for overhead stirrers and C-10, C-7, C-5 for hotplate stirrers.

Clamp Holders

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Dimension Material Cat. No.

Max. (Ø, mm) Open (Ø, mm) Body Knob Bolt

C-20 27 20 Aluminum Polypropylene Stainless Steel AAA37511

C-10 17 15

C-7 12 -

AAA37512

AAA37513

C-5 12 Polypropylene

AAA37514

239

APPENDIXES A

Laboratory Refrigerator

112 - 113

Arm Hoods

Laboratory Freezer

114 - 115

Autoclaves (Vertical Type)

Mini Incubator

Bench Top Fume Hoods

Plasma Freezers

117

Clean Bench

Aspirator Aspirator [Water jet type]

Shaker

126 - 134

Electrophoresis System

Electric Aspirator

Stirrer

147 - 151

Fume Hood

Chamber Blood Bank Refrigerators

116

Environmental Test Chamber

B Baths & Circulator Carboys

231

Chiller

96 - 107

194 - 224

216

Fingerprint Development Chamber

213

Hybridization Oven

Pharmaceutical Stability Chamber

201

58 - 61

Temperature & Humidity Chamber

194 - 219

Incubator

112 - 113

Laboratory Freezer

114 - 115

Heating Bath Circulator

Mini Incubator

Refrigerating & Heating Bath Circulator

Oven

Shaking Water Bath

Pharmacy Freezers

119

Pharmacy Refrigerator

118

74 82 - 91

Thermal Bath Circulator

Pharmaceutical Stability Chamber

201

Ultrasonic Cleaner

234

Plasma Freezers

117

Viscometer Bath

Plant Growth Chamber

222

Visible Bath

Temperature & Humidity Chamber

Water Bath

12 - 14

Water Bath Circulator

17 - 19

Chiller

Bench Top Fume Hoods

Circulator

Blood Bank Refrigerators

116

194 - 219

Chiller 96 - 107

Heating Bath Circulator

Refrigerated & Heating Bath Circulator

Clean Bench

44-47 48

Electrophoresis System

236

Fume Hood

48 - 52

Low temperature Incubator

62 - 67

Laminar Flow Cabinet

44 - 47

PCR Workstation

Ductless Fume Hood

Laboratory Refrigerator

Clean Bench

UV Sterilization Cabinet

Ultrasonic Cleaner

234

Cold Trap Bath

D Desiccator

Vacuum Desiccator (Cubic)

Pharmacy Freezers

119

Vacuum Desiccator (Round)

Pharmacy Refrigerator

118

Vacuum Desiccator (Cylindrical)

Cell Culture Bench Top Fume Hoods Clean Bench

51 44 - 47

82 - 84

Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, Economy

Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, Large

Laboratory Refrigerator

87 112 - 113

Laboratory Freezer

114 - 115

Low Temp. Incubator, 4-chambers Low Temperature Incubator, Personal

62 - 64, 66 66 65

Shaking Incubator

68 - 73

Pharmacy Freezers

119

Pharmacy Refrigerator

118

Plant Growth Chamber

222

Plasma Freezers

117

114 - 115

Funnel

Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, General

Ductless Fume Hood

Desiccator

30 - 39

116

Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, Programmable

Laboratory Freezer

PCR Workstation

UV Sterilization Cabinet

Blood Bank Refrigerators

Fume Hood

Mini Incubator

Storage Cabinet

232

Forced Convection

Freezer

112 - 113 44 - 47

213

Flask Support

Low Temperature Incubator (IL)

Bench Top Fume Hoods

231

F Fingerprint Development Chamber

Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, 4-chambers

Clean Bench

Carboys

Environmental Test (Chamber) Clean Temperature & Humidity Chamber

Laboratory Refrigerator

Bench Top Fume Hoods

UV Sterilization Cabinet

222

Cabinet

PCR Workstation

213

236 44 - 52

Growth Chamber

General Heating Bath

12 - 14

51 44 - 47

Fingerprint Development Chamber

Cold Trap Bath

Thermal Bath

240

Enclosure

Shaker

126 - 135

Furniture Storage Cabinet

30 - 39

Drying Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, General

82 - 84

Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, Programmable

Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, Economy

Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, Large

G Gravity Convection

Heating Shaker

134

Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, 4 & 2-chambers

Natural(Gravity) Convection Oven, General

Ice Pan & On-Ice rack

230

Natural(Gravity) Convection Oven, General

Natural(Gravity) Convection Oven, Economy

Incubator

58 - 61

Natural(Gravity) Convection Oven, Economy

General Incubator

Incubated Shaker

68 - 73

Vacuum Oven

Economy Incubator

Low temperature Incubator

62 - 67

Low Temperature Incubator(IL-A)

Ductless Fume Hood

INDEX M

Growth Chamber Plant Growth Chamber

222

Heating 12 - 20

Bath Circulator

17 -19

Heating Block

142

Heating & Cooling Block

140

Hotplate

146

Hotplate & Magnetic Stirrer

146 - 151

Incubator

58 - 61

Mini Incubator

Oven

82 - 91

Heating Shaker

134

Incubator Shaker

68 - 73

Temperature Chambers

162 - 183

HEPA Filtered Clean Bench

44 - 47

Clean Temperature & Humidity Chamber

216

Ductless Fume Hood

PCR Workstation

Hood Arm Hoods

Clean Bench

44 - 47

Ductless Fume Hood

Fume Hood

44 - 47

PCR Workstation

UV Sterilization Cabinet

Gravity Convection Oven

89 - 90

High Temperature Oven

84 75

Hotplate & Magnetic

147

Hybridization Oven

Magnetic Stirrer

151

Large Forced Convection Oven

Multi-Position Magnetic Stirrer

151

Mechanical Convection Oven

Medical Cooling

H Bath

Magnetic

Natural Convection Oven

84 82 - 88 89 - 90

Blood Bank Refrigerators

116

Pharmacy Freezers

119

Vacuum Oven

Pharmacy Refrigerators

118

Overhead Stirrer

152 - 153

Plasma Freezers

117

Temeprature Chamber

162 - 189

Mechanical Convection Blood Bank Refrigerators

116

Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, Programmable

Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, General

82 - 84

Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, Economy

PCR Workstation

Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, Large

UV Sterilization Cabinet

Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, 4 & 2-chambers

Pharmaceutical Stability Chamber

201

Pharmacy Refrigerator

118

Laboratory Refrigerator

112 - 113

Laboratory Freezer

114 - 115

Low Temperature Incubator (IL)

PCR 53

Pipette

62 - 64, 66

Pipette, Mechanical

226

Low Temp. Incubator, 4-chambers

Pipette, Electronic

226

Low Temperature Incubator, Personal

Pipette Controller

226

Pharmacy Freezers

119

Pipette Tip

Pharmacy Refrigerator

118

Plant Growth Chamber

Plasma Freezers

117

Plasma Freezer

Shaking Incubator

68 - 73

Mixer

228 222 117

Plasticware

230 - 233

Flask Support

Overhead Stirrer

152

Vortex Mixer

158

232

Pump Aspirator

Rotary Vacuum Pump

Hotplate Hotplate

146

Hotplate & Magnetic Stirrer

147

Humidity Plant Growth Chamber

222

Temperature & Humidity Chamber

194 - 219

N R

Natural Convection Natural(Gravity) Convection Oven, General

Natural(Gravity) Convection Oven, Economy

Shaker

General Incubator

Economy Shaker

129

Economy Incubator

Funnel Shaker

135

Low Temperature Incubator(IL-A)

Reciprocating Shaking Bath

Reciprocating Shaker

Shaking Heating Bath

I O

ICH (guideline) Chamber

Shaking Incubator

68 - 73

Recirculating Cooler

96 -107

Refrigerated

Orbital Shaker

Incubator

126 - 135

126 - 131

Laboratory Refrigerator

112 - 113

Low Temp. Incubator

62 - 66

Air-jacket Incubator

Advanced Orbital Shaker

Bench Top Incubator

Dual-action Shaker

128

Low Temp. Incubator, 4&2-chambers

General Purpose Incubator

Economy Shaker

129

Low Temp. Incubator, Personal

Low Temperature Incubator

62 - 67

Heating Shaker

134

Refrigerated & Heating Bath Circulator

18 -19

Shaking Incubator

68 - 73

Mini Shaker

130

Mini Incubator

Microplate Shaker

131

Personal Low Temperature Incubator

Shaking Incubator

68 - 73

Low Temperature Incubator, 4-chambers

Shaking Incubator

68 - 73

66 65

Rocking Shaker

132

Rotary Vacuum Pump

Oven

Shaking Incubator, Chamber type

Forced Convection Oven

Plant Growth Chamber

222

Forced Convection Oven, 4 & 2-chambers

82 - 88 86

241

INDEX S

Plant Growth Chamber

Safety

222

Thermal

Flask Support

232

Ice Pan & On-Ice rack

230

Shaker

Thermal Bath

12 - 14

Thermal Bath Circulator

Viscometer Bath

Waving Shaker

133

Workstation Bench Top Fume Hoods

Tissue Culture

Dual-action Shaker

128

Freezer

Economy Shaker

129

Heating Shaker

134

Ductless Fume Hood

Funnel Shaker

135

Ice Pan & On-Ice rack

230

PCR Workstation

Heating Shaker

134

Incubated Shaker

68 - 73

UV Sterilization Cabinet

Mini Shaker

130

Incubator

58 - 61

Mixer

158

Shaker

126 - 135

Microplate Shaker

131

Stirrer

147 - 153

Orbital/Reciprocating Shaker

128

Mixer

158

Reciprocating Shaking Bath

Multi-Position Magnetic Stirrer

151

Rocking Shaker

132

Orbital/Reciprocating Shaker

Shaking Incubator

68 - 73

114 - 115

Overhead Stirrer

128 152 - 153

Shaking Water Bath

Pipette

226

Waving Shaker

133

Pipette Controller

226

Rocking Shaker

132

Stirrer Magnetic Stirrer

151

Tip

228

Multi-Position Magnetic Stirrer

151

Waving Shaker

133

Hotplate-Magnetic Stirrer

147

Overhead Stirrer

152 - 153

Stirring Hotplate

147

U Ultrasonic Ultrasonic Cleaner

234

Table top Bath

12 - 19

Bath & Circulator

12 - 19

Bench Top Fume Hoods

Circulator

17 - 19

Clean Bench (Vertical type Laminar Flow)

44 - 47

Cold Trap Bath

Desiccator

25 -28

Electric Aspirator

Vacuum 20 94

Electric Aspirator

Desiccator

24 - 29

Fingerprint Development Chamber

213

Oven

82 - 91

Heating Shaker

134

Pump

94 - 95

Hotplate Stirrer

147

Rotary Pump

Incubator Magnetic Stirrer

58 - 61 151

Oven

82 - 91

Overhead Stirrer

152-153

Pump

Shaker

126 - 135

Shaking Incubator Temperature Test Chamber

Temperature & Humidity Chamber

Viscosity Viscometer Bath

Visible Bath

Vortex Mixer

158

68 - 73 184 - 189

Temperature & Humidity Chamber 194 - 219

Washer

Clean Temperature & Humidity Chamber

216

Fingerprint Development Chamber

213

Water Bath

Floor Standing Model

194 - 205

Chiller

96 - 107

Table top

206 - 215

Circulator

17 - 19

Pharmaceutical Stability Chamber

242

Shaking Water Bath

201

Ultrasonic Cleaner

General Bath

234

Clean Bench

44 - 47

r fo

ts s c u lt d o esu r P R t s le e B liab Re

Best Products for Reliable Results / Autoclaves / Baths & Circulators / Desiccators / Furniture / Hoods / Incubators / Ovens / Pumps / Recirculating Coolers (Chillers) / Refrigerators & Freezers / Shakers / Heating & Cooling Blocks / Hotplates & Stirrers / Vortex mixers / Temperature Chambers / Temperature & Humidity Chambers / Pipettes / Plasticware / Ultrasonic Cleaners / Other Products / Appendixes

Lab Companion KOREA - International head office #1005, Byucksan Digital valley 6-cha, 481-4 Gasan-Dong, Geumcheon-Gu, Seoul 153-704, Korea Tel +82 2 2627 3816 Fax +82 2 3143 1824 e-mail overseas ! jeiotech.com

ⰒLab Companion CHINA A-2113 Oriental International Plaza, 85 LouShanGuan Rd, Changning District, Shanghai 200336, China Tel +86 21 3251 1086 Fax +86 21 3251 1083 e-mail longjuncao ! jeiotech.com

ⰒLab Companion SEA - South East Asia No.57-59, Jalan Adenium 2G/6, Pusat Perniagaan Adenium, 48300 Bandar Bukit Beruntung, Selangor Darul Ehsan, Malaysia Tel +603 6021 6880 Fax +603 6021 7880 e-mail lcomp99 ! po.jaring.my

ⰒLab Companion U.S.A 19 Alexander Road, Unit #7. Billerica, MA 01821, U.S.A. Tel +1 781 376 0700 Fax +1 781 376 0704 e-mail info ! jeiotech.com

ⰒLab Companion EUROPE Unit 3, Tower Business Park, Warpsgrove Lane, Chalgrove, Oxfordshire, OX44 7XZ, United Kingdom Tel +44 1865 400321 Fax +44 1865 400736 e-mail labcompanion ! medlinescientific.com